What is the CP 544 and How do you
Use it?
How do you Fit the Hardware
Components?
How do you Transmit Data with the
RK 512 Computer Link?
How do you Transmit Data with the
3964/3964R Procedures?
How do you Transmit Data with the
Open Driver?
How do you Program the STEP 5 Pro-
gram?
How do you work with the COM PP Para-
meter Assignment Software?
What must you do if the CP 544 or
COM PP Outputs Error Messages?
What is a Typical Application of the
CP 544?
Reference Section
Appendix
SIMATIC S5
Manual
CP 544 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
Order No.: 6ES5 998-2DB21
Release 01
C79000-H8576-C191-01
Copyright
© Siemens AG 1 993 All right s rese rved
The rep roduct ion, tra nsm ission or use of t his do cum en t or its content s is not perm it te d
without expr es s writt en aut ho rity.
Of fender s will be liable for damag es. All right s, including r ight s creat ed by patent grant or
registration of a utility model or design, are reserved.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have c heck ed the con te nts of this man ual fo r agreem ent with the har dwar e and softwa re
descr ibed. S ince deviation s cann ot be preclude d ent ire ly, we cannot guara ntee f ul l
agree m ent .Howeve r, the dat a in this m anua l are reviewe d regular ly and an y necessar y
corr ections included in sub sequ ent edit ions. Sugge stio ns for impr ovem ent are welcom e d.
Technical dat a su bject to c hang e.
Saf et y-re la te d guidel in es
This man ual cont ains notices which yo u should observe to ensur e your own persona l safety ,
as well as to protect the produc t and connected equipm ent. These notices are high lighted in
the m anual by a warning t rian gle and mar ke d as fol lows:
Note
indic ates th at minor personal injury o r prop erty damage c an
res ult if proper preca utions a re not ta ken.
Only qualifi ed person nel shou ld be allowed t o insta ll and work on this equipm e nt . Qualif ied
perso ns as refer r ed to in t he Safety -Re late d Guidelines for the User in this m an ual ar e
defined a s person s who are authorize d to commission, to ground and to tag equipme nt,
syste m s and circuit s in acco rdance with esta b lished saf et y prac tice s and stan dar ds.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 6ES5 998-2DB21
EWK Elektronikwerk Karlsruhe
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
What is the CP 544 and
How do you Use it?
Contents of Chapter 1
1 What is the CP 544 and How do you Use it? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3
1.1 Which Components do you Require for the
Point-to-point Link with the CP 544?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
1.1.1 CP 544 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
1.1.2 Program mer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.1.3 COM PP Parameterizat ion Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.1.4 Interfac e Submodules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.1.5 Connecting Cables for the Coupling Par tners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
1.1.6 User Memory Submodules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
1
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 1
1 What is the CP 544 and How do you Use it?
The CP 544 communi cations processor enables data to be
transferred between your programmable controller (PLC) and
other programmable controllers or computers via a
poi nt- to-point coupl ing.
The CP 544 is the top-of-the-range communications
processor in the range of coupling modul es for the SIMATIC
S5-115U, S5-135U and S5-155U programmable controllers.
It can be used wherever the current coupl ing modules have
reached their limits with respect to transmission speeds and
protocol requirements.
The CP 544 offers:
•Two f lex ible, ser ial devi ce in ter faces whic h can be matc hed
to t he cou pling part ners via plug- in i nt erfac e sub module s
•Transmission speed up to 76800 baud
•Use of a powerful interface chi p for implementation of pro-
tocol s for data transmission and telecommunicati on
•Integration of the most important transmi ssion protocols
into the modul e firmware (RK 512 computer li nk,
3964/3964R procedure, open driver)
•Omission of additional user memory submodule when u-
sing the integrated transmission protocols: the parame-
ters are stored in the i nternal RAM or in the user memory
submodule of the CPU
•Use of introduced t ransmission protocol s of the point-to-
point coupling of the CPU 928B
•Better adaptation of transmi ssion protocols through exten-
ded parameteri zation facil iti es
•Onboard PG interface
1
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 3
•Uniform parameterization interface for the point-to-point
coupling of the CP 544 and CPU 928B usi ng the
COM PP parameterization software
•Information functions integrated i n the COM PP to enable
fast startup of module:
error messages are output in plain text
•Complete parameterizati on and startup also possible via
the backplane bus wi thout the COM P P when using the
data handl ing blocks.
Use CP 544
1 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The most important areas of application of the CP 544 are:
•Coupl ing of S IM AT IC S 5 devices to one another and t o o-
ther systems (e.g. SICOMP)
•Logging.
1
Printers
e.g.
DR 210,
DR 211,
DR 230,
DR 231,
.
Logging
Coupling
CP 544
S5-135U
S5-155U/H
S5-115U/H
.
.
.
.
.
.in the
Non-S5
devices
scanners
.
.
.
.
e.g.
Non-S5
e.g.
computers
SICOMP,
TELEPERM,
SINUMERIK,
non-Siemens
computers,
PC
SIMATIC S5
e.g.
programmable
controller
.
.
F ig. 1-1 Possible coupling partne rs of the CP 54 4
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 5
In order to use the CP 544, you must use a programmer
•to generate the STEP 5 program for the CPUs and
•to assign parameters to the CP 544 communications pro-
cessor.
The jobs to the CP 544 are programmed in the STEP 5
program in the CPU memory by cal ling data handli ng bl ocks.
You can generate the interface parameters for the
point-to-point linking to the CP 544 usi ng the COM PP
parameterizati on software.
A point-to-point connection with an asynchronous, bit-serial
data transmission procedure is possible via each of the two
device interfaces. Three link types can be i mplemented
dependi ng on the communication partner:
•Data transmission with RK 512 computer link
•Data transmission with 3964/3964R procedure
•Data transmission with open driver.
Use CP 544
1 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
1.1 Which Components do you Require for the Point-to-p oint
Link with the CP 544?
You require the foll owing components for a point-to-point link
with the CP 544 communications processor:
•The CP 544 module
•A programmer with connecting cable and adapter
•The COM PP parameterization software
•Data handling blocks of the respective programmable
controller
•Interface submodul es
•Connecting cables for the coupling partners
•User memory submodules (operation without these is
also possible, see Section 1.1.6).
Refer to Chapter 11 for ordering information on components
not included in the delivery of the CP 544.
1.1.1 CP 544 M odu le
Design
The el ectronics of the CP 544 communications processor is
located on a single-width PCB of double Eurocard format
which establ ishes the connecti on t o the S5 bus via two
backplane connectors.
The CP 544 is delivered without an interface submodule and
without a user memory submodule. The openings on the
front panel for fi tting the interface submodules and the user
memory submodules are closed by covers. Only remove
these covers if you insert a submodule. Otherwise you may
experience interference problems.
1
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 7
The control on the front panel is a ➸ mode selector with
thr ee posi t ions . Stat use s are i ndi cat ed by two modul e-s peci fic
LE Ds and four in te rfac e-speci f ic LED s ( ➸ LED displays).
You can in sert a use r memory submodul e (EPROM or RAM car d)
into the opening next to the LEDs.
There are three independent interfaces on the CP 544:
•A PG interface t o whi ch you can connect programmers
•Two device interfaces (SI 1 and S I 2) which you can e-
quip as required to use the interface for
– the RK 512 computer link,
– data transmissi on wi th the 3964/3964R procedures and
– data transmissi on wi th the open driver.
The PG interface is integrated in the CP 544. You require
one of the foll owing interface submodul es f or the two device
interfaces:
•V.24 submodule (RS 232C)
•TTY submodule
•RS422-A/485 submodule.
You must not use the RS422-A/485 submodule when
operating the CP 544 without a fan subassembly.
Use CP 544
1 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Front panel
1
RUN
STOP
TEST
TXD 1
RXD 2
TXD 2
RXD 1
STOP
RUN
Mo de selector
LEDs
User memo ry submo du le
(me mo ry card)
PG interface
Interface SI 1
Inte rface SI 2
F ig. 1-2 Fron t pane l of CP 544
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 9
1.1.2 Programmer
Connect the programmer to the PG interface of the CP 544
(see Section 2.7 for more details). If you have i nserted a
923C coordinator module into the same subrack as the
CP 544, you can also connect the PG to the coordinator.
Load the COM PP parameterization software, with which you
assign the parameters to the two seri al devi ce interfaces of
the CP 544, into the programmer.
Generate your user program by call ing the required data
handl ing blocks by means of the STEP 5 basic package on
the programmer, t ransfer your user program t o the CPU, and
then test i t.
1.1.3 COM PP Parameterization So ft war e
The COM PP parameterization software i s deli vered with two
different floppy disk formats (3.5" and 5.25") for the PCP/M
operating system, and comprises:
•The command file S5PXCPPX.CMD (command file)
•The text file S5PDCPPX.DAT for German texts
•The text file S5PECPPX.DAT for Engli sh texts
•The text file S5PFCPPX.DAT for French texts.
By using the PCP/M emul ator, you can also run the COM PP
software with the MS-DOS operati ng system.
Function
Using COM PP you can:
•Assign parameters to the two serial device interfaces of
the CP 544
•Transmit parameter sets to the CP 544
•Call information functions on the CP 544.
Use CP 544
1 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
1.1.4 Interface Submodules
The device interfaces SI 1 and SI 2 of the CP 544 can be
modified. You can establish a point-to-point link to different
communication partners using different interface submodules.
You can use the following interface submodules:
•RS422-A/485 submodule
•TTY submodule
•V.24 submodule.
RS422-A/485 submodule
You can use the ➸ RS422-A/485 submodule in the
RS422-A mode for the following:
•Data transmission with the RK 512 computer li nk
•Data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures
•Data transmission with the open driver.
In the links listed above, you can only use the RS422-A/485
submodule in full -dupl ex mode (with respect to hardware).
The el ectrical characteristics are based on the E IA s tandard
RS422-A (CCITT recommendation V.11). The following Fi g.
shows how the interface is connected (transmit and receive
lines).
1
Device 1
GND
Device 2
GND
Shield Shield
T(A)
T(B)
R(A)
R(A)
R(B)
T(A)
T(B)
R(B)
Fig. 1-3 RS4 22/48 5 submo dule: fu ll-dup lex mode
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 11
Apart from the transmit and receive lines, the RS422-A/485
submodule has a number of control and status signals
complying with the CCITT recommendation X .24 and ISO
8481. These control and status signal s are not required for
the links listed above, however, and need not be connected.
The RS422-A/485 is a di fferential voltage interface and
therefore has better noise i mmunity than a TTY or V.24
interface.
The followi ng appl ies t o the signals according to the EIA
standard RS422-A ( V.11):
Logi cal 0 (ON) corresponds to: VA > VB
Logi cal 1 (OFF) corresponds to: VA < VB.
With the RS422-A/485 submodule, the interface signals are
electrically isolated f rom the power supply of the PLC.
Please note that you must not use the RS422-A/485
submodule in the CP 544 without a fan subassembly.
TTY submodule
You can use the ➸ TTY s ubmodul e for the foll owing:
•RK 512 computer link
•Data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures
•Data transmission with the open driver.
The TTY submodule is equi pped with a transmit ter and a
receiver for 20-mA current loop signals.
Use CP 544
1 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The followi ng Fig. il lustrates the typical connections of the
current loop signals:
The l oop curr ent can be sup plie d bot h by t he TTY su bmodul e
and by the communications partner. Only the end supplying
the current is non-floating.
If you use longer transmi ssion li nes, you should make sure
that the transmitter always supplies the current.
The TTY submodule supplies the current (20 mA) via
jumpers in the connector of the standard cable. The 24 V
required to generate the current is obtained f rom the power
supply of the PLC. With a correct current loop, 20 mA must
flow in the quiescent state (logical 1). A logi cal 0 is present if
the current is interrupted.
The followi ng appl ies t o the TTL signals:
Logi cal 0 is represented by: no current
Logi cal 1 is represented by: current (20 mA).
The TTY submodule corresponds to DIN 66258, Part 1.
1
Direction of current
Transmitter
-
Transmitter
-
+
+
-
+
Receiver
-
Receiver
-
-
+
+
+
Fig. 1-4 TT Y sub mod ule : directi on of loop curre nt
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 13
V.24 submodule
You can use the ➸ V.24 submod ule for the following:
•RK 512 computer link
•Data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures
•Data transmission with the open driver.
The following Fig. il lustrates how the V.24 interface i s
connected (transmit and receive lines):
Apart from the transmit and receive lines, the V.24
submodule has a number of control and status signals
complying with the CCITT recommendation V.24/V.28. These
control signals are not required wi th the s tandard procedures
of the RK 512, 3964/3964R and open driver, however, and
are not used (exception: RTS/CTS with open driver).
The V.24 signal s are differentiated as follows:
Logi cal 0 is represented by a voltage ≥ +3 V
Logi cal 1 is represented by a voltage ≤ -3 V.
Device 1
GND
TxD
RxD
Shield
Device 2
GND
TxD
RxD
Shield
Fig . 1-5 V.24 in terface
Use CP 544
1 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
1.1.5 Con necting Cables for t he Coupl in g Partners
There are standard connecti ng cables to link the various
interface submodules to the partner.
In te rf a ce
submodule RS422/485
submodule TTY
submodule V.24
submodule
Standard
connecting
cable between
CP 544 and ...
CP 524
CP 544 CP 524/525
CP 544
CPU 928B
CP 524/525
CP 544
CPU 928B
DR 210/DR
211
DR 230/DR
231
DR 210/DR
211
DR 230/DR
231
No standard connecting cables are available for the l ink to
the 521SI and 523 CPs.
You can find more detai ls on the connecting cables (e.g.
lengths) and the pi n assignments of the sub-D plugs in the
interface submodule in the reference section, Chapter 10,
under the descri ption of the three submodules.
1.1.6 User Memory S ubmodules
You can use SIMATIC memory cards (ful l credit card format
only) with a capacity up to 256 x 210 bytes in the CP 544.
Two di fferent types of memory submodules are avail able:
•EPROM submodules
•RAM submodules.
You do not usually requi re a RAM submodule f or the CP 544
since this already contains an internal RAM whose 32 x 210
bytes provide su ffi ci ent space to accommodate the
1
Tab le 1.1 Co nn ecting ca ble s for the cou pling p artne rs
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 15
parameters of the various protocols.
EPROM submodules
You can program EPROM submodul es offli ne on the
SIMATIC S5 programmers 7xx using the S TEP 5 basic
package (version 6 and later). The front o f the PG contains a
special plug to which the submodule is connected. Refer to
the STEP 5 manual for a description of the EPROM
submodule programming. The submodule can be inserted
into the CP 544 once i t has been programmed. The power
supply to the programmable controller must be switched off
in the process.
EPROM submodules are available for the CP 544 with the
followi ng capacity:
•256 x 210 bytes.
RAM submodules
RAM submodules are programmed onli ne i n the CP 544. The
PG must be connected t o the PG i nterface. A RAM
submodule is onl y required if the parameters require more
than 32 Kbytes of memory. This may be significant for later
configurations. Note that the user program stored in the RAM
submodule is lost if you pull the submodule out of the
CP 544 or pull the CP 544 out of the programmable
controller.
RAM submodules are available for the CP 544 with the
followi ng capacity:
•256 x 210 bytes.
A RAM submodule is only required if the parameters exceed
32 x 210 bytes.
Use CP 544
1 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Without user memory
submodule
You can al so work wi thout a user memory submodule. The
parameters are then stored in the internal RAM (capacity
32 x 210 bytes) of the CP 544. Note that the data stored in
the internal RAM are lost when you remove the module. If
you wish to prevent this, you can also store the parameters
for the static parameter set and the dynamic parameter sets
in a DB/DX on the user memory submodule of the CPU. You
must then ensure that the parameters are transferred to the
CP 544 duri ng the startup using a special job.
You can find more detai ls in the description of the data
handl ing blocks in Section 6.3.8.
1
CP 544 Use
C79000-B8576-C191-01 1 - 17
How do you Fit
the Hardware Components?
Contents of Chapter 2
2 How do you F it the Hardware Components? . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
2.1 Which Settings must you Make on the CP 544?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
2.2 What are the Jumper Settings on the Interface Submodule?. . . . . 2 - 13
2.3 How are the Interface Submodules Installed?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
2.4 How do you Insert a SIMATIC Memory Card ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14
2.5 How is the CP 544 Insta lled? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 15
2.6 How are the Coupling Partners Connected?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 17
2.7 How is a P G Connected? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 19
2.8 How can you Determine Whether you have Correctly
Fitted all Hardware Components?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 20
2
2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 1
2.9 How does the CP 544 Respond Following Power-up?. . . . . . . . . . 2 - 21
2.10 How does the CP 544 Respond During Operat ion? . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22
2.10.1 Mode Se lector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22
2.10.2 LED Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 23
2.10.3 Status Tr ansitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 26
Contents
2 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2 How do you Fit th e Hardware Components?
This chapter describes how you fit and start the hardware
components for your point-to-point coupling.
The following table summarizes the s teps you must take:
1. Make the required switch settings on the CP 544 and check
the jumper settings.
2. Check the jumpe r setting on the interface submodule and fit
the submodule into the CP 544.
3. Insert a programmed EPROM or RAM submodule into the CP
544 slot if required.
4. Switch off the power supply to your PLC.
5. Insert the CP 544 into a provi ded slot of your PLC.
6. Establish the connection between the partner device and the
CP 544.
7. Check the setting of the mode selector switch on the CP 544.
The switch must be in the RUN position to enable
transmission to the partner.
8. Make the required settings on the partner.
9. Switch on the power supply to your PLC.
Tabl e 2.1 Fitti ng o f hardwa re compo ne nts step -by-step
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 3
2.1 Which Settings must you Make on the CP 544?
The data transfer between the CPU and the CP 544 takes
place via the page area o f the dual-port RAM. A base page
number must be assigned to each CP i f several CPs are
fitted in one PLC so that the CPU can specifically address
the individual CPs. Starti ng with the base interface number,
the further page numbers are assigned automatically
dependi ng on the number of pages per CP.
The following Fig. il lustrates the distri bution of the page
numbers in the case of three CPs with different numbers of
pages.
CP1
CP2
CP3
CP1 CP2 CP3
Page number
Number of pages
per device interface
0
442
816
Page number 0
Page number 8
Page number 16
Page number 19
Page number 15
Page number 7
:
:
:
:
:
F ig. 2-1 Pag e nu m be rs
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You must therefore make or check the ➸ switc h settings
and jumper settings described below before you fit a CP 544
in to your programmable controller:
•Set page frame number (i nterface number) (S2)
•Set number of pages (S5)
•Set coordination flag area (S4)
•Check jumper settings.
The followi ng Fig. shows the positions of the switches on the
module.
43210765 S4
43210765
Page number
210103
Mode
No.
pages
S2
S5 S3
IPC flag
Fig. 2 -2 Positio ns of switches o n the mo du le, and delivere d sta te
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 5
Switch position
The following illustration shows the side view of the switches
and explains the meanings o f the switch positi ons.
Setting the
page number
To enable the CPU to address the CP, you must enter a
page number (interface number, parameter SSNR) when
assigning parameters t o the data handling blocks. The page
number must be present i n the area which you have set on
the CP.
Up to four pages are available for each of the two device
interfaces of the CP 544. To ensure that only the desired
page is addressed during data transfer, each page is
assigned its own number.
The even page numbers address device interface 1, the odd
page numbers address device interface 2.
Switch positioned
downwards means 0
Switch positioned
upwards means 1
SI1 SI2
Page number 0
Page number 7
Page number 6
Page number 5
Page number 4
Page number 3
Page number 2
Page number 1
Fig. 2-3 As signment of page numbers to d evice interfaces
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You need only set the lowest page number in each case, the
following numbers result f rom the number of pages. To set
the number, position the associated switch in assembly S2
upwards. When delivered, al l swi tches are pressed
downwards.
The following example shows the setting of page number 16.
Page number 16 results from the equation
16 = 0 x 27 + 0 x 26 + 0 x 25 + 1 x 24 + 0 x 23 + 0 x 22 + 0 x 21 + 0 x 20
Setting the number
of pages
Set the number of pages using the first two switches of
assembl y S5.
When del ivered, the switch for the number of pages with
position 1 is pressed, and the switch with position 0 is in the
upwards posi tion, i.e. one page per devi ce interface is set.
The other switches of assembly S5 are positioned upwards
and must not be changed since the modul e would otherwise
respond in an undefined manner.
1, 2 or 4 pages are possibl e per device interface.
Number of pages
per device inte rface Switch in position 1 Switch in posi tion 0
1 pag e
2 pages
4 pages
Down
Up
Up
Down o r up
Down
Up
Four pages are set per interface if both switches are
S2 Page number
43210765 Position
Significance
22 222222
67 543210
210
S5 103
Mode
No.
pages Position
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 7
positioned upwards. This would result in the fol lowing
distribution o f page numbers, for example:
Page number 16, 18, 20, 22 Device interface SI 1
Page number 17, 19, 21, 23 Device interface SI 2
Note that the switches i n assembly S2 with a lower
signi ficance may be uni mportant depending on the number of
pages you have set per device interface.
Set on S5 Switch insignificant on S2
1 page per device inter face Position 0
2 pages per device inte rface Position s 1 and 0
4 pages per device inter face Positions 2, 1 and 0
Example:
4 pages are set per device interface.
Switch assembl y S2 is as follows:
The switches at positions 2, 1 and 0 with significances 22, 21
and 20 are unimportant. Only the page numbers 0, 8, 16, 24,
32, 40 ... can be set.
210
S5 103
Mode
No.
pages Position
S2 Page number
43210765 Position
Significance
222222
22
67 543210
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Page number 24 is set i n this example. The assignment of all
8 page numbers to the two device interfaces is thus as
follows:
Page number 24, 26, 28, 30 Device interface SI 1
Page number 25, 27, 29, 31 Device interface SI 2
Setting the
coordination flag area
You can enable or disable the data transfer between the
CPU and CP 544 using coordination fl ags (interprocessor
communication flags). Thi s is necessary to protect areas on
the partner which are occupied by transmit ted data from
being overwritten by new data. You must identi fy the
coordination flags as output flag bytes. They are s tored in a
memory area of 256 bytes which can be addressed by al l
modules (coordination flag/communication flag area).
If several CP 544s or several CPUs are used in the
programmable controller, the coordination flag area must be
divided between the vari ous communications processors and
the various CPUs.
Also note that you must disable the used coordination flag
areas on an applied coordinator.
The coordination flag area is divided into 8 fiel ds with
32 bytes each. You can disable one or more of these fields
on the CP 544 using switch S4 by setting the associated
switch upwards.
When del ivered, all switches are positioned upwards, i.e. all
coordination flags are di sabl ed.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 9
You must addi tional ly enter the corresponding coordination
flag bytes in the DB1 of the CPUs! They can then be
addressed in the STEP 5 program.
Exampl e of the distribution of the coordination flags between
two CP 544s, two CPUs and a coordinator in the S5-135U.
Coordinator 1st CPU 2nd CPU 1st CP 544 2nd CP 544
DB1
Outpu t
coordination
fl ag b ytes
8, 12, 70
DB1
Output
coordination
flag bytes
32, 35, 6 1
Coordination
flag bytes
0 to 3
1
Coordination
fla g byte s
32 to 63
Coordination
fla g byte s
96 to 255
Coordination
flag bytes
64 to 95
Communication flag bytes Address
F2E0 - F2FF224 - 255
F2C0 - F2DF192 - 223
F2A0 - F2BF160 - 191
F280 - F29F128 - 159
F260 - F27F 96 - 127
F240 - F25F
64 - 95
F220 - F23F 32 - 63
F200 - F21F 0 - 31
S4
Communication flags
43210765
Switch upwards
= disabled
Switch downwards
= enabled
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The first CPU i s to coordinate the data transfer with the first
CP 544 via the b its of t he coo rdina tion flag b yte s 8, 12 and 70.
•Therefore enable the coordination flag areas 0 t o 31 and
64 to 95 on the fi rs t CP 544 (you can onl y enable or
disable areas of 32 consecutive coordi nation flag bytes)
and
•Enter bytes 8 and 12 as output communication flag bytes
in the DB1 of the first CPU.
The second CPU is to coordinate the data transfer with the
second CP 544 via the bits of the coordination flag bytes 32,
35 and 61.
•Enable the coordination flag area 32 to 63 on the second
CP 544 and
•Enter bytes 32, 35 and 61 as output coordination fl ag
bytes in the DB1 of the second CPU.
Since the coordinati on flag area only exists once i n each
PLC, it is now onl y possible to use the coordi nation flags 96
to 255 for other purposes.
Switch asse mbly S3
Switch assembl y S3 is reserved for further appl ications. All
switches must be positioned upwards when delivered.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 11
Checking the jumper
settings
The jumpers are set on the CP 544 when delivered such that
it can be used immediately without modifications.
Use the following Fig. to check the jumper se tti ngs on your
CP 544.
10
9
1
2
357
X16
1
3
2
X15
1
2
X14
123
X17
11
12
12 9
7
5
3
X9
SI 2
SI 1
Jumper inserted
Fig. 2-4 Ju mper setti ng s on the CP 544 wh en de livered
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2 .2 What are the Jumper Settings on the Inter face Submodule?
The jumpers are set on the interface submodules when
delivered such that the submodules can be used immediately
without modifications.
The reference section of this manual describes the jumper
settings for the various submodules (➸ RS422-A/485
submodule, ➸ TTY submodule, ➸ V .24 submodule).
2.3 How are the Interface Submodules Installed?
You must install an ➸ interface submodule in the CP 544
outside the central controller.
Installation
Proceed as fol lows:
•Check the jumper settings on your interface submodule
(see reference section)
•Switch off the power supply t o your PLC
•Remove the CP 544
•Loosen the two screws which secure the receptacle
cover on the CP 544, and remove the cover
•Insert the interface submodule through the front panel
into the plug connection (components in same direction
as CP 544)
•Secure the submodule using the two screws with whi ch
the cover was secured
•Insert the CP 544 into the central controller
•Switch the power supply to your PLC back on.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 13
Note
For interference reasons it is absolutely essential to firmly
tighten the two screws with which the interface submodule
is secured. Only then can the EMC values (el ectromagnetic
compatibility) be observed.
Removal
Proceed as fol lows to remove the interface submodule:
•Switch off the power supply t o your PLC
•Remove the CP 544 from the central controller
•Loosen the two securing screws o f the submodule and
pull the submodule out of the receptacl e.
2.4 How do you Insert a SIMATIC Memory Card?
You can insert a SIMATIC memory card with a ful l credit
card format (EPROM or RAM submodule) into the CP 544
module from the front.
The parameters for your CP 544 user program are stored on
the submodule.
Parameterization of the standard communication processes
which are stored in the EPROM of the CP 544 i s also
possible without the memory card. The parameters are
stored in the i nternal RAM in this case and are lost when the
module is removed.
Inser tion and removal
The memory card must onl y be inserted and removed wi th
the power supply swi tched off.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2.5 How is the CP 544 Installed?
Installation
The CP 544 must not be inserted or removed under power!
•Switch off the power supply t o your PLC
•Insert the CP 544 into the PLC subrack. Observe the
permissible slots for the various programmabl e
controllers (see below)
•Ensure that you do not til t the module and that the
contact springs of the guides in the subrack are not bent
•Lock the CP 544 in the subrack
•Switch the power supply to your PLC back on again
•Check the positi on o f the mode selector on the CP 544.
The switch must be in the RUN position to enable the
transmissi on t o the partner.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 15
The CP 544 can be inserted into the following slots of the
various programmable controllers:
Subrack/device Slot No. for CP 544
S5-115U/H
CR 700-21)
ER 701-31) 2)
CR 700-3
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
0a, 0b, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 3 , 4, 5
S5-135U
CC 135U 11, 19, 27, 35, 43, 51, 59, 67 (75, 8 3, 91, 99 ,
107 , 115, 123, 131)3)
S5-155U
CC 155U 19, 35, 43, 51, 59, 75, 83, 91, 99, 107, 115,
123, 131, (139, 147)4)
S5-155H
CC 155U 35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 75, 83, 91, 99, 107, 115,
123, (139, 147)4)
EU 185U 19, 27, 35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 75, 83, 91, 99,
107 , 115, 123, 131, 139
1)Adapter casing required. One module per adapter casing.
2)Not with interface module 311.
3)Not for CC 135-3UA..
4)Only possi ble foll owing modification to jumpers on wi ring
backplane.
Removal
Proceed as fol lows to remove the CP 544:
•Set the mode selector on the CP 544 to STOP
•Switch off the power supply t o your PLC
•Remove the CP 544 from the central controller.
Ta bl e 2.2 Perm is si ble slo ts fo r th e CP 54 4
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2.6 How are t he Coupling Par tner s Conn ect ed?
The connecti on l ine between the CP 544 and the partner
must have a shield grounded at both ends and metal plugs.
Standard connecting cables satisfy these requirements.
The following standard connecting cables are availabl e:
CP 544
connected to Submodule
in CP 544 Connection in CP 544:
power supply with
transmit ter, receiver
CP 544 TTY submodule Active, passive
CP 524, CP 525 TTY submodule Active, passive
CP 544 V.24 submodule
CP 524 V.24 submodule
DR 210/DR 211
DR 230/DR 231 TTY submodule Active, passive
DR 210/DR 211
DR 230/DR 231 V .24 submodule
CP 544 RS422-A/485 sub module
CP 524 RS422-A/485 sub module
You can obtain the order nos. from the ordering information
in Chapter 11. No standard connecting cables are availabl e
for the connections to the CPs 521SI and 523.
You can find more detai ls on the connecting cables (e.g.
permissible lengths) in the reference section, Chapter 10,
under the descri ption of the three submodules.
Connect the shield at both ends with a large-area contact to
the housing of the metal plug. In addition, the cable shield
must always be connected to a shielding rail with a
large-area contact.
Ta bl e 2.3 Stan dard co nne cting cab les
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 17
An equipotential bondi ng conductor must be provided if there
are large differences in ground potenti al between the CP 544
and the partner. Si gnal cables and power cables up to 1 kV
must be spaced at least 10 cm apart. The spacing must be
increased proportionally in the case of higher voltages.
You can find further information on installation in the
reference section under the term ➸ installation gui delines.
If you do not wish to use the standard connecting cables,
please refer to the pi n assignments of the interface
submodules in the reference section.
Refer to the respective manual on how to fi t your partner
device and to start i t up.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2.7 How is a PG Connected?
The connecti on l ine between the CP 544 and the
programmer must have a shield grounded at both ends and
metal pl ugs. The cabl e shiel d must be connected at both
ends to the pl ug housing and the shieldi ng rail wi th a
large-area contact.
PG connection on
CP 544
Since the PG interface on the front panel of the CP 544 is
provided with a screw lock, an adapter cable for the
connection to the PG has been provided for the CP 544 (see
ordering information for order no.).
PG connection on
coordinator
If you have inserted a coordinator module 923C in your
programmable controller, you can al so connect the PG to the
coordinator.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 19
2.8 How c an yo u Determ ine Whether you have Correctly
Fitted all Hardware Components?
Using the following checklist you can check whether you
have instal led all hardware components of the CP 544
correctly.
1. Is the correct page number (interface number) set on
the CP 544?
2. Is the number of pages set correctly on the CP 544?
3. Is the coordination fl ag area set correct ly on the CP 544?
4. Do the jumper settings on the CP 544 agree with the
delivery state?
5. Do the jumper settings on the interface submodule
agree with the delivery state?
6. Is the interface submodul e inserted correctly into the
connector?
7. Is the inter face submodule screwed ti ghtl y to the fron t
panel?
8. If you are using a user memory submodule: is a
permi ssible user memory submodule inserted?
9. Is the CP 544 inserted into a slot permissible for your
programmable controll er?
10. Is the CP 544 correct ly inserted and l ocked i n the subr ack?
11. Is your program mer correctly connected on the CP 544?
12. Is the cable between the coupli ng partners an approved
cable and correctly fitted?
Tabl e 2.4 Che cklist for installa tion of ha rdware com pone nts
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2.9 How does the CP 544 Respond Following Power-up?
Switching on of
power supply
Once you have switched on the power suppl y to your
programmable controller,
•the STOP LED (➸ L ED dis plays) lights up on the front
panel of the CP 544,
•the operating system carries out a self-test ,
•the STOP LED goes out after approx. 10 seconds and
the RUN LED lights up if no errors have been detected
and if the parameters for the device interfaces are com-
plete and
•the TXD LEDs flash until the CP 544 receives the
SYNCHRON jobs from the CPU.
Synchronization of
CPU and CP 544
You must insert the SYNCHRON data handling block into the
restart organization blocks of the CPU for each page frame
you use. This block synchroni zes the CPU and CP 544 and
defines the maximum frame si ze for data transfer between
the CPU and CP 544 (see Secti on 6.3.1, SYNCHRON).
Once the SYNCHRON job has been executed without errors,
the CP 544 is ready to process jobs from the CPU (SEND,
FETCH, RECEIVE etc) and from the partner.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 21
2.10 How does the CP 544 Respond During Operation?
Once you have switched on the power suppl y, you can
•set the operating mode of the CP 544 using the mode
selector and
•recognize the modul e status on the LED displays.
2.10.1 Mode Selector
The control element on the front panel of the CP 544 is a
➸ mode selector switch wi th the three positions
RUN/TEST/STOP.
RUN
If the mode sel ector is set to RUN (and if a SYNCHRON job
has been executed without errors) , the CP 544 processes
jobs coming from the CPU and the partner.
TEST
The TEST position does not currently have a special
meaning. The CP 544 responds as in the switch position
RUN.
STOP
If the mode selector i s set to STOP, the transfer of useful
data on the transmission link between the CPU and CP is
interrupted.
Jobs arriving from the CPU are rejected with an error
message (see also Chapter 8). Jobs from the partner are no
longer routed on to the CPU.
The data of the partner job are lost if you are working with
the 3964/3964R procedure or with the open driver. If you
wish to prevent this, you must either use the RK 512
computer link or make a provision for protection of the useful
data yourself.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
2.10.2 LED Displays
The LED displays provide you wi th informati on on the
CP 544. The following must be differentiated:
•The module-speci fic displays RUN and STOP
•The interface-specific displays T XD and RXD.
Modul e-specifi c
displays
The status of the compl ete CP is indi cated on the
module-specific displays RUN and S TOP.
LED
RUN LED
STOP Meaning
On
(green) Off - CP i s i n RUN s tatus
- The CP can process j obs arriving from
the CPU and the partner
Slow
flashing Off - CP is i n TEST status
- The CP can process j obs arriving from
the CPU and the partner
Off On (r ed) - CP is i n STOP st atus
- Modul e is in operation, but data trans fer
to the CPU via the S5 interface is no
longer taking place
Off Slow
flashing - C P i s i n " E rr o r" st atus
- An error has occurred which no longer
enables reliable processing. This sta tus
can only be left by switching off the power.
Tab le 2.5 LED displa ys (mo dule- specific)
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 23
Green interface-speci -
fic displays
The interface-speci fic displays T XD and RXD (green) indicate
who has triggered the job (TXD) and who receives the job
(RXD).
The TXD LED lights up when a job is transferred to the
protocol software (RK 512, 3964/3964R procedures or open
driver).
The TXD LED is switched o ff as soon as the protocol
software has terminated the transmission procedure with a
positive or negative result.
The RXD LED is switched on when a j ob has been received
by the CP.
The RXD LED is switched off as soon as the job has been
transferred to the CPU.
The LEDs do not indicate the activity on the line. For
example, the TXD LED is switched on in the case of protocol
errors, but no data are transmitted via the link. Furthermore,
the LEDs do not necessarily provide information on the data
transmission direction. For example, the TXD LED is
switched on on the CP which triggered the job in the case of
a FETCH job with the RK 512 computer link, but the data are
transmitted in the opposite di rection.
Red interface-specific
displays
The interface-specific displays T XD1 and TXD2 (red) indicate
the status of the device interface.
The di spl ays and their meanings are listed in the following
table.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
TXD 1, TXD 2
On (red),
permanently In terf ace subm odule inserted but no interf ace
paramete rs present
On (red),
fast flashing Incorrect/i ncomplete para mete r or incorrec t
interf ace submodule inserted
On (red),
slow flashi ng Parameter correct but synchronization has
not yet taken place via backplane bus
On (green) Job has been triggered
Off Interface is i n operation, active and passive
jobs can be executed, o r no inte rface
submodule inserted
RXD 1, RXD 2
On (green) Job has been r eceived
Table 2.6 LED di splays (m odule-spe cific)
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 25
2.10.3 Statu s Transiti ons
Each change in CP sta tus has an effect on the data
transmission. The most important transitions are described in
this section.
Modul e-specifi c
status transitions
These are status transitions which have an effect on the
complete module. They can be tri ggered by:
•The mode selector
•Switching off the power supply
IF... THEN...
the mode selector is
swi tched fro m RUN or
TEST to STOP
the currently processed job (job from
CPU or fr om par tner) will be
processed complet ely (with
continuation f rames and timeout
monitoring).
the job queue will be deleted.
further jobs from the CPU will be
rejected, j obs from the partner will no
longer be rou ted on to the CPU.
the module will ent er the ST OP s ta tus .
the module changes from
RUN, TEST o r STOP to
the ERROR status
all jobs will be aborted immediately.
the STOP LED will flash.
the power supply fails
during operati on the data s tored in the internal RAM
an d i n the u se r m e mo ry a r e bu ffer e d,
i.e. the protocol parameters and the
job list will be retained.
the data transmission will be abort ed
and must be restarted by the user.
The jobs stored on the CP i n the
queue will be lost.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Interface-specific
status transitions
These are status transitions which have an effect on the
individual device i nterface. They can be triggered by:
•Operator inputs via COM PP
•Calling of special jobs (data handling blocks) in the
STEP 5 program.
IF... THEN...
the device interface is
swi tched to passi ve by the
STOP job (d ata handling
bloc k job)
the currently processed job (job from
CPU or fr om par tner) will be
processed complet ely (with
continuation fields and timeout
monitoring).
the job queue will be deleted.
further jobs from the CPU will be
rejected, j obs from the partner will no
longer be processed.
the device interface is
synchronized in the cycle*
by a SYNCHRON job
(data handling block job)
the currently processed job from the
CPU or the partner i s aborted.
the job queue will be deleted.
further jobs from the CPU will be
rejected, j obs from the partner will no
longer be processed.
jobs can be handled again via the
device interface provided the
synchronization was carried out
successfully.
*Note:
A SYNCHRON job should be avoided in the cycle since secondar y
faults may alway s occur in this case. If it is impossible to avoid the
SYNCHRON in the cycle, all current jobs should first be termi nated
on the CPU.
2
CP 544 Hardware Components
C79000-B8576-C191-01 2 - 27
IF... THEN...
the device interface is
repar ameterized using the
special job "Parameterize
device interface"
the parameterization job wi ll be added
to the queue. All previously added jobs
are also processed.
the job queue will be deleted a s soon
as the par ameterization job has been
processed.
further jobs are rejected by the CPU,
jobs from the partner will no longer be
processed.
the device inter face will be switched to
passive and the parameterization
carried out.
the device inter face can be restarted
foll owi ng successful parameterization.
the device interface is
repar ameterized using
COM PP
the currently processed job (job from
CPU or fr om par tner) will be
processed complet ely (with
continuation fields and timeout
monitoring).
the job queue will be deleted.
further jobs from the CPU will be
rejected, j obs from the partner will no
longer be processed.
the device inter face will be switched to
passive and the parameterization
carried out.
the device inter face can be restarted
foll owi ng successful parameterization.
Hardware Components CP 544
2 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
How do you Transmit Data
with the RK 512 Computer Link?
Contents of Chapter 3
3 How do you Transmi t Data with the RK 512 Computer Link? . 3 - 3
3.1 Introduct ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
3.2 Data Exchange Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
3.3 Program Elements for RK 512. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
3.3.1 STEP 5 P rogram with Data Handling Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
3.3.1. 1 SYNCHRON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
3.3.1. 2 SEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 0
3.3.1. 3 FETCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
3.3.1. 4 RECEI VE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
3.3.1. 5 CONT RO L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
3.3.1. 6 Coordination Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
3.3.2 Assignment of Parameters to RK 512 Computer Link in CP 544. . 3 - 18
3.3.2. 1 Stat ic Paramet er Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 8
3.3.2. 2 Dynamic Parameter Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
3.3.2. 3 T ransm ission of Parameters to the CP 544 User Memory . . . . . . . 3 - 2 5
3.4 Job Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 1
3.4.1 Send Data (SEND). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
3.4. 2 Fetc h Data (F ETC H ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
3.5 Examp le of Complete Paramet er Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38
3.6 Protocol Definition of RK 512 Comput er Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 44
3.6.1 For mat of Command Message Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 46
3.6.2 Send Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 49
3.6. 3 Fetc h Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5 3
3.6.4 Quasi Full-Duplex Mod e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 57
3.6.5 3964/3964R P rocedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 58
Contents
3 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3 How do you Transmit Data w ith the RK 512
Computer Link?
Chapter 3 descri bes the functions of the RK 512 computer
link and acquaints you with the generation of the S TEP 5
program and the parameter sets for the CP 544.
3.1 Introduction
Using the RK 512 computer link, data can be exchanged
between two communications partners connected via a
point-to-point link.
Interf ace submodules
Various interface submodules are available for the RK 512
computer link:
•V.24 submodule
•TTY submodule
•RS422-A/485 submodule (only in the RS422-A mode).
Transmission speed
Set the transmission speed for the data exchange as suitable
for the communi cations partner. The fol lowing transmi ssion
speeds are permi ssibl e:
•300 bps to 76800 bps with the RS422-A/485 submodule
•300 bps to 19200 bps with the V.24 submodule
•300 bps to 9600 bps with the TTY submodule.
The total baud rate of 76800 bps must not be exceeded,
however.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 3
Transmission reliability
The SIMATIC S5 RK 512 computer link ensures the highest
possible transmissi on reli ability since the RK 512 protocol
includes several layers of the ISO/OSI layer model (ISO I S 7498):
•The physical layer (layer 1):
Thi s layer stipulates the physical transmissi on of the data
bytes (physical characteristics of the connection,
transmissi on speed, . ..)
•The data link layer (layer 2):
The data bytes are transmi tted using the 3964 or 3964R
transmissi on procedure. This adds start and end
characters to the data bytes and initiates repetitions if
errors occur.
•The network layer (layer 3):
This does not exist in the RK 512 since it is a pure
point-to-point link.
•The transport layer (layer 4):
The RK 512 repli es to every correctly received command
message with a reply message. This allows the sender to
check that its data have arrived completely at the partner
or whether the requested data are avail able at the
partner.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Coupling p artner s
The RK 512 computer link implements the direct data
exchange between the C P 544 i n an S5-115U/H, S5-135U
(without S processor) , S5-155U/H and:
•another CP 544
in the S5-115U/H, S5-135U (without S processor) and
S5-155U/H programmabl e control lers
•a CPU 928B
in the S5-135U and S5-155U programmable controll ers
•a CP 525 or CP 524
in the S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-150U and S5-155U/H
programmable controllers
•a non-SIMAT IC computer capable of handling the
RK 512 (e.g. SICOMP M, SICOMP R).
SIMATIC S5
S5-155U
S5-115U/H
S5-155H
CP 544
CP 525
CP 524
CPU 928B
CP 544
S5-135U
(without
S processor)
CP 525
CP 524
CP 525
CP 524 S5-150U
SIMATIC S5
CP 544
S5-115U/H
S5-155U/H
S5-135U
(without
S processor)
Non-SIMATIC computer
2nd coupling partner
1st coupling partner
Fig. 3-1 Po ssible coupli ng partn ers with RK 512 data tra nsmissio n
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 5
Transmitted data
You can transmit the foll owing data stored in a PLC using
the RK 512 computer link:
•Data blocks, extended data blocks
•Flag bytes
•Input/output bytes
•I/O bytes
•Timers
•Counters
•System data
•Absolute addresses.
Transmission direction
You can implement the following jobs with the SIMAT IC S5
RK 512 standard computer link:
•Send data (SEND job):
The PLC 1 sends data to the PLC 2 via the CP 544 in
the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2
•Fetch data (FETCH job):
The PLC 1 fe tches data from the PLC 2 via the CP 544
in the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2
•Receive data (RECEIVE-ALL job):
The PLC 1 receives data from the PLC 2 via the CP 544
in the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2
•Prepare data t o be fetched (SEND-ALL j ob):
The PLC 1 prepares data for the PLC 2 via the CP 544
in the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.2 Data Exchange Sequence
The followi ng Fig. shows the data exchange sequence
between two programmable control lers, each of whi ch is
fitted with a CP 544.
PLC 1 PLC 2
Data
Data
handling
blocks
RK 512
computer
link
S5
bus
Data
Dynamic
parameter
set
Dynamic
parameter
set
S5
bus
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Data
handling
blocks
RK 512
computer
link
Fig. 3-2 Da ta ex ch ange betwee n two prog ramm able con troller s
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 7
Data handling blocks
The data handling blocks in the STEP 5 program of the CPU
are used:
•to trigger and execute data exchange,
•to receive the transmitted data.
RK 512 computer link
The RK 512 computer link in the CP 544 modules of the 2 PLCs
•is provided with the parameters for the coupl ing partner
via the dynami c parameter set,
•passes the data on to the CP in the other PLC.
The data exchange sequence descri bed means that you
have two important tasks :
•You must generate your STEP 5 program wi th the calls
of the data handling blocks for the two CPUs
•You must assign parameters to the RK 512 computer link
in the CP 544.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.3 Program Elements for RK 512
The programming of the RK 512 computer link is based on
only a few fundamental points - the STEP 5 program with the
call s o f the data handling blocks and the static and dynamic
parameter sets on the CP.
3.3.1 S TEP 5 Program with Data Handl ing Blocks
Incorporate the data handling blocks described below into
your STEP 5 program to enable data transmi ssion with the
RK 512 computer link according to the particular task.
Once you have read this description, you will be able to
generate a concept for the STEP 5 program for your
particular task.
You can find a detailed description of the individual data
handl ing blocks in Chapter 6.
3.3.1.1 SYNCHRON
Synchronizing CPU
and CP
The data handling block SYNCHRON synchronizes the
interface between the CPU and CP.
SYNCHRON must be called in the restart organization blocks
of the CPU for every page frame used by you in the two
device interfaces of the CP.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 9
3.3.1.2 SEND
Send data
The data handling block SEND transmits data from the CPU
to the CP 544. The job is triggered by the SEND-DIRECT. In
order to transmi t data , a SEND-ALL job must be addi tionally
programmed in the user program and cal led cyclically. The
matching partner job RECEIVE-ALL must be programmed in
the STEP 5 program of the partner CPU to enabl e the data
to be received by it .
Data
source
SEND-
ALL
Data
destination
RK 512
computer
link
RK 512
computer
link
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
SEND-
DIRECT n
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
RECEIVE-
ALL
Dynamic
parameter
set
n = job number
Fig. 3-3 SEND job
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
When transmitting data wi th the CP 544, the SEND-DIRECT
data handling block is used for the fol lowing special jobs:
Parame teri ze device
interface
You can use thi s special job to assign parameters to the two
device interfaces o f the CP 544 without the COM PP
parameterizati on software in that you store the parameters in
a data bl ock.
Execute
PSEUDO-WRITE
function
You can use thi s special job to transmit data. All parameters
on the source and destination are stored in a DB/DX. The
special job enables you
•to modify the source and/or destination data of a job
during execution of the program,
•to program this job without COM PP .
Start device inter face
You can use thi s special job to start a device interface from
the STEP 5 program.
Set date and time
You can use thi s special job to set the clock on the CP 544
from the CPU and to define whether the CP is to be the ti me
master or slave.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 11
3.3.1.3 FETCH
Fetch data
The data handling block FETCH onl y t ri ggers the data
transmission, the data are t ransmitted with the data handling
block RECEIVE-ALL (must be additi onally programmed in the
STEP 5 program and called cycli cal ly). The matchi ng partner
job SEND-ALL must be programmed in the S TEP 5 program
of the partner CPU to enabl e the data to be sent by it.
Data
destination
RECEIVE-
ALL
Data
source
RK 512
computer
link
RK 512
computer
link
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
FETCH-
DIRECT n
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
SEND-
ALL
Dynamic
parameter
set
Fig. 3-4 FETCH job
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
When transmitting data with the CP 544, the
FETCH-DIRECT data handling block is used for the following
special jobs:
Execute
PSEUDO-READ
function
You can use thi s special job to fe tch data. All parameters on
the source and destination are stored in a DB/DX. The
special job enables you
•to modify the source and/or destination data of a job du-
ring execution of the program,
•to program this job without COM PP .
3.3.1.4 RECEIVE
Receive data
The data handling block RECEIVE transmits data from the
CP to the CPU.
The d ata han dli ng bl ock R ECEI VE- DIRECT is on ly use d f or the
fol lo wing s pecia l jobs in t he data t ransm is sion with the CP 544 :
Read parameters of a
device interface
You can use thi s special job to scan the parameters of a
device interface independent of the COM PP parameterization
software. The parameters are written into a defined data
block.
Read error message
area o f SYSTAT
You can use thi s special job to read up to 3 error messages
of the SYSTA T specific to the interface.
Read status
You can use thi s special job to scan the status of the CP 544
and the addressed device interface.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 13
Read hardware
parameters
You can use thi s special job to scan the hardware
parameters which you have set using switches on the
module (page frame number, number of pages, released
coordination flag area) wi thout having to remove the module.
Read complete
SYSTAT st atus ar ea
You can use this special job to read the compl ete SYSTAT, i.e.
the err or mess ages of bot h dev ice interf ace s of the CP 54 4.
Read SYSID
identification area
You can use thi s special job to read data on the modul e, the
memory submodule, the interface assignments and the
output statuses of the loaded software from the SY SID.
Read date and time
You can use thi s special job to read the time on the CP 544
using the CPU.
3.3.1.5 CONTROL
Check job status
The data handling block CONTROL copies a job status in to
the defined status word. The job status provides informati on
on the processing state of the j ob.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.3.1.6 Coordi nation Flags
You can use the coordination flags to inhibit or release the
transfer of data between the CPU and CP 544.
The coordination flags must be released using switches on
the CP 544 modul e (see Section 2.1). The coordinati on flags
must be defined in the PLC as output communicati on flags in
the DB 1.
RK 512 computer link
Byte and bit numbers of the coordination fl ag are defined in
the dynamic parameter set and transmitted to the partner in
the SEND or FETCH message. If the partner CP recei ves a
message with the byte and bit numbers of the coordination
flag, it check s whether the coordination flag with this number
is already se t. I f this is the case, it rejects the data exchange
with the acti ve CP and sends a reply message with an error
number to the partner. Thi s prevents data which have not yet
been processed from being overwritten or read.
You can program the STEP 5 program in the CPU of the
active CP 544 such that the recei ved error number is
evaluated and that the SEND or FE TCH message is
transmitted again at a later point in time.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 15
Coordination flags
with a SEND job
The coordination flag is defined in the SEND job. The byte
and bit numbers of this flag are transmitted together with the
data to the partner.
The byte number of the coordi nation flag appears in the
status word of RECEIVE-ALL in the destination PLC in the
last transmission cycle. Using this byte number you can
recognize the job from which the data have arrived
completel y in the destination CPU. You can inhibit the
repeated acceptance of this j ob i f you set the coordination
flag associated with the job in the STEP 5 program. A
corresponding message is output on the COM PP, and the
partner informed by means o f a reply message. You can
reset the coordination flag by the STEP 5 program as soon
as the data have been saved from the destination area or
processed further; the job is then accepted again.
Coordination flag with
a FETCH job
A coordination flag is defined in the FETCH job of the
CP 544. The byte and bit numbers of this flag are transferred
to the partner in the request message. The byte number of
the coordination fl ag appears in the status word of
SEND-ALL in the l ast transmission cycle in the PLC in which
the data source is present. Using this byte number you can
recognize the job from which the data have been requested
completel y. You can prevent reading of the source data area
of this job if you set the coordination flag associated with the
job i n the STEP 5 program. A corresponding message is
output on the COM PP , and the partner informed by means
of a reply message. You can reset the coordination flag as
soon as the data are available in the source area; data are
then transmi tted again following request messages o f the job.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Note that only the byte number of the coordination flag
appears in the status word of SEND-ALL or RECEIVE-ALL,
and not the bit number as well. You must therefore ensure
that there is an unequivocal assignment between the byte
number and coordinati on flag if you wish to evaluate the
information of the status word in the program.
You can use every flag apart from flag 222 (DE hexadecimal)
as a coordination fl ag, but only byte numbers from 1 to 223
can be indicated in the status word. Flag 222 is reserved to
indicate the compl ete transmission of a job if no coordination
flags are t ransmitted.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 17
3.3.2 Assignment of Parameters to RK 512 Computer Link in CP 544
The COM PP parameterization software (see Chapter 7)
supports you when assigning parameters to the RK 512
computer link in the CP 544. If you do not have this software
package, you must assign parameters to the RK 512 computer
link in the CP 544 by means of the special job
SEND-DIRECT 189 (see Section 6.3.8).
You generate a static parameter set and a dynamic
parameter set.
Static parameter set
In the static parameter se t, you specify the parameters for
the physical layer and the data link layer of the RK 512
computer link.
Dynamic
parameter set
In the dynamic parameter set, you enter the job parameters
associated with the partner.
Once you have read this section, you will be able t o produce
a concept for the parameter sets of the RK 512 computer link
for your special requirements.
The followi ng pages provide you with a summary o f possible
parameter set ti ngs.
3.3.2.1 Static Par ameter Set
The st ati c par amet er se t con tain s the par a meters of the RK 512
computer link.
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter Input
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
RK 512 with 3964 procedure wit h default values
RK 512 with 3964R pr ocedure wit h default values
RK 512 with 3964 procedure and selectable values
RK 512 with 3964R procedure and selectable values
Baud ra te1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps 2)
38400 bps 3)
76800 bps 3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per
character 8 bits per character
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Priority Low
High
Characte r
delay time Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Acknowledgement
delay time Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Number of
connection a ttempts Number (range of values 1 to 255)
Number of
repetitions Number ( range of values 1 to 255)
1)The total baud rate of 76800 bps must not be exceeded
2)Only with V.24 sub module and RS422-A/485 submodule
3)Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
Tabl e 3.1 Sta tic p ara meter set (RK 512)
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 19
The default values for mode 1 and mode 2 are:
Mode 1 Mode 2
Character delay time 220 ms 220 ms
Acknowledgement delay time 550 ms 2000 ms
Num ber of connection at tempts 66
Number of re pet itions 66
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the two possible transmission procedures, 3964 or
3964R, either with default values or with selectable values.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed in bps.
Parity
The parity is even or odd depending on the value. Thi s
sequence of information bits is extended by one bit, the
parity bi t, whi ch supplements the value of all bits t o an
agreed status by means of its added value (0 or 1). The
parity bi t is set to 1 if "No" i s set, but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of stop bits relative to the time required to transmit
an information bit. The stop bits follow each character
transmitted in a start/stop transmission.
Priority
A partner has high priority i f its transmission request has
priority over the transmission request of the partner. A
partner has low pri ority if its transmission request must be
deferred with respect to the transmission request of the
partner. You must assign different priorities to the two
coupli ng partners when using the computer link, i .e. one PLC
is assigned a hi gh priority, the other a low priority .
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Character delay time
The maximum permissible interval between two received
characters (also refer to table bel ow).
Acknowledgement
delay time
The maximum permissible time up to acknowledgement from
the partner when establ ishing a connecti on (time between
STX and acknowledgement DLE from partner) or clearing a
connection (time between DLE ETX and acknowledgement
DLE from partner) Also refer to table below.
Baud ra te Smallest permissible
character delay time Smalle st p e rmi ss ible
acknowledgement
delay time
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
76800 bps
60 ms
40 ms
30 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
60 ms
40 ms
30 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
Number of connection
attempts
The maximum number of attempts made by the CP 544 to
establish a connecti on.
Number of re petitions
Maximum number of repetitions of a message (includi ng the
first message) in the event of faul ts.
n-th character Character delay time (n+1)-th character
t
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 21
3.3.2.2 Dynamic Parameter Set
The dynamic parameter set contains the job parameters
which are rel evant to the partner.
A job number is assigned t o each dynamic parameter set.
The job number must agree with the job number in the
associated data handl ing block. The first dynamic parameter
set has the job number 1, the second the job number 2 etc.
You must assign values to the corresponding dynamic
parameter set before you trigger a SEND or FETCH job.
When you speci fy a j ob number, the desired dynamic
parameter set is selected for each SEND or FETCH job.
The followi ng table shows the values you can select for the
dynamic parameter set.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Job No. Parameter Meaning
1Job SEND job or
FETCH job
Dat a d es tination
(SEN D) or Data bl ock, extended data block, system
data, absolute addresses
Data source
(FETCH) Data block, extended data block, flag
bytes, input bytes, output bytes,
I/O bytes , timers, counters,
system data, absolute addresses
CPU number Range of values 1 to 4, or no data
DB numbe r See job tables for range of values
Destination
address (SEND) or See job tabl es for range of values
Source address
(FETCH) See job tables for r ange of values
Coordination
flags Range of values 0 to 233 for byte nos.
Range of values 0 to 7 for bit nos.
or no data
2
188
Meaning of the parameters
Job number
Each job has a number between 1 and 188; it must agree
with the job number (parameter A-NR) which you have
entered on the data handling block (SEND-DIRECT or
FETCH-DIRECT).
Job
The job i s either a SEND or FETCH job.
Tabl e 3.2 Dyna mic parame ter set (RK 51 2)
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 23
Data desti nation
Data source
The followi ng destination types are permitted with a SEND
job:
Data blocks, extended data blocks, system data or absolute
addresses.
With a FETCH job, data can be fetched from the following
source types:
data block, extended data block, flag bytes, input bytes,
output bytes, I/O bytes, timers, counters, system data,
absolute addresses.
CPU number
You must enter the CPU number (range of values 1 to 4) if a
particular CPU in the partner PLC i s to be addressed by this
job.
The number of the partner CPU is only rel evant if you
exchange data with a multi-processor PLC (S5-135U,
S5-155U) wi th several CPUs via a CP 544, CP 525 or
CP 524. It is not necessary to enter a CPU number if the
partner only has one CPU. The data are s tored in the lowest
page frame on the receiving interface.
DB number
The DB number must be entered if "Data block" or "Extended
data block" is specified as the data destination or source.
Destination address
Source address
You must enter the destination address here for a SEND job,
and the source address for a FETCH job. The permissible
limits depend on the data type.
Coordination flag
You can enter a coordination flag i f necessary if the source
or destination is a data block or an extended data block. The
coordination flag prevents the overwriting of transmitted data
which have not yet been processed.
The coordination flag must first have been released using
switches on the module (see Section 2.1).
Chapter 7 descri bes how you can load the COM PP
parameterizati on software and enter i ts parameter sets.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.3.2.3 Transmission of Parameters to t he CP 544 User Memory
Once you have assigned parameters to the RK 512
computer link usi ng COM PP, transfer the parameters which
are stored in a file . .. .. .S T.S5D into the user memory (internal
RAM or RAM submodule) of the CP 544.
Proceed as fol lows:
•Select the transmission direction in the COM PP screen
form "TRANSFER" and enter the CP interface.
•Transmit the parameters by pressing the function key
"TRANSFER".
•Restart the CP 544 by pressing the function key
"RESTART SI1" or "RESTART SI2".
The LED TXD 1 must not subsequently light up red
permanently on the front panel of the CP 544. The
par amet eri zation is no t co rrec t or not compl et e i f this is the cas e.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 25
3.4 J ob Tables
All data types which can be transmitted are shown in the
followi ng tables together with their possi ble parameter
settings in the data handling block and the dynamic
parameter set. Data wi th respect to the addresses are
PLC-dependent and do not always agree in the case of
different types of PLC. In particular, you should use the
documentation specific to the PLCs i n the case of absolute
addresses.
3.4.1 Send Data (SEND)
All data types whi ch are generally stored in the partner in a
destination DB or destination DX are permissible as the
source (apart from absol ute addresses AS and system data
RS, see table).
The parameter QLAE (source length) is the number of bytes
if the source is organized i n bytes (the number of words if
not). No message transfer is carried out if 0 is entered.
Caution with an odd number of bytes: since the destination is
a DB or DX, only complete words can be stored there. I f the
partner is a CP 544, this will assign a 0 to the ri ght data byte
(DR) if it receives an odd number!
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 27
Source,
send from PLC
1
Destination,
to PLC 2 Param eter s e ttings on DHB in P LC 1 ( source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB Data block DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Data block FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Data block IA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Outputs Data block QA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Data block CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers 1) Data block TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Data block PY Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Sys addr. 1) Syst em address RS Irrelevant 0-511 1-512
Absolute
addresses 1) Absolute
address AS Irrelevant 0- +32767
-32768 1-2048
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Ini tial source address
QLAE Source length
Table 3.3 Job tabl e "Send data with RK 512 "
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter settings in the COM PP in
PLC 1 (desti nation) Message header, bytes 2)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF
permissible 3/4
Command
mode
5/6
Z-DB/
Z-addr
7/8
Number
in
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AD DB/DW words
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AX DB/DW words
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AM DB/DW bytes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AE DB/DW bytes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AA DB/DW bytes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AZ DB/DW words
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AT DB/DW words
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes AP DB/DW bytes
RS --- 0-511
1) No AB Address words
AS --- 0-65535 1) No AS Address words
Explanation of abbreviat ions 1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
2) You need only observe these
da ta for the message header if you
use a non-SIMATIC device as a
partner where you wish to
implement its communication
software yourself or if you moni tor
the data traffi c on the line using an
interface test unit (FOXPG).
ZTYP Destination t ype
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr Initial destination address
CF permissible Coo rdination flag permissible?
Message
header,
bytes
Message header of data
transmission on the line
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 29
Source,
se n d f r om PLC 1 Destination,
to PLC 2 Parameter settings on DHB in PLC 1 (source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Extended
data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended data
block Extended
data block DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Extended
data block FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Extended
data block IA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Outputs Extended
data block QA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Extended
data block CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers 1) Extended
data block TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Extended
data block PY Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Ini tial source address
QLAE Source length
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 30 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter setti ngs in the COM PP in
PLC 1 (destination) Message header, bytes 1)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF
permissible 3/4
Command
mode
5/6
Z-DB/
Z-addr
7/8
Number i n
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OD DX/DW words
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OX DX/DW words
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OM DX/DW bytes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OE DX/DW bytes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OA DX/DW bytes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OZ DX/DW words
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OT DX/DW words
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes OP DX/DW bytes
Explanation of abbreviat ions 1) You need only observe these
da ta for the message header if you
use a non-SIMATIC device as a
partner where you wish to
implement its communication
software yourself or if you moni tor
the data traffi c on the line using an
interface test unit (FOXPG).
ZTYP Destination t ype
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr Initial destination address
CF permissible Coo rdination flag permissible?
Message
header,
bytes
Message header of data
transmission on the line
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 31
3.4.2 Fetch Data (FETCH)
All data types listed in the table can be specified as the
source in the partner PLC.
The destinati on on the DHB can only be a data block or an
extended data block (RS/AS are exceptions). The destination
length (ZLAE) can onl y be specified in words. If 5 i nput bytes
are to be fetched, for example, "3" = 3 words = 6 bytes must
be parameterized on the DHB. No message transfer is
carried out if 0 is entered.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 33
Source,
fetch from PLC 2 Destination,
in PLC 1 Parameter settings on DHB in PLC 1
(destination)
ZTYP DBNR ZANF ZLAE
Data block Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-128
Inputs Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-64
Outputs Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-64
Counters 1) Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-256
Timers 1) Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-256
I/O Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-128
Sys. addr. 1) System address RS Irrelevant 0-511 1-512
Absolute
addresses 1) Absolute
address AS Irrel evant 0- +32767
-32768 1-2048
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
DBNR Da ta block numbe r
ZANF Initial destination address
ZLAE Destination length
Table 3.4 Job ta bl e "Fetch data with RK 512"
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 34 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter setti ngs in the COM PP in
PLC 1 (source) Message header, bytes 2)
QTYP Q-DB Q-addr CF
permis-
sible
3/4
Command
mode
5/6
Q-DB/
Q-addr
7/8
Number
in
Data block 0-255 0-255 Yes ED DB/DW words
Extended DB 0-255 0-255 Yes EX DX/DW words
Flag --- 0-254 No EM Byte address bytes
Input --- 0-126 No EE Byte address bytes
Output --- 0-126 No EA Byte address bytes
Counter 1) --- 0-255 No EZ Counter no. words
Timer 1) --- 0-255 No E T Timer no. words
I/O --- 0-254 No EP Peripheral
address bytes
Sys. addr 1) --- 0-511 No EB System
address words
Abs. addr. 1) --- 0-65535 No ES Absolute
address words
Explanation of abbreviat ions 1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
2) You need only observe these
da ta for the message header if you
use a non-SIMATIC device as a
partner where you wish to
implement its communication
software yourself or if you moni tor
the data traffi c on the line using an
interface test unit (FOXPG).
QTYP Source t ype
Q-DB Data bl ock number of source
Q-addr Initial source addr ess
CF permissible Coo rdination flag permissible?
Message
header,
bytes
Message header of data
transmission on the line
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 35
Source,
fetch from PLC 2 Destination,
in PLC 1 Parameter settings on DHB in PLC 1
(destination)
ZTYP DBNR ZANF ZLAE
Data block Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB E xtended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-128
Inputs Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-64
Outputs Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-64
Counters 1) Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-256
Timers 1) Extended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-256
I/O xtended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-128
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
DBNR Da ta block numbe r
ZANF Initial destination address
ZLAE Destination length
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 36 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter setti ngs in the COM PP in
PLC 1 (source) Message header, bytes 2)
QTYP Q-DB Q-addr CF
permis-
sible
3/4
Command
mode
5/6
Q-DB/
Q-addr
7/8
Number
in
Data block 0-255 0-255 Yes ED DB/DW words
Extended DB 0-255 0-255 Yes EX DX/DW words
Flag --- 0-254 No EM Byte address bytes
Input --- 0-126 No EE Byte address bytes
Output --- 0-126 No EA Byte address bytes
Counter 1) --- 0-255 No E Z Counter no. words
Timer 1) --- 0-255 No E T Timer no. words
I/O --- 0-254 No EP Peripheral
address bytes
Explanation of abbreviat ions 1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
2) You need only observe these
da ta for the message header if you
use a non-SIMATIC device as a
partner where you wish to
implement its communication
software yourself or if you moni tor
the data traffi c on the line using an
interface test unit (FOXPG).
QTYP Source t ype
Q-DB Data bl ock number of source
Q-addr Initial source addr ess
CF permissible Coo rdination flag permissible?
Message
header,
bytes
Message header of data
transmission on the line
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 37
3.5 Example of Complete Par am eter Setti ngs
Job I: SEND j ob
100 data words from data bl ock 20 (DB 20) starting at data
word 10 (DW 10) are to be transmitted from a PLC 1 to data
block 5 (DB 5) starting at data word 1 (D W 1) in PLC 2. PLC
1 and PLC 2 are each equipped with a CP 544.
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 1:
•The DHB SEND-DIRECT which triggers the job. The
following parameter settings must be made i n i t:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
The j ob number is 1
The status word is flag word 12
The source is a data block
with the no. 20 and
initial address 10
100 data words are sent
FY 11 is selected for parame terization errors
A-NR 1
ANZW FW12
QTYP DB
DBNR 20
QANF 10
QLAE 100
PAFE FY11
•The DHB SEND-ALL which transfers the data from the
PLC to the CP. This requires the foll owing parameter
settings:
SSNR 0 The inter face number is 0
The j ob number is 0, thus the ALL funct ion is selected
The status word is FW 16
FY 19 is selected for parameterization error s
A-NR 0
ANZW FW16
PAFE FY19
The status word o f the ALL job must be di fferent from that
with SEND-DIREC T since other information is displayed.
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 38 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You require the fol lowing for the CP in PLC 1:
•A job in the dynamic parameter set:
Job number 1 Number as fo r DHB pa rameters
Send is selected
Destination is a data block
Only one CPU is present
The destination DB number i s 5
with the initial address 1
Coordination flag not used
Job SEND
Data desti nation DB
CPU number -
DB No. 5
Destination word address 1
Coordination flag -
•You must also enter the followi ng parameters in the
static parameter set:
Mode 2 RK 512
with 3964R procedure with defaul t values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority Low
Chara cter delay time 220 ms These parameters are
entered automatically in
mode 2
(RK 512 with 3964R
procedure with default values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection at tempts 6
Number of repetitions 6
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 39
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 2:
•The DHB RECEIVE-ALL whi ch receives the data and en-
ters them in the destination DB:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
The job number is 0, thus the ALL function is
selected
The status word is FW 6
FY 4 is selected for paramete rization errors
A-NR 0
ANZW FW6
PAFE FY4
You require the fol lowing for the CP in PLC 2:
•No dyn amic pa ram eter s et as l ong a s no act i ve job s
(SE ND- DIRECT , FETC H-DI RECT) are ca lle d in t he PLC 2.
•However, you must enter the followi ng parameters in the
static parameter set for thi s CP:
Mode 2 RK 512
with 3964R procedure with default values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority High
Character delay time 220 ms These parameters are entered
automatically i n mode 2
(RK 512 with 3964R procedure
with default values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repet itions 6
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 40 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Job I I: FE TCH job
6 flag bytes are to be fetched from PLC 2 starting at FY 7.
They are to be stored in data block 20 in PLC 1 starting at
data word 30. A FETCH job is programmed in PLC 1 for this
purpose.
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 1:
•The call of the DHB FETCH-DIRECT to trigger the job:
SSNR 0 As with job I
Job number is 2 in this case
Status words in FW 34
Destination is a DB
with no. 20 and
initial address 30
Fetch 6 bytes = 3 words
Par ameterization errors in FY 33
A-NR 1
ANZW FW34
QTYP DB
DBNR 20
QANF 30
QLAE 3
PAFE FY33
•You subsequently receive the fetched data with the DHB
RECEIVE-ALL:
SSNR 0 The interface number i s 0
The job number is 0, thus the ALL
func tion is selected
Status word in FW 27
Par ameterization errors in FY 26
A-NR 0
ANZW FW27
PAFE FY26
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 41
You require the fol lowing for the CP in PLC 1:
•The job wi th number 2:
Job number 2 Number as for DHB
Source i s the flag area
Onl y one CPU present
No data necessary
S ta rt i ng at byte 7
Coordination flag not used
Job FETCH
Dat a source Flag
CPU number -
DB No. -
Source byte address 7
Coordinati on flag -
•If you have carri ed out job I, the foll owing parameters are
already set in the static parameter set:
Mode 2 RK 512
with 3964R procedure with default values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority Low
Characte r delay
time 220 ms
These parameters are ente red
automa ti call y in mode 2 (R K 5 12
with 3964R procedure with
default values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repet itions 6
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 42 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 2:
•A DHB SEND-ALL whi ch t ransm its t he fl ag byt es t o i ts CP:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
The job number is 0, thus the ALL function is selected
Status word in FW 40
Parameterization error s in FY 39
A-NR 0
ANZW FW40
PAFE FY39
You require the fol lowing for the CP in PLC 2:
•No dynamic parameter se t, but the following parameters
in t he st atic p aram eter set ( i f not alr eady pre sent f rom job I):
Mode 2 RK 512
with 3964R procedure with default values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority High
Characte r delay
time 220 ms
These parameters are entered
automatically i n mode 2
(RK 512 with 3964R procedure
with default values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repet itions 6
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 43
3.6 Protocol Definition of RK 512 Computer Link
The followi ng section explai ns how the data transmission is
executed with the RK 512 computer link.
The data transmission takes place at three levels:
•The hardware level
•The procedure level
•The message level.
Hardware level
The hardware level comprises the physical conditions of the
data transmission. The CP 544 can be used either with TT Y
(20-mA current loop), with V.24 voltage l evel (RS232 C) or
with the RS422-A/485 submodule.
Procedure level
All RK 512 messages (command and reply messages) are
transmitted by the procedure level of the computer link, i.e.
transmitted or received with the 3964 or 3964R procedure.
The procedure provides the messages with start and end
sequences, assi gns a block check character to the resulti ng
data blocks (only wi th the 3964R procedure) and
automatically repeats the message if the acknowledgement
from the receiver is faulty (see also Section 4.6).
Message level
The message level corresponds to the transport layer of the
IS O/OSI layer model.
The CP 544 sends a command message to the partner
which returns a reply message to the CP.
CP 544 Partner
Command message
Reply message
F ig. 3-5 Com man d me ssage wi th repl y m essag e
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 44 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Command messages are either SEND messages (SEND job)
or FETCH messages (FE TCH job).
The SEND message consists of the message header and
data. In the case of a SEND message, the partner sends a
reply message without data.
The FETCH message only consists of a message header. In
the case of a FETCH message, the partner sends a reply
message with data.
CP 544 Partner
Reply message
without data
SEND message
Message header and data
F ig. 3-6 SEND job
CP 544 Partner
Reply message
with data
FETCH message
Message header
Fig. 3 -7 FETCH jo b
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 45
Continuation messages are sent for all types of message if
the data quanti ty exceeds 128 bytes.
3.6.1 Format o f Command Message Header
A SEND message consists of the message header and data.
A FETCH message only consists of the message header.
The message header comprises 10 bytes and contains
information on the data destination in the case of a SEND
message and information on the data source in the case of a
FETCH message.
Byte
12345678910
High Low High Low
00H
(FFH) 00H Command Destination/
source Number CF/CPU No.
CP 544 Partner
Command message
Reply message
Continuation command message
Continuation reply message
F ig. 3-8 Me ssag es an d conti nu ation m essa ges
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 46 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Format of message header
Byte Meaning
1 Message identification with command messages (00H),
with continuation command messages (FFH)
2 Message identification ( 00H)
3 ’A’(41H)- for SEND job with destination DB o r
’O’(4FH)- for SEND job with destination DX or
’E’(45H)- for FETCH job
4 Da ta to b e tr ans mi tted ar e from :
’D’ (44H) = data block
’E’ (45H) = input bytes
’M’ (4DH) = flag bytes
’Z’ ( 5AH) = count ers
’S’ (53H) = absolute adresses
’X’ (58H) = extended data block
’A’ (41H) = output bytes
’P’ (50H) =I/O bytes
’T’ (54H) = timers
’B’ (42H) = syste m addresses
5 Data des tination with SEND job or data sourc e with FETCH job,
e.g. byte 5 = DB no., byte 6 = DW no.
6
7 Length of high byte Length of data to be transmitted; in bytes or
words depending on type
8 Length of low byte
9 Byte number o f coordination flag;
FFH is present here if you have not specified any coordination flags
10 Bits 0 to 3: Bit number of the coordination flag; FH is present here i f you have not
specified any coordination flags
Bits 4 to 7: CPU numb er (1 to 4 ); 0H is present here if you have not specified a
CPU no. but have specified a coordination flag; FH is present here
if you have specified neither a CPU no. nor a coordination flag
The letters in bytes 3 and 4 are ASCII characters.
The message header of the conti nuation command message
only consists of the bytes 1 to 4.
Ta ble 3.5 Fo rm at of m es sa ge head er
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 47
Once the command message has been transmi tted, the
RK 512 expects a reply message f rom the partner within the
monitoring time. The length of the moni toring ti me depends
on the transmission speed (baud rate).
1200−76800 bps
600 bps
300 bps
5 s
7 s
10 s
Since the data are already transmitted with the repl y
message in a FE TCH job, you must ensure that all data are
avail able on the partner CP within the monitoring time. You
achieve thi s is that you
•define a large frame size in SYNCHRON for the partner,
•select a small message length,
•strive towards a short cycle time or program several
SEND-ALL calls in one cycle.
Format and contents of the reply message:
The reply message comprises 4 bytes and contains
information on the execution of the j ob.
Byte
1234
00H
(FFH) 00H 00H Error
number
Byte Meaning
1 Message identification with reply messages (00H),
with conti nuation reply messages (FFH)
2 M essage i dentification (00H)
3 Contains 00H
4 Error number of partner (see Chapter 8):
00H if no errors have occurred during the transmission
>00H error number
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 48 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.6.2 Send Data
SEND job:
CP 544 sends data
to partner
The SEND job is executed in the followi ng order:
Active partner Sends a SEND message which con tains the
message header and data.
Passive par tner Receives the message, checks the message
header and the data, and acknowledges with a
reply message.
Active partner Receives the reply message. If the quantity of
us eful data exceeds 128 bytes, it sends a
continuation SEND messag e.
Passive partner Receives the continuation SEND message,
checks t he message header and the data , and
acknowledges with a continuation repl y message.
The partner enters an error number in the 4th byte of the
reply message if the SEND message was not received
without errors.
CP 544 Partner
SEND message
Reply message
Continuation SEND message
Continuation reply message
F ig. 3-9 SEND job
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 49
Reply message
02H
10H
STX
DLE
Start character
Pos. acknow-
00H
00H
00H
00H
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byteError number
10H
03H
10H
DLE
ETX
DLE
End identifier
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
SEND message
DLE 10H
Contents
STX 02HStart character
Pos. acknow-
Meaning
1st byte 00H
2nd byte 00H
4th byte 44H
5th byte 0AH
7th byte 00H
9th byte FFH
10th byte FFH
6th byte 01H
DW01
8th byte 32H
50 DW
header
Message
Data block
Data destin. DB10
Length
No CF
All CPUs
3rd byte 41H
SEND job
1st data byte
2nd data byte 11th byte
12th byte Useful
data
CP 544 Partner
10H
10H
03H
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
End identifier DLE
DLE
ETX
n-th data byte x-th byte
.
.
.
.
ledgement
ledgement
ledgement
ledgement
Fig. 3-10 Seq ue nce of a SEND me ssag e with re ply me ssage
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 50 C79000-B8576-C191-01
This SEND message has a maximum useful data length of
128 bytes and has been executed without faults (the 4th byte
in the repl y message does not contain an error number).
Continuation SEND messages
A continuation SEND message is started if the quantity of
data exceeds 128 bytes. The sequence corresponds to that
of the SEND message.
A further conti nuation SEND message is s tarted if more than
256 bytes are to be transmitted.
The next page shows the detailed sequence of a
continuation SEND message wi th continuation reply
message. The continuation SEND message has a maximum
useful data length of 128 bytes and has been executed
without faults (the 4th byte in the continuation repl y message
does not contai n an error number).
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 51
Continuation SEND message
DLE 10H
Contents
STX 02HStart character
Pos. acknow-
Meaning
1st byte FFH
2nd byte 00H
4th byte 44H
Data block 3rd byte 41H
SEND job
CP 544 Partner
Continuation
header
Message
129th data byte
130th data byte
n-th data byte
5th byte
6th byte
x-th byte
Useful
data
10H
10H
03H
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
End identifier DLE
DLE
ETX
Continuation reply message
02H
10H
STX
DLE
Start character
Pos. acknow-
FFH
00H
00H
00H
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byteError number
10H
03H
10H
DLE
ETX
DLE
End identifier
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
Continuation
.
.
.
.
ledgement
message
ledgement
ledgement
reply message
ledgment
Fi g. 3-11 Se quen ce of a co ntinu ati on SEND me ssage with
con tin uation rep ly me ssage
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 52 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.6.3 Fetch Data
FETCH job:
CP 544 requests
data from partner
The FETCH job is executed in the following order:
Active partner Sends a FETCH message which contains the
message header.
Passive par tner Receives the message, checks the message
header and acknowl edges with a r eply message.
This contains data.
Active partner Receives the reply message. If the quantity of
us eful data exceeds 128 bytes, it sends a
continuation FETCH message. This contains
byte s 1 to 4 of the message header .
Passive par tner Receives the continuation FETCH message,
checks t he message header and acknowledges
with a continuati on reply message with further data.
No data are added in the case of an error number which is
not equal to 0 in the 4th byte of the repl y message.
CP 544 Partner
FETCH message
Reply message
Continuation FETCH message
Continuation reply message
with data
with data
Fig. 3 -12 FETCH jo b
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 53
FETCH message
DLE 10H
Contents
STX 02HStart character
Pos. acknow-
Meaning
CP 544 Partner
10H
10H
03H
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
End identifier DLE
DLE
ETX
1st byte 00H
2nd byte 00H
4th byte 44H
5th byte 64H
7th byte 00H
9th byte 0AH
10th byte 17H
6th byte 64H
8th byte 32H50 DW
header
Message
Data block
Data source DB100
Length
CF = F 10.7
CPU 1 only
3rd byte 45H
FETCH job
Reply message with data
02H
10H
STX
DLE
Start character
Pos. acknow-
10H
03H
10H
DLE
ETX
DLE
End identifier
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
00H
00H
00H
00H
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byteError number
5th byte
6th byte
x-th byte
1st data byte
2nd data byte
n-th data byte
Useful
data
.
.
.
.
ledgement
DW100
ledgement
ledgement
ledgement
Fig. 3-1 3 Se quen ce of a FETC H m essag e with repl y messa ge
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 54 C79000-B8576-C191-01
This FETCH message has a maximum useful data length of
128 bytes and has been executed without faults (the 4th byte
in the repl y message does not contain an error number).
If more than 128 bytes are requested, these are
automatically fetched in one or more continuation messages.
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 55
Continuation FETCH message
DLE 10H
STX 02HStart character
Pos. acknow-
1st byte FFH
2nd byte 00H
4th byte 44H
Data block 3rd byte 45H
FETCH job
CP 544 Partner
Continuation
header
Message
10H
10H
03H
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
End identifier DLE
DLE
ETX
Continuation reply message
02H
10H
STX
DLE
Start character
Pos. acknow-
FFH
00H
00H
00H
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byteError number
Continuation
129th data byte
130th data byte 5th byte
6th byte
10H
03H
10H
DLE
ETX
DLE
End identifier
End identifier
Pos. acknow-
n-th data byte xth byte
Useful
data
.
.
.
.
ContentsMeaning
ledgement
message
ledgement
ledgement
reply message
ledgement
Fi g. 3-14 Se quen ce of a co ntinu ati on F ETCH me ssage with
con tin uation rep ly me ssage
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 56 C79000-B8576-C191-01
3.6.4 Quasi Full-Duplex Mo de
Quasis full-duplex means that the partners can send
messages at any point in time except when the partner is
currently transmitting.
If both CPs wish to transmit simultaneously, a SEND
message of the partner may be transmitted prior to the repl y
message. This may be the case, for example, if a SEND
message of the partner has been entered into the output
buffer of the CP 544 pri or to the repl y message.
In the following example, the continuation reply message (*)
for the first SEND message is only sent after the SEND
message of t he partner.
CP 544 Partner
SEND message
Reply message
1st continuation SEND message
SEND message of partner
1st continuation reply message *
2nd continuation SEND message
Reply message
2nd continuation reply message
Fi g. 3-15 Q uasi full -duple x mod e
3
CP 544 RK 512 Computer Link
C79000-B8576-C191-01 3 - 57
3.6.5 3964/3964R Procedure
You can find more informati on on the 3964 and 3964R
procedures which control the data flow between your
programmable controller and a partner with the RK 512
computer link in Chapter 4 "3964/3964R Procedures".
RK 512 Compute r Link CP 544
3 - 58 C79000-B8576-C191-01
How do you Transmit Data with the
3964/3964R Procedures?
Contents of Chapter 4
4 How do you Transmit Data with the 3964/3964R Procedures? . . 4 - 3
4.1 Introduct ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3
4.2 Data Exchange Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
4.3 Program Elements for the 3964/ 3964R Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
4.3.1 ST EP 5 P rogram with Data Handling Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
4.3.1. 1 SYNCHRON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
4.3.1. 2 SEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 0
4.3.1. 3 RECEI VE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
4.3.1. 4 CONT RO L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
4.3.1. 5 Coordination Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
4 .3. 2 Assignmen t of Parameters t o 3964/3964 R Procedures in CP 544 . . . 4 - 15
4.3.2. 1 Stat ic Paramet er Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 5
4.3.2. 2 Receive Mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19
4.3.2. 3 T ransm ission of Parameters to the CP 544 User Memory . . . . . . . 4 - 2 1
4.4 Job Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 23
4.5 Examp le of Complete Paramet er Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 28
4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 1
4.6 Protocol Definition of the 3964/3964R Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 31
4.6.1 Transm itting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 32
4.6.2 Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 34
4.6.3 Initialization Conf lict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37
4.6.4 Procedure Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 38
Contents
4 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4 How do you Transmit Data with the 3964/3964R
Procedures?
Chapter 4 descri bes the data transmission functions wi th the
3964/3964R procedures and acquaints you with generati ng
the STEP 5 program and the static parameter set as well as
defining the receive mailbox for the CP 544.
4.1 Introduction
Using the 3964/3964R procedures, data can be exchanged
between two communications partners connected via a
point-to-point link.
Interf ace submodules
Various interface submodules are available for data
transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures:
•V.24 submodule
•TTY submodule
•RS422-A/485 submodule (only in the RS422-A mode).
Transmission speed
Set the transmission speed for the data exchange as suitable
for the communi cations partner. The fol lowing transmi ssion
speeds are permi ssibl e:
•300 bps to 76800 bps with the RS422-A/485 submodule
•300 bps to 19200 bps with the V.24 submodule
•300 bps to 9600 bps with the TTY submodule.
The total baud rate of 76800 bps must not be exceeded,
however.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 3
Transmission reliability
Data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures ensures
large t ransmission reliability since it i ncludes the followi ng
layers of the ISO/OS I l ayer model ( ISO I S 7498):
•The physical layer (layer 1):
Thi s layer stipulates the physical transmissi on of the data
bytes (physical characteristics of the connection,
transmissi on speed, . ..)
•The data link layer (layer 2):
The 3964 or 3964R t ransmission procedure adds start
and end characters to the data bytes and initiates
repetitions if errors occur.
The protocol of the procedures only ensures the reliable
transmission of the data but not, however, the processing or
evaluation of the transmitted data.
The 3964/3964R procedures are also used for the reliable
transmission of data with the RK 512 computer l ink.
If a message is acknowledged positively by the partner
(received/accepted), the message has been correctly
received. This does not mean that the message is processed
by the receiver (e.g. the data cannot be processed further by
the CP if this is in the S TOP status or received by the CPU if
this is i n the STOP status).
If you wish to make sure that the message is also processed,
you must:
•either use the RK 512 computer link
•or take your own s teps to ensure data protection.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Coupling p artner s
Data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures
implements the data exchange between the CP 544 i n an
S5-115U/H, S5-135U (without S processor), S5-155U/H and:
•another CP 544
in the S5-115U/H, S5-135U (without S processor) and
S5-155U/H programmabl e control lers
•a CPU 928B
in the S5-135U and S5-155U programmable controll ers
•a CP 523
in the S5-115U/F /H, S5-135U, S5-150U and S5-155U/H
programmable controllers
•a CP 521 SI
in the S5-90, S5-95, S5-100U programmable controllers
•a non-SIMAT IC computer capable of handling the
3964/3964R procedures (e.g. SICOMP M, SICOM P R).
1st coupling partner
SIMATIC S5
CP 544S5-115U/H
S5-155U/H
S5-135U
(without
S processor)
Non-SIMATIC computer
SIMATIC S5
CP 544
CPU 928B
CP 544
CP 523
CP 521 SI
S5-155U
S5-135U
S5-115U/H
(without
S processor)
S5-155H
S5-115U/F/H
S5-135U
S5-155U/H
S5-90 with IM 90
S5-95
S5-100U
S5-150U
2nd coupling partner
Fig. 4-1 Possib le coupling p artners for data tra nsmission with
the 396 4/396 4R pro cedures
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 5
Transmitted data
You can transmit the foll owing data stored in a PLC using
the 3964/3964R procedures:
•Data blocks, extended data blocks
•Flag bytes
•Input/output bytes
•I/O bytes
•Timers
•Counters.
Transmission direction
You can i mplement the followi ng j obs with the 3964/3964R
procedures:
•Send data (SEND job):
The PLC 1 sends data to the PLC 2 via the CP 544 in
the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2
•Receive data (RECEIV E-ALL job):
The PLC 1 receives data from the PLC 2 via the CP 544
in the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.2 Data Exchange Sequence
The followi ng Fig. shows the data exchange sequence
between two programmable control lers, each of whi ch is
fitted with a CP 544.
Data
Data
handling
blocks
3964/
3964R
procedures
S5
bus
Data
S5
bus
PLC 1 PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
3964/
3964R
procedures
Data
handling
blocks
Fig. 4-2 Data ex ch ange betwe en two pro gra mmabl e contro ller s
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 7
Data handling blocks
The data handling blocks in the STEP 5 program of the CPU
are used:
•to trigger and execute data exchange,
•to receive the transmitted data.
3964/3964R
procedures
The 3964/3964R procedures in the CP 544 module of the
coupli ng partner
•are provided wi th the required information on the data
destination by the definition in the receive mai lbox.
The 3964/3964R procedures in the CP 544 modules of the
two PLCs
•pass the data on to the CP in the other PLC.
The data exchange sequence descri bed means that you
have three important tasks for the data transmissi on wi th the
3964/3964R procedures:
•You must generate your STEP 5 program wi th the calls
of the data handling blocks for the two CPUs.
•You must assign parameters to the 3964/3964R
procedures in the two CP 544 modules.
•You must define a receive mai lbox i n the CP 544 of the
coupling partner.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.3 Program Elements for t he 3964/3964R Pr oc edures
The programming of the 3964/3964R procedures is based on
only a few fundamental points - the STEP 5 program with the
data handling blocks, the establishment of the receiver data
block (receive mai lbox) in the CPU, the static parameter set
on the CP and the definition of the receive mailbox.
4.3.1 S TEP 5 Program with Data Handl ing Blocks
Incorporate the data handling blocks described below into
your STEP 5 program to enable data transmi ssion with the
3964/3964R procedures according to the parti cul ar task .
Once you have read this description, you will be able to
generate a concept for the STEP 5 program for your
particular task.
You can find a detailed description of the individual data
handl ing blocks in Chapter 6.
4.3.1.1 SYNCHRON
Synchronizing CPU
and CP
The data handling block SYNCHRON synchronizes the
interface between the CPU and CP.
SYNCHRON must be called in the restart organization blocks
of the CPU for every page frame used by you in the two
device interfaces of the CP.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 9
4.3.1.2 SEND
Send data
The data handling block SEND transmits data from the CPU
to the CP 544. The job is triggered by the SEND-DIRECT. In
order to transmi t data , a SEND-ALL job must be addi tionally
programmed in the user program and cal led cyclically. The
matching partner job RECEIVE-ALL must be programmed in
the STEP 5 program of the partner CPU to enabl e the data
to be received by it .
Data
source
SEND-
ALL
Data
destination
3964/
3964R
procedures
3964/
3964R
procedures
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
SEND-
DIRECT n
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
RECEIVE-
ALL
n = job number
Fig. 4-3 SEND job
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
When transmitting data wi th the CP 544, the SEND-DIRECT
data handling block is used for the fol lowing special jobs:
Parame teri ze device
interface
You can use thi s special job to assign parameters to the two
device interfaces o f the CP 544 without the COM PP
parameterizati on software in that you store the parameters in
a data bl ock.
Start device inter face
You can use thi s special job to start a device interface from
the STEP 5 program.
Execute PSEUDO-
WRITE function
You can use thi s special job to transmit data. All parameters
on the source and destination are stored in a DB/DX. The
special job enables you
•to modify the source and/or destination data of a job
during execution of the program,
•to program this job without COM PP .
Set date and time
You can use thi s special job to set the clock on the CP 544
from the CPU and to define whether the CP is to be the ti me
master or slave.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 11
4.3.1.3 RECEIVE
Receive data
The data handling block RECEIVE transmits data from the
CP to the CPU.
The data handling block RECEIVE-DIRECT is only used for
the foll owing special jobs in the data transmission with the
CP 544:
Read parameters of a
device interface
You can use thi s special job to scan the parameters of a
device interface independent of the COM PP
parameterizati on software. The parameters are wri tten into a
defined data block.
Read error message
area o f SYSTAT
You can use thi s special job to read up to 3 error messages
of the SYSTA T specific to the interface.
Read status
You can use thi s special job to scan the status of the CP 544
and the addressed device interface.
Read hardware
parameters
You can use thi s special job to scan the hardware
parameters which you have set using switches on the
module (page frame number, number of pages, released
coordination flag area) wi thout having to remove the module.
Read complete
SYSTAT st atus ar ea
You can use thi s special job to read the complete SYS TAT,
i.e. the error messages of both device interfaces of the
CP 544.
Read SYSID
identification area
You can use thi s special job to read data on the modul e, the
memory submodule, the interface assignments and the
output statuses of the loaded software from the SY SID.
Read date and time
You can use thi s special job to read the time on the CP 544
using the CPU.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.3.1.4 CONTROL
Check job status
The data handling block CONTROL copies a job status in to
the defined status word. The job status provides informati on
on the processing state of the j ob.
4.3.1.5 Coordi nation Flags
You can use the coordination flags to inhibit or release the
transfer of data between the CPU and CP 544.
The coordination flags must be released using switches on
the CP 544 modul e (see Section 2.1). The coordinati on flags
must be defined in the PLC as output communicati on flags in
the DB 1.
The coordination flag is defined in the defini tion o f the
receive mailbox of the partner CP. The byte number of the
coordination flag appears i n the status word of
RECEIVE-ALL in the destinati on PLC in the last transmission
cycle. Using this byte number you can recognize in the
destination CPU that the data have arrived completely. You
can inhibi t the repeated acceptance of data if you set the
coordination flag in the S TEP 5 program of the destination
CPU. You can reset the coordination flag by the user
program as soon as the data have been saved from the
destination area or processed further; the job is then
accepted again.
Note that only the byte number of the coordination flag
appears in the status word of SEND-ALL or RECEIVE-ALL,
and not the bit number as well. You must therefore ensure
that there is an unequivocal assignment between the byte
number and coordinati on flag if you wish to evaluate the
information of the status word in the program.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 13
You can use every flag apart from flag 222 (DE hexadecimal)
as a coordination fl ag, but only byte numbers from 1 to 223
can be indicated in the status word. Flag 222 is reserved to
indicate the compl ete transmission of a job if no coordination
flags are t ransmitted.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.3.2 Assignment of Par ameter s t o 3964/3964R Procedures i n CP 544
The COM PP parameterization software (see Chapter 7)
supports you when assigning parameters to the 3964/3964R
procedures in the CP 544. If you do not have this software
package, you must assign parameters to the 3964/3964R
procedures in the CP 544 by means of the special job
SEND-DIRECT 189 (see Section 6.3.8).
You generate a static parameter set and, if you receive data
with the CP 544, you must define the position of the receive
mailbox on the CPU.
Static parameter set
In the static parameter se t, you specify the parameters for
the physical layer and the data link layer of the 3964/3964R
procedures.
Receive mail box
The receive mailbox is a data block on the receiving CPU.
You must create it on the receiving CPU and define the
position of the receive mailbox on the receiving CP.
Once you have read this section, you will be able t o produce
a concept for the static parameter set and the recei ve
mailbox of the 3964/3964R procedures for your special
requirements.
The followi ng pages provide you with a summary o f possible
parameter set ti ngs.
4.3.2.1 Static Par ameter Set
The static parameter set contains the parameters of the
3964/3964R procedures.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 15
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
Parameter Input
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
RK 512 with 3964 procedure with default values
RK 512 with 3964R procedure wi th default val ues
RK 512 with 3964 procedure and sel ectable values
RK 512 wi th 3964R procedure and select able values
Baud rate1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
2)
38400 bps
3)
76800 bps
3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per
character 6 bits per charac ter
7 bits per charac ter
8 bits per charac ter
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Priority Low
High
Character
delay time Monitoring time
0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Yo u nee d onl y e nte r the se
paramete rs in modes 3 and
4 . The de fault va lue s app ly
to modes 1 and 2.
Acknow-
ledgement
delay time
Monitoring time 0.01 s
to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Number of
connection
attempts
Number (range of
values 1 to 255)
Number of
repetitions Number (range of
values 1 to 255)
1) The total baud ra te of 76800 bps must not be exceeded
2) Only with V.24 submodul e and RS422-A/485 submodule
3) Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
Tabl e 4.1 Stati c pa rame ter set (39 64/39 64R proced ures)
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The default values for mode 1 and mode 2 are:
Mode 1 Mode 2
Character delay time 220 ms 220 ms
Acknowledgement delay time 550 ms 2000 ms
Num ber of connection at tempts 66
Number of re pet itions 66
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the two possible transmission procedures, 3964 or
3964R, either with default values or with selected values.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed in bit/s (bps).
Parity
The parity is even or odd depending on the value. Thi s
sequence of information bits is extended by one bit, the
parity bi t, whi ch supplements the value of all bits t o an
agreed status by means of its added value (0 or 1). The
parity bi t is set to 1 if "No" i s set, but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of stop bits relative to the time required to transmit
an information bit. The stop bits follow each character
transmitted in a start/stop transmission.
Priority
A partner has high priority i f its transmission request has
priority over the transmission request of the partner. A
partner has low pri ority if its transmission request must be
deferred with respect to the transmission request of the
partner. You must assign different priorities to the two
coupli ng partners when using the 3964/3964R procedures,
i.e. one PLC is assigned a high priority, the other a low
priority.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 17
Character delay time
The maximum permissible interval between two received
characters (also refer to table bel ow).
Acknowledgement
delay time
The maximum permissible time up to acknowledgement from
the partner when establ ishing a connecti on (time between
STX and acknowledgement DLE from partner) or clearing a
connection (time between DLE ETX and acknowledgement
DLE from partner). Also refer to tabl e bel ow.
Baud rate Smallest permissible
character delay time Sm allest permissible
acknowledgement delay time
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
76800 bps
60 ms
40 ms
30 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
60 m s
40 m s
30 m s
20 m s
20 m s
20 m s
20 m s
20 m s
20 m s
Number of connection
attempts
The maximum number of attempts made by the CP 544 to
establish a connecti on.
Number of re petitions
Maximum number of repetitions of a message (includi ng the
first message) in the event of faul ts.
n-th character Character delay time (n+1)-th character
t
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.3.2.2 Receive Mailbox
The receive mailbox is located in a data block (DB) or
extended data block (DX) on the CPU. The receive mailbox
contains the received data and, i n the first word, the length
data (in bytes) of the received data. This i s entered by the
system program so that you can recognize how much data
has been received. The length data does not count the word
with the length data itself.
Length
The max. length of the recei ve mailbox is 2049 words (4098
bytes). The receive mailbox must always be one word larger
than the data t o be received.
Length of receive mailbox = net data + 1 word
Exampl e: Receive mailbox
The example shows the format of a receive mailbox in data
block 8 starting at data word 1 and with a length o f 6 words.
7 bytes have been received.
DB 8
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
:
:
KH = xxxx;
KH = 0007;
KH = 0102;
KH = 0304;
KH = 0506;
KH = 07yy;
KH = yyyy;
KH = xxxx;
does not belong to receive mailbox, any
contents
length data in bytes, start of receive mailbox
recei ved data: 0102
recei ved data: 0304
recei ved data: 0506
recei ved data: 07,
yy was no l onger received
contents o f receive mailbox, was not
received
does not belong to receive mailbox, any
contents, need not exist
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 19
Receive mail box
The followi ng table shows the values you can select for the
receive mailbox.
Parameter Meaning
CPU No. Range of values 1 to 4 , or no data
Receive mailbox
Data type
DB or DX nu mber
star ting from DW
Length
DB or DX
Range of values 3 to 255
Range of values 2 to 2049 words
Coordination flags Range of values 0 to 233 for byte no.
Range of values 0 to 7 fo r bit n o.
or no data
Meaning of the parameters
CPU number
The CPU number defines the CPU for the received data.
Only this CPU can receive the data from the CP. The data
are stored in the lowest page frame on the receiving device
interface. It is not necessary to enter a CPU number if only
1 CPU is i nserted in the PLC.
Receive mail box
A data block or extended data block can be entered as the
receive mail box. Further parameters to be entered are the
data block number, the initial address in the data block and
the length.
Coordination flag
You can enter a coordination flag to prevent the overwriting
of transmitted data which have not yet been processed.
The coordination flag must first have been released using
switches on the module (see Section 2.1).
Chapter 7 descri bes how you can load the COM PP
parameterizati on software and enter i ts parameter sets.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.3.2.3 Transmission of Parameters to t he CP 544 User Memory
Once you have assigned parameters to the 3964/3964R
procedures using COM PP, transfer the parameters whi ch
are stored in a file . .. .. .S T.S5D into the user memory (internal
RAM or RAM submodule) of the CP 544.
Proceed as fol lows:
•Select the transmission direction in the COM PP screen
form "TRANSFER" and enter the CP interface.
•Transmit the parameters by pressing the function key
"TRANSFER".
•Restart the CP 544 by pressing the function key
"RESTART SI1" or "RESTART SI2".
The LED TXD 1 (interface 1) must not subsequently light up
red permanently on the front panel of the CP 544. The
parameterizati on i s not correct or not complete if this is the
case.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 21
4.4 J ob Tables
All data types which can be transmitted are shown in the
followi ng tables together with their possi ble parameter
settings in the data handling block and the receive mailbox.
Data with respect to the addresses are PLC-dependent and
do not al ways agree i n the case of different types of PLC. In
particular, you should use the documentation specific to the
PLCs in the case o f absolute addresses.
All data types whi ch are generally stored in the partner in a
destination DB or destination DX are permissible as the
source.
The parameter QLAE (source length) is the number of bytes
if the source is organized i n bytes (the number of words if
not). No message transfer is carried out if 0 is entered.
Caution with an odd number of bytes: since the destination is
a DB or DX, only complete words can be stored there. I f the
partner is a CP 544, this will assign a 0 to the ri ght data byte
(DR) if it receives an odd number!
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 23
Source,
send from
PLC 1
Destination,
to PLC 2, Parameter settings on DHB in PLC 1
(source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB Data block DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Data block FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Data block IA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Outputs Data block QA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Data block CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers 1) Data block TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Data block PY Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Initial source address
QLAE Source length
Table 4.2 Job table "Se nd data with 3 964/396 4R proce du res"
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter settings in the COM PP in PLC 2
(destination)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF permissible
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr Initial destination address
CF permissibl e Coordination fl ag permissible?
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 25
Source,
send from
PLC 1
Destination,
to PLC 2 Parameter settings on DHB in PLC 1
(source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Extended data
block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended data
block Extended data
block DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Extended data
block FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Extended data
block IA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Outputs E xtended data
block QA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Extended data
block CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers 1) Extended data
block TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Extended data
block PY Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
1) These ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Initial source address
QLAE Source length
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter settings in the COM PP in PLC 2
(destination)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF permissible
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr Initial destination address
CF permissibl e Coordination fl ag permissible?
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 27
4.5 Example of Complete Par am eter Setti ngs
100 data words from data bl ock 20 (DB 20) starting at data
word 10 (DW 10) are to be transmitted from a PLC 1 to data
block 5 (DB 5) starting at data word 1 (D W 1) in PLC 2.
PLC 1 and PLC 2 are each equipped with a CP 544.
You require the foll owing for the CPU in PLC 1:
•The DHB SEND-DIRECT which triggers the job. The
following parameter settings must be made i n i t:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
A-NR 1 The job number is 1
ANZW FW12 The status word is flag word 12
QTYP DB The source is a data block
DBNR 20 with the no. 20 and
QANF 10 initial address 10
QLAE 100 100 data words are sent
PAFE FY11 FY 11 i s selected for parameterizati on er rors
•The DHB SEND-ALL which transfers the data from the PLC
to t he CP . Thi s requi res the f ollo win g para mete r set tings:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
A -NR 0 The job number is 0, thus the ALL functi on is selected
ANZW FW16 The status word is FW 16
PAFE FY19 FY 1 9 is selected for p arameteri zation errors
The status word o f the ALL job must be di fferent from that
with SEND-DIREC T since other information is displayed.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You require the following for the CP i n PLC 1:
•A static parameter set with the followi ng parameters:
Mode 2 3964R procedure with default values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority Low
Character delay time 220 ms
These parameters are entered
automatically i n mode 2
(3964R procedure with defaul t
values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repet itions 6
You require the foll owing for the CPU in PLC 2:
•The DHB RECEIVE-ALL whi ch receives the data and
enters them in the destination DB:
SSNR 0 The interface number is 0
A-NR 0 The job number is 0, thus the ALL function is
selected
ANZW FW6 The status word is FW 6
PAFE FY4 FY 4 is selected for parameterization error s
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 29
You require the following for the CP i n PLC 2:
•The followi ng parameters in the static parameter set:
Mode 2 3964R procedure with default values
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity Even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority High
Character delay time 220 ms
These parameters are en tered
automatically in m ode 2 (3964R
procedure with default values).
Acknowledgement
delay time 2000 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repet itions 6
•Data for the receive mailbox:
CPU No. 1
Receive mailbox DB 5 starting at DX 1,
length 100 data words
Coordinati on flag Not used
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 30 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.6 Protocol Definition of the 3964/3964R Procedures
The 3 964/39 64R p rocedu res allow sim ple dat a tr an smiss ion in
quas i ful l -dupl ex mode wit h a good tr ans mis si on qu ali t y.
Pa rtner s can b e SI MATIC m odule s wi th a ser ial int erfac e , units
and c ompu ters from o ther m anufact ure rs as well as the CP 54 4.
The procedures control the data flow between your CP 544
and the partner. They are asynchronous , bi t-serial
transmission procedures. The transmission and reception
parameters (baud rate, parity, ...) must be the same i n the
CP 544 and the partner, the priority must be different in the
CP 544 and the partner.
Both procedures add control characters to the information
characters when data are transmitted. The partner can check
with these control characters whether the data have been
transmitted completely and wi thout errors.
The CP 544 or the partner transmits the characters in
bit-serial form as foll ows:
SA I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 1) I7 2) PA SO
SA = start bit
I0−7 = i nformation bits nos. 0 to 7
PA = parity bit (if selected in the static parameter set)
SO = stop bi t (length: 1 or 2 bits)
1) Only exists if 7 or 8 bits per character are selec ted in the static
parameter set
2) Only exists if 8 bits per character are selected in the static
parameter set
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 31
The control characters for the procedures appl y with the DIN
standard 66003 for the 7-bit code. The character length (6, 7
or 8 bits) is used for the transmissi on, however.
If the character DLE is transmitted as an information
character, it is sent twice on the transmission line to
distinguish it from the control character DLE used when
establishing and clearing the connection (double DLE). The
receiver cancels the doubling of the DLE.
No code is prescri bed for the other information characters
(code transparency).
4.6.1 Transmitting
The procedure sends the control character STX to establish
the connection. I f the partner replies with the DLE character
before the acknowledgement delay time has expired (QVZ,
see Section 4.3.2.1 for default values), the procedure moves
on t o the transmission. If the partner replies with NAK, any
other character (except DLE) or does not reply within the
acknowledgement delay time, the procedure repeats the
establishment of the connection. The procedure stops
attempting t o establish the connection after the number of
unsuccessful attempts as specified in the static parameter
set, and sends the NAK character to the partner. The system
program signals an error in establishment of the connecti on
(error number in SYSTAT).
If the connection is establ ished successfully, the useful data
contained in the current output buffer are transmitted to the
partner using the selected transmission parameters. The
partner monitors the intervals between the incoming
characters. The interval between two characters must not
exceed the character delay time (ZVZ, see Section 4.3.2.1
for default values).
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 32 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Each DLE character in the buffer is transmitted as two DLE
characters (double DLE), i.e. each character \10H\ is sent
twice. The receiver cancels the DLE doubling.
After transmit ting the contents of the buffer, the procedure
adds the D LE and ETX cha rac ters and - only wi th t h e 39 64 R -
the block check character BCC as the end identifier, and
waits for an acknowledgement character. The block check
character BCC is a byte. It is formed from the even
longitudinal parity of all characters (EXOR operation)
commencing with the first character following establishment
of the connection and fini shi ng af ter the DLE ETX characters
for clearance of the connection. The checksum is formed
after the DLE doubling. I f the partner sends the DLE
character withi n the acknowledgement delay ti me ( QV Z), this
indicates that the data frame has been received correctly. If
the partner repli es with NAK, any other character (apart from
DLE), a faulty character, or if the acknowledgement delay
time expires without a reacti on, the procedure repeats the
transmission with the STX character for establishment o f the
connection. Once the sequence has attempted to transmit
the data frame for the number specified in the static
parameter se t (number of repetitions), the procedure
terminates the process and sends NAK to the partner. The
system program signals the error (error number in SYSTAT) .
If the partner sends the NAK character during a transmission,
the procedure terminates the frame and repeats i t i n the
manner described above. If any other character is
transmitted, the procedure first waits until the character delay
time ZVZ has expired and then sends NAK to set the partner
to the idle state. The procedure then commences again wi th
the STX character for establishment of the connection.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 33
Exampl e o f an error-free data transmission:
4.6.2 Receiving
In the idle state, when there is no send job to be processed,
the procedure waits for the connection to be established by
the partner.
If the procedure receives any character in the i dle state
(apart from STX or NAK), it waits until the character delay
time (ZV Z) has expired and then sends an NAK character.
The system program signals the error (error number in
SYSTAT).
If the procedure receives the STX character and has an
empty recei ve buffer avai lable, it replies with DLE. Incoming
characters are now written i nto the receive buffer. If two
consecutive DLE characters are received, only one is
entered into the receive buffer. The connecti on i s terminated
DLE 10H
STX 02H
CP 544 Partner
10H
03H
DLE
ETX
.
.
BCC 10H
DLE
.
.
Contents
Start character
Pos. acknow-
Meaning
1st data byte
2nd data byte 1st byte
2nd byte Useful
data
End identifier
End identifier
n-th data byte n-th byte
3964R only
Pos. acknow-
ledgement
ledgement
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 34 C79000-B8576-C191-01
with NAK if the receive buffer is full before the partner
initiates the procedure for clearing the connection.
Following each received character, the procedure waits for
the next character within the character delay time (ZVZ) . If
this delay time expires without another character being
received, the NAK character is sent to the partner. The
system program signals the error (error number in SYSTAT) .
The 3964 procedure terminates reception if it recognizes the
DLE ETX character string and sends DLE to the partner if
the frame was received free of errors or NAK if errors were
detected. The procedure returns to the i dle state.
The 3964R procedure terminates reception if it recognizes
the DLE ETX BCC character st ri ng. It compares the received
block check character BCC with the i nternally generated
longitudinal parity. If the block check character is correct and
if no other errors have occurred, the 3964R procedure sends
DLE to the partner and returns to the idle s tate. If the BCC
indi cat es an err or or i f th ere i s any ot he r error in r ecep tion, NAK
is sent t o the p art ner. The pr ocedur e the n expe cts a repet i tion.
If an empty receive buffer is not availabl e when the
connection is establ ished with STX, a wait time o f 400 ms is
initiated. If an empty receive buffer is s til l not available af ter
this time, the system program signals the error (error number
in SYSTAT) . The procedure sends an NAK character and
returns to the idle state. The procedure otherwise sends the
DLE character and receives the data as described above.
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 35
If tr ansmiss ion e rr ors occ ur du ring the rec ept ion (lost cha ract er,
fr ame e rror, pari ty e rror et c. ), the proced ure c on tinue s to
re ceive until t he conn ectio n is c lear ed, and the n send s NA K to
the part ner. A rep etit ion is the n expe cted . If t he fr ame st il l
can not be recei ved c orre ctl y f ollowi ng t he num ber o f repet iti ons
spe cifi ed i n the s tat ic pa ramet er set or i f th e part ner does no t
rep eat t he tr ans missio n wi thin a wai t ti me of 4 s econd s, th e
procedure terminates reception. The system program signals
the error (with error number i n SYSTAT).
Exampl e o f error-free reception of data:
Note:
The 3964/3964R procedures send the NAK character to
the partner following initialization or resetting in order to set
the partner to the idle s tate.
DLE 10H
STX 02H
CP 544 Partner
10H
03H
DLE
ETX
.
.
BCC 10H
DLE
.
.
Contents
Start character
Pos.
Meaning
1st data byte
2nd data byte 1st byte
2nd byte Useful
data
End identifier
End identifier
n-th data byte n-th byte
3964R only
Pos.
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 36 C79000-B8576-C191-01
4.6.3 I nitialization Conflict
There is an initialization conflict if a device does not reply to
the transmit request (STX character) of a partner within the
acknowlegement delay time QV Z with the acknowledgement
DLE or NAK but with the ST X character. Both devices wish
to execute their own transmit job. The device with the lower
priority retracts its transmit job and replies with the DLE
character. The device with the higher priority sends i ts data
as described above. Fol lowing clearance of the connection,
the device with the lower priority can execute its transmit job.
You can set the priority of the CP 544 (static parameter set,
see Section 4.3.2.1) in order t o prevent initialization confl icts .
You must set the opposi te priority on the partner.
Exampl e of handling an initialization conflict:
CP 544 Partner
daten
10H
03H
DLE
ETX
.
.
BCC 10H
DLE
.
.
STX 02H
DLE 10H
DLE 10H
Lower priority Higher priority
STX 02H
STX 02H
.
.
..
.
.
Contents
Start character
Pos.
Meaning
1st data byte
2nd data byte 1st byte
2nd byte Useful
End identifier
End identifier
n-th data byte n-th byte
3964R only
Pos.
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
Start character
Start character
Pos.
acknowledgement
4
CP 544 3964/3964R Procedures
C79000-B8576-C191-01 4 - 37
4.6.4 Procedure Errors
The procedure detects errors resulting from the i ncorrect
response of the partner and also errors caused by
interferences on the transmission line.
In both cases, the procedure first attempts to repeat the
transmission or reception of the data. I f the data cannot be
transmitted or received free of errors by the time the
maximum number of repetitions (as specified in the static
parameter set) has been reached (or if a different error
occurs), the procedure terminates the transmi ssion or
reception. It then signals the error number of the first
detected error and enters the idle s tate. The system program
signals the error (error number in SYSTAT).
If the system program f requently signals the error number in
the SYSTAT for transmission and reception repetitions, you
can assume that the data traffic is sporadicall y impaired. The
large number o f repetitions compensates this, however. In
such a case we recommend that you examine the
transmission line for interferences since the useful data rate
and the reliability of the transmission are reduced with a
large number of repetitions. The cause of the problem may
also be the incorrect response of the partner.
If BREAK is detected on the receive l ine, the system
program signals the BREAK state (SYSTAT). No repetiti ons
are started. This status is retained until the BREAK st ate is
eliminated.
The same number is signall ed for all detected transmissi on
errors (lost character, frame/parity error) regardl ess of
whether the error was detected when transmitting or
receiving a frame . The error is onl y signalled, however, if the
previous repetitions were unsuccessful. If the faulty character
is received while the procedure is in the idle state, the
system program signals the error (error number in SYSTAT)
to inform you of serious interferences on the transmission
line.
3964/3964R Procedures CP 544
4 - 38 C79000-B8576-C191-01
How do you Transmit Data
with the Open Driver?
Contents of Chapter 5
5 How do you Transmi t Data with the Open Driver? . . . . . . 5 - 3
5.1 Introduct ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3
5.2 Data Exchange Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
5.3 Program Elements for the Open Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
5.3.1 ST EP 5 P rogram with Data Handling Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
5.3.1. 1 SYNCHRON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
5.3.1. 2 SEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
5.3.1. 3 RECEI VE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
5.3.1. 4 CONT RO L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 7
5.3.1. 5 Coordination Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
5.3.2 Assignment of Parameters to Open Driver in CP 544 . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19
5.3.2.1 Mode 1 − Fixed Useful Data Length (ZVZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
Static parameter set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
Receive mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
Protocol definition of open driver in mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26
5.3.2.2 Mode 2 − Vari able Useful Data Length (End Character) . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Static parameter set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Receive mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
Protocol definition of open driver in mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 34
5
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 1
5.3.2.3 Mode 3 − Fixed Useful Data Length, Unsymmet rical . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Static parameter set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Receive mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 44
Protocol definition of open driver in mode 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
5.3.2.4 Mode 4 − Pr inter Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5 1
Static parameter set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 51
Protocol definition of open driver in mode 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 58
5.3.2. 5 T ransm ission of Parameters into CP 544 User Memory. . . . . . . . . 5 - 60
5.4 Job Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 61
5.5 Exam ple of a Complete Parameter Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 66
Contents
5 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5 How do you Transmit Data with the Open Driver?
Chapter 5 descri bes the data transmission functions wi th the
open driver and acquaints you with the generation of the
STEP 5 program and the static parameter set as well as the
definition of the receive mailbox for the CP 544.
5.1 Introduction
Using the open driver, data can be exchanged between two
communications partners connected vi a a point-to-point l ink
in half-duplex mode (si multaneous transmission and
reception is not possible) or in full-duplex mode
(simultaneous transmission and reception is possibl e).
In full-dupl ex mode, the data transmission always takes place
in both transmission directions up to the user program
independent of the data terminal. A mode with an automatic
echo of incoming characters as in half-duplex mode is not
provided.
Interf ace submodules
Various interface submodules are available for data
transmission with the open driver:
•V.24 submodule
•TTY submodule
•RS422-A/485 submodule (only in the RS422-A mode).
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 3
Transmission speed
Set the transmission speed for the data exchange as suitable
for the communi cations partner. The fol lowing transmi ssion
speeds are permi ssibl e:
•300 bps to 76 800 bps with the RS422-A/485 submodule
•300 bps to 19 200 bps with the V.24 submodule
•300 bps to 9 600 bps with the TTY submodule
Note that the total baud rate of 76800 bps must not be
exceeded in half-duplex mode, and the total baud rate of
38400 in full-duplex mode. You can work on one device
in terface in half-duplex mode and on the other in full-duplex
mode, but you must double the set baud rate on the device
interface with full-duplex mode in order to retain the total
baud rate.
Example
If you work on one device interface i n half-duplex mode with
a baud rate of 38400 bps, you can stil l work on the second
device interface i n full-duplex mode with 19200 bps.
The permissible transmission speed i s calculated i n this case
according to the equation:
Baud rate SI1 + 2 x Baud rate SI2 ≤ 76800 bps
Flow control
Flow control is a mechanism which synchroni zes the
transmission (CPU or partner) and reception (partner or
CPU) of data if the data source operates faster than the data
sink.
Control of the data flow using this fl ow control function is
transparent for the user (apart from the required parameter
settings). When using the flow control XON/XOFF (control
characters XON = DC1 = 11H and XOFF = DC3 = 13H), this
means that the useful data must not contain these control
characters.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
If you use the V.24 submodule and wi sh t o parameterize
RTS/CTS for the flow control (hardware flow control), it is
essential to carr y out complete wiring of the used interface
signal s in the plug connector. Messages which are received
incorrectly are always rejected.
Special features when transmitting:
If the CP receives an XON/XOFF control character whilst
receiving data, this character is not taken into consideration
when monitoring the character delay time (ZVZ) . I n this case
the interval between the character before XO N/X OFF and the
character after XON/XOFF is doubled. You must take this
into account if you have set a short character delay time.
Special features when transmitting:
If the CP generates a control character between two
messages which it is transmitting, this character has no
influence on the time between the messages. You must take
this into account if you have set a short character delay time
on your partner and detect the end of the message by
means of expi ration of the ZVZ (mode 1).
Control signals
The data transmission with open driver does not compl etely
comply wi th DIN 66021 or the CCITT V.24 specifications.
Please note the followi ng exceptions:
•The M1/S1.1 control signal s (107/108.1 of V.24
specification, DTR/DSR with RS 232) are not generated
or eval uated.
•The M2/S2 control signals (106/105 with V.24, RTS/CTS
with RS 232) are only generated or evaluated as the flow
control with corresponding parameter settings.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 5
Transmission reliability
The transmission with the open driver compri ses the
followi ng l ayer of the I SO/O SI layer model (I SO IS 7498):
•The physical layer (layer 1):
Thi s layer stipulates the physical transmissi on of the data
bytes (physical characteristics of the connection,
transmissi on speed, etc.).
You must handl e the data protection yourself for the open
driver. The open driver does not guarantee that a message
•is received without errors or
•is processed by the partner.
For exampl e, the data are not processed further by the CP if
the CP is in the S TOP state, and are not received by the
CPU if the CPU is in the STOP state.
Note
You should provide the flow control functi on t o prevent
data being l ost when in ternal buffers overflow. This
particul arly appli es to hi gh data transfer rates or if you are
working with coordinati on flags.
If you want to be sure that a message i s received without
errors, you must
•carry out the data transmi ssion with the 3964/3964R
procedures.
If you want to be sure that a message i s received without
errors and processed by the partner, you must
•either user the RK 512 computer link or
•provide data protection for the useful data yourself.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Coupling p artner s
The data transmission with open driver implements the direct
data exchange between the CP 544 in an S5-115U/H,
S5-135U (wi thout S processor), S5-155U/H and one of the
followi ng partners:
•another CP 544
in the S5-115U/H, S5-135U (without S processor),
S5-155U/H programmabl e control lers
•a CPU 928B
in the S5-135U and S5-155U programmable controll ers
•a CP 523
in the S5-115U/F /H, S5-135U, S5-150U and S5-155U/H
programmable controllers,
•a CP 521 SI
in the S5-90, S5-95, S5-100U programmable controllers
•an input/output device which operates with the same
transmissi on mode, for example a printer
•a non-SIMAT IC computer which operates with the same
procedure.
1st coupling partner 2nd coupling partner
SIMATIC S5
CP 544S5-115U/H
S5- 155U/H
S5-135U
(without
S processor)
Printer
Non-SIMATIC computer
SIMATIC S5
S5-155U
S5-135U
S5-115U/H
(without
S processor)
S5-155H
S5-115U/F/H
S5-135U
S5-155U/H
S5- 90 with IM 90
S5-95
S5-100U
S5-150U
CP 544
CPU 928B
CP 544
CP 523
CP 521 SI
Fig. 5-1 Possib le coupling p artners for data tra nsmission with open dri ver
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 7
Transmitted data
You can transmit the foll owing data stored in a PLC using
the data transmission with open driver:
•Data blocks, extended data blocks
•Flag bytes
•Input/output bytes
•I/O bytes
•Timers
•Counters.
Transmission direction
You can implement the following jobs with the SIMAT IC S5
standard procedures for the open driver:
•Send data (SEND job):
The PLC 1 sends data to the PLC 2 via the CP 544 in
the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2
•Send data to an output device (SEND j ob in mode 4):
The PLC sends data to an output device (printer) via the
CP 544 i n the PLC
•Receive data (RECEIV E-ALL job in modes 1 t o 3):
The PLC 1 receives data from the PLC 2 via the CP 544
in the PLC 1 and the CP 544 in the PLC 2.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Transmission mode
You can select one o f four modes for the data transmission
with the open driver. The transmission mode is defined in the
static parameter set.
Mode 1
Fixed useful data
length (end identifier:
expired character de-
lay time)
When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND.
When
receiving
n bytes of useful data, the system program
enters the number n of received useful data bytes into the
first word of the receive mailbox. Thi s length information
does not include the word with the length data itself.
The end o f the message is detected when the character
delay time has expi red.
Mode 2
Variable useful data
length (end identifier:
defined end character)
When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND. The
useful data are transmitted up to and including the end
identifier (as defi ned in the static parameter set).
When
receiving
, the useful data up to and including the end
identifier (as defi ned in the static parameter set) are
transferred to the receive mailbox. The system program
enters the number n (data in bytes) of the received useful
data bytes (includi ng the end identifier) i nto the first word of
the receive mai lbox. This length information does not include
the word with the length data itself.
If the character delay time expires during reception o f the
useful data, the reception is terminated. The message is
discarded.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 9
Mode 3
Fixed useful data
length, unsymmetrical
(end identi fier: defined
message length)
When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND
When
receiving
, the useful data are transferred to the recei ve
mailbox up to the fixed message length parameterized for the
mailbox. The system program enters the number n of
received useful data bytes into the first word of the receive
mailbox (must correspond to " fi xed message length when
receiving"). This length information does not include the word
with the length data itself.
If the character delay time expires during reception o f the
useful data, the reception is terminated. The message is
discarded.
Mode 4
Printer output
For the
output
of n bytes of useful data on the
printer
, enter
the number n of useful data bytes to be transmitted as the
parameter "QLAE " when call ing the data handling block
SEND. The useful data are t ransmitted up to and i ncl uding
the end identifier (as you have programmed in the static
parameter set).
The data are prepared for printing during the output. Printing
is terminated followi ng transmission of the end identifi er, the
line counter and other values used for preparing pri nting
remain val id, however.
The
reception
of characters does not take place in this mode.
The only exceptions are control characters for flow control if
these have been parameterized accordingl y. Any other
characters which may appear are not transferred.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.2 Data Exchange Sequence
The followi ng Fig. shows the data exchange sequence
between two programmable control lers.
Data
Data
handling
blocks
S5
bus
Data
Data
handling
blocks
S5
bus
PLC 1 PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Open
driver
Open
driver
Fig. 5-2 Da ta exchang e be twee n two prog ramm able control lers
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 11
Data handling blocks
The data handling blocks in the STEP 5 program of the CPU
are used:
•to trigger and execute data exchange,
•to receive the transmitted data in modes 1 to 3.
Open driver
(modes 1 to 3)
The open driver i n the CP 544 modul es of the two PLCs
•receives the requi red information on the data destination
from the defi niti on in the receive mai lbox,
•passes on the data to the CP in the other PLC.
Open driver
(mode 4)
The open driver i n the CP 544 modul e o f the PLC
•sends the data to the output device.
The data exchange sequence descri bed means that you
have the following important tasks for data transmissi on wi th
the open driver:
•You must generate your STEP 5 program wi th the calls
of the data handling blocks for the two CPUs
•You must assign parameters to the open drivers in the
two CP 544 modules
•You must define a receive mai lbox i n the CP 544 of the
partner if you use modes 1 to 3.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.3 Program Elements for t he Op en Driver
The programming of the open driver i s based on onl y a few
fundamental points − the STEP 5 program with the data
handl ing blocks , the functions of the receive data block
(receive mailbox) in the CPU, the static parameter set on the
CPU and the defi nition of the recei ve mailbox.
5.3.1 S TEP 5 Program with Data Handl ing Blocks
Incorporate the data handling blocks described below into
your STEP 5 program to enable data transmi ssion with the
open driver according to the particul ar task .
Once you have read this description, you will be able to
generate a concept for the STEP 5 program for your
particular task.
You can find a detailed description of the individual data
handl ing blocks and their parameters in Chapter 6.
5.3.1.1 SYNCHRON
Synchronizing
CPU and CP
The data handling block SYNCHRON synchronizes the
device interface between the CPU and CP.
SYNCHRON must be called in the restart organization blocks
of the CPU for every page frame used by you in the two
device interfaces of the CP.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 13
5.3.1.2 SEND
Send data
The data handling block SEND transmits data from the CPU
to the CP 544. The job is triggered by the SEND-DIRECT. In
order to transmi t data , a SEND-ALL job must be addi tionally
programmed in the user program and cal led cyclically. The
matching partner job RECEIVE-ALL must be programmed in
the STEP 5 program of the partner CPU to enabl e the data
to be received by it .
Data
source
SEND-
ALL
Data
destination
Open
driver
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
SEND-
DIRECT n
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
RECEIVE-
ALL
n = job number
Open
driver
Fig. 5-3 SEND job
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
When transmitting data wi th the CP 544, the SEND-DIRECT
data handling block is used for the fol lowing special jobs:
Parame teri ze device
interface
You can use thi s special job to assign parameters to the two
device interfaces o f the CP 544 without the COM PP
parameterizati on software in that you store the parameters in
a data bl ock.
Import mode-specific
static parameters
You can use thi s special job e.g. in mode 4 to modi fy the
static parameters s tarti ng at DW 35 (print parameter) wi thout
having t o reset the device interface.
Start device inter face
You can use thi s special job to start a device interface from
the STEP 5 program.
Set date and time
You can use thi s special job to set the clock on the CP 544
from the CPU and to define whether the CP is to be a time
master or slave.
Execute PSEUDO-
WRITE function
You can use thi s special job to transmit data. All parameters
on the source and destination are stored in a DB/DX.
The special job enables you:
•To modify the source and/or destination data of a job
during execution of the program
•To program this j ob wi thout COM PP.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 15
5.3.1.3 RECEIVE
Receive data
The data handling block RECEIVE transmits data from the
CP to the CPU.
The data handling block RECEIVE-DIRECT is only used for
the foll owing special jobs in the data transmission with the
CP 544:
Read parameters of a
device interface
You can use thi s special job to scan the parameters of a
device interface independent of the COM PP
parameterizati on software. The parameters are wri tten into a
defined data block.
Read error message
area o f SYSTAT
You can use thi s special job to read up to 3 error messages
of the SYSTA T specific to the interface.
Read status
You can use thi s special job to scan the status of the CP 544
and the addressed device interface.
Read hardware
parameters
You can use thi s special job to scan the hardware
parameters which you have set using switches on the
module (page frame number, number of pages, released
coordination flag area) wi thout having to remove the module.
Read complete
SYSTAT st atus ar ea
You can use thi s special job to read the complete SYS TAT,
i.e. the error messages of both device interfaces of the
CP 544.
Read SYSID
identification area
You can use thi s special job to read data on the modul e, the
memory submodule, the interface assignments and the
output statuses of the loaded software from the SY SID.
Read date and time
You can use thi s special job to read the time on the CP 544
using the CPU.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.3.1.4 CONTROL
Check job status
The data handling block CONTROL copies a job status in to
the defined status word. The job status provides informati on
on the processing state of the j ob.
5.3.1.5 Coordi nation Flags
You can use the coordination flags to inhibit or release the
transfer of data between the CPU and CP 544.
The coordination flags must be released using switches on
the CP 544 modul e (see Section 2.1). The coordinati on flags
must be defined in the PLC as output communicati on flags in
the DB 1.
The coordination flag is defined in the defini tion o f the
receive mailbox of the partner CP. The byte number of the
coordination flag appears i n the status word o f the ALL job in
the destination PLC in the last transmission cycle. Using this
byte number you can recognize that the data have arrived
completel y in the destination CPU. You can inhibit the
repeated acceptance of data i f you set the coordination flag
in the STEP 5 program of the destination CPU. You can
reset the coordination flag by the user program as soon as
the data have been saved from the destination area or
processed further; the job is then accepted again.
Note that only the byte number of the coordination flag
appears in the status word of SEND-ALL or RECEIVE-ALL,
and not the bit number as well. You must therefore ensure
that there is an unequivocal assignment between the byte
number and coordinati on flag if you wish to evaluate the
information of the status word in the program.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 17
You can use every flag apart from flag 222 (DE hexadecimal)
as a coordination fl ag but only byte numbers from 1 t o 223
can be indicated in the status word. Flag 222 is reserved to
indicate the compl ete transmission of a job if no coordination
flags are t ransmitted.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.3.2 Assignment of Parameter s to Open Driver in CP 544
Open Driver The COM PP parameterization software (see Chapter 7)
supports you when assigning parameters to the open driver.
If you do not have this software package, you must assign
parameters to the open driver by means of the special job
SEND-DIRECT 189 (see Section 6.3.8).
You generate a static parameter set and, if you receive data
with the CP 544, you must define the position of the receive
mailbox on the CPU.
Static parameter set
In the static parameter se t, you specify the parameters for
the physical layer of the open driver.
See Sections 5.3.2.1 to 5.3.2.4 to understand whi ch
parameters are required in which t ransmissi on mode.
Receive mail box
The receive mailbox is a data block on the receiving CPU.
You must create it on the receiving CPU and define its
position on the recei vi ng CP.
Once you have read this section, you will be able t o produce
a concept for the static parameter set and the recei ve
mailbox of the open driver for your special requirements.
The followi ng pages provide you with a summary o f possible
parameter set ti ngs.
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 19
5.3.2.1 Mode 1 − Fixed Useful Data Length (ZVZ)
Open Driver/ Mode 1 When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND.
When
receiving
n bytes of useful data, the system program
enters the number n of received useful data bytes into the
first word of the receive mailbox. Thi s length information
does not include the word with the length data itself.
The end o f the message is detected when the character
delay time has expi red.
The f oll owin g page s li st th e val ues you can us e to paramet eri ze
the data transmission with the open dri ver in mode 1 − fixed
us eful d ata le ngt h (end ident ifi er: ZVZ ex pir ed).
Static parameter set
You must enter the parameters for the physical l ayer as wel l
as transmi ssion-specific parameters in the static parameter
set.
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
Open Driver/ Mode 1 CP 544
5 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter Input
Mode 1 Fixed useful da ta length (ZVZ)
Baud rate1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps 2)
38400 bps 3)
76800 bps 3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per
character 6 bits per charac ter
7 bits per charac ter
8 bits per charac ter
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow con tr ol None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Character
delay time Monitoring time 0.01 s to 635.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
1) The total baud rat e of 76800 bps must not be exceeded.
In full-duplex mode, the total baud rate is halved to 38400 bps.
2) Only with V.24 sub module and RS422-A/485 submodule
3) Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
The flow control must be set accordi ng t o the requirements
of your partner.
Tabl e 5.1 Stati c pa rame ter set (open d river, mode 1)
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 1
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 21
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the possible data transmission modes.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed, data i n bi t/ s (bps).
Parity
The pari ty is ei ther even or odd. To check the parity, the
string of informati on bi ts is extended by a further bit, the
parity bit (0 or 1) which, when added to the informati on bi ts
produces a selectable pari ty state. If "No" is set for the
pari ty, the parity bi t is se t to 1 but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of the stop bits relative to the time required to
transmi t an i nformation bit. The stop bits follow each
transmit ted character i n a s tart/stop transmission.
Flow control
Mechanism which synchronizes the transmission (CPU or
partner) and reception (partner or CPU) of data if the data
source operates faster than the data sink. Controlling of the
data fl ow using flow control is transparent for the user (with
the exception of the required parameter settings). This
means that if you use the flow control XON/X OFF (control
characters XON=DC1=11H and XOFF=DC3=13H), the
useful data must not contain these control characters.
If you use flow control RTS /CTS, you must additionally wire
the RTS and CTS signals.
Important
If you work with flow control, please refer to the information
in Section 5.1.
Open Driver/ Mode 1 CP 544
5 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Character
delay time
(ZVZ)
The maximum permitted interval between two received
characters (see also table below):
Baud rate Minimum permissible
character delay time ZVZ
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
76800 bps
50 ms
30 ms
20 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
When transmitting data wi th the open driver, the parameters
of the physical layer on the partner must agree with those of
the CP 544.
n-th character Character delay time (n+1)-th character
t
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 1
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 23
Receive mailbox
The receive mailbox is located in a data block (DB) or
extended data block (DX). It contains the received data and,
in the first word, the length of the received data (in bytes).
This is entered by the system program so that you can
recognize how many bytes have been received. The
specified length does not include the word containing the
length specification itself.
Length
The maximum length of the receive mailbox is 2049 words
(4098 bytes). The recei ve mailbox must always be one word
larger than the data to be received.
Length of receive mailbox = net data + 1 word
Example: receive mailbox
The example illustrates the structure of a receive mailbox in
data block 8 with a length of 6 words starting at data word 1.
7 bytes were received.
DB 8
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
:
:
KH = xxxx;
KH = 0007;
KH = 0102;
KH = 0304;
KH = 0506;
KH = 07yy;
KH = yyyy;
KH = xxxx;
does not belong to receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant
start of receive mailbox, length in bytes
recei ved data: 0102
recei ved data: 0304
recei ved data: 0506
recei ved data: 07,
yy was not recei ved
contents of the receive mai lbox, not
recei ved (filled with 00)
does not belong to the receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant, need not exi st
Open Driver/ Mode 1 CP 544
5 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Receive mail box
The followi ng table shows the values with whi ch you can
parameterize the receive mailbox.
Parameter Meaning
CPU No. Range of values 1 to 4 or no d ata
Receive mailbox
Data type
DB or DX nu mber
star ting at DW
Length
DB or DX
Range of values 3 to 255
Range of values 2 to 2049 words
Coordinati on flag Range of values for byte no. 0 to 223
Range of values for bit no. 0 to 7
or no data
Meaning of parameters
CPU number
The CPU number specifies the CPU for which the data
stored in the receive mail box are intended. Only this CPU
can recei ve the data from the CP. The data are s tored in the
lowest page on the receiving interface. The speci fication of a
CPU number is not necessary i f only one CPU is inserted in
the PLC.
Receive mail box
A data block or an extended data block can be specified as
the receive mai lbox. Further parameters to be entered are
the data block number, the ini tial address in the data block
and the length.
Coordination flag
By specifying a coordination flag you can prevent transmitted
data which have not ye t been processed from being
overwritten. The coordination flags must be enabled using
switches on the module (see Section 2.1).
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 1
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 25
Protocol defin ition of open driver in mode 1
The followi ng description is intended to help you if you wi sh
to connect a non-SIMATIC device using the open driver in
mode 1 (fixed useful data length (ZVZ)). It is also intended
as a source of reference for engi neers who have to develop
a protocol compatible with the open driver on a non-SIMATIC
computer.
The followi ng aspects are described for transmitti ng and
receiving:
•Structure o f the transmi tted/received data frame
•Restrictions, if any
•Basic sequence of events.
In the sequence of events shown, the bol d l ines i ndicate the
standard sequence, the thin lines represent the error
handl ing sequence.
Transmitting
In mode 1, only the useful data are transmitted without length
information.
The data frame to be transmitted has the followi ng s tructure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1n
Useful data - length n bytes
XON (DC1 = 11H) or XOFF (DC3 = 13H) must not be
present in the useful data when sel ecting the flow control
with XON/XOF F.
Open Driver/ Mode 1 CP 544
5 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Receiving
The end o f the message is recognized when the character
delay time has expi red.
The data frame to be received has the following structure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1n
Useful data - length n bytes
SEND job received
Job processed
The number of data to be transmitted is
obtained from the first word of the transmit
Waiting for
send job
of
useful data
Transmission
mailbox. This length information is not
transmitted.
.
Fig. 5-4 Tra nsmission sequen ce in mod e 1
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 1
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 27
Error in reception
Characters
received
for
characters
Waiting
received with
Characters
ZVZ monitoring
error in
error area
Signalling of
ZVZ to expire
receive buffer
Waiting for
and to clear
Character delay time expired
Job successful
Message complete
(not a ZVZ error)
Job
passed on
(ZVZ expired)
Fig. 5-5 Re ceiving seq ue nce in mode 1
Open Driver/ Mode 1 CP 544
5 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.3.2.2 Mode 2 − Variable Useful Data Leng th (End Character )
Open Driver/ Mode 2 When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND. The
useful data are transmitted up to and including the end
identifier (as defi ned in the static parameter set).
When
receiving
, the useful data up to and including the end
identifier (as defi ned in the static parameter set) are
transferred to the receive mailbox. The system program
enters the number n (data in bytes) of the received useful
data bytes (includi ng the end identifier) i nto the first word of
the receive mai lbox. This length information does not include
the word with the length data itself.
If the character delay time expires during reception o f the
useful data, reception is terminated. The message is
discarded.
The following pages list the val ues you can use to
parameterize the data transmissi on wi th the open driver in
mode 2 - vari able useful data length (end identifier: defined
end character).
Static parameter set
You must enter the parameters for the physical l ayer as wel l
as transmi ssion-specific parameters in the static parameter
set.
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 29
Parameter Input
Mode 2 Variable useful data length (end character)
Baud rate1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps 2)
38400 bps 3)
76800 bps 3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per
character 6 bits per charac ter
7 bits per charac ter
8 bits per charac ter
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow con tr ol None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Character
delay time Monitoring time 0.01 s to 635.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
1s t end
identifier 00 Code o f first end identifier,
no second end identifier
xx Code of first end identifier
(range o f values 01 to FF)
2nd end
identifier xx Code o f second end ident ifier
(range o f values 01 to FF)
1) The total baud rat e of 76800 bps must not be exceeded.
In full-duplex mode, the total baud rate is halved to 38400 bps
2) Only with V.24 sub module and RS422-A/485 submodule
3) Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
The flow control must be set accordi ng t o the requirements
of your partner.
Tabl e 5.3 Stati c pa rame ter set (open d river, mode 2)
Open Driver/ Mode 2 CP 544
5 - 30 C79000-B8577-C191-01
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the possible data transmission modes.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed, data i n bi t/ s (bps).
Parity
The pari ty is ei ther even or odd. To check the parity, the
string of informati on bi ts is extended by a further bit, the
parity bit (0 or 1) which, when added to the informati on bi ts
produces a selectable pari ty state. If "No" is set for the
pari ty, the parity bi t is se t to 1 but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of the stop bits relative to the time required to
transmi t an i nformation bit. The stop bits follow each
transmit ted character i n a s tart/stop transmission.
Flow control
Mechanism which synchronizes the transmission (CPU or
partner) and reception (partner or CPU) or data if the data
source operates faster than the data sink. Controlling of the
data fl ow using flow control is transparent for the user (with
the exception of the required parameter settings). This
means that if you use the flow control XON/X OFF (control
characters XON=DC1=11H and XOFF=DC3=13H), the
useful data must not contain these control characters.
If you use flow control RTS /CTS, you must additionally wire
the RTS and CTS signals.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 31
Character
delay time
(ZVZ)
The maximum permitted interval between two received
characters (see also table below)
Baud rate Minimum permissible
character delay time ZVZ
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
76800 bps
50 ms
30 ms
20 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
End identifier
The data transmission is termi nated by the specified end
identifier. The entry NUL is a valid end character in the first
end identifier. This ensures that at least one valid end
identifier is assigned as standard. The second end identifier
is optional and is only effective if the first end identifier is not
NUL.
When assigning the end identifier(s) make sure that bits 6
and 7 or bi t 7 of the parameterized end identifier(s) are not
transmitted for the data transmission with 6 or 7 bits per
character.
When transmitting data wi th the open driver, the parameters
of the physical layer on the partner must agree with those of
the CP 544.
n-th character Character delay time (n+1)-th character
t
Open Driver/ Mode 2 CP 544
5 - 32 C79000-B8577-C191-01
Receive mailbox
The receive mailbox is located in a data block (DB) or
extended data block (DX).
It contai ns the received data , i ncl uding the received end
identifier, after the fi rs t data word. The system program
enters the number n (in bytes) of received useful data bytes
(includi ng the end identifiers) into the first word of the receive
mailbox. This specified length does not include the word
containing the length specification itself. The end identi fiers
enabl e you to recognize how many by tes have been received
i n addi tion to the first data word in the receive mailbox. Make
sure that the partner operates with the same end identifiers
as you have assigned i n the static parameter set.
Length
The maximum length of the receive mailbox is 2049 words
(4098 bytes). The recei ve mailbox must always be one word
larger than the data to be received.
Length of receive mailbox = net data + 1 word
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 33
Example: receive mailbox
The example illustrates the possibl e appearance of a receive
mailbox in data block 8 with a length of 6 words starting at
data word 1. I n the static parameter set, 10H was assigned
as the f irst end ident ifie r and 0 3H as t he second end iden ti fier.
DB 8
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
:
:
KH = xxxx;
KH = 0009;
KH = 0102;
KH = 0304;
KH = 0506;
KH = 0710;
KH = 03yy;
KH = xxxx;
does not belong to receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant
start of receive mailbox, length in bytes
recei ved data: 0102
recei ved data: 0304
recei ved data: 0506
recei ved data: 07,
1st end identifier: 10
2nd end i dentifier: 03, yy was not
recei ved (filled with 00)
does not belong to the receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant, need not exi st
Open Driver/ Mode 2 CP 544
5 - 34 C79000-B8577-C191-01
Receive mail box
The followi ng table shows the values with whi ch you can
parameterize the receive mailbox.
Parameter Meaning
CPU No. Range of values 1 to 4 or no d ata
Receive mailbox
Data type
DB or DX nu mber
star ting at DW
Length
DB or DX
Range of values 3 to 255
Range of values 2 to 2049 words
Coordinati on flag Range of values for byte no. 0 to 223
Range of values for bit no. 0 to 7
or no data
Meaning of parameters
CPU number
The CPU number specifies the CPU for which the data
stored in the receive mail box are intended. Only this CPU
can recei ve the data from the CP. The data are s tored in the
lowest page on the receiving interface. The speci fication of a
CPU number is not necessary i f only one CPU is inserted in
the PLC.
Receive mail box
A data block or an extended data block can be specified as
the receive mai lbox. Further parameters to be entered are
the data block number, the ini tial address in the data block
and the length.
Coordination flag
By specifying a coordination flag you can prevent transmitted
data which have not ye t been processed from being
overwritten. The coordination flags must be enabled using
switches on the module (see Section 2.1).
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 35
Protocol defin ition of open driver in mode 2
The followi ng description is intended to help you if you wi sh
to connect a non-SIMATIC device using the open driver in
mode 2 (variable useful data length (end i dentifier)). It is also
intended as a source of reference for engineers who have to
develop a protocol compatible with the open driver on a
non-SIMATIC computer. The following aspects are described
for transmitting and receiving:
•Structure o f the transmi tted/received data frame
•Restrictions, if any
•Basic sequence of events.
In the sequence of events shown, the bol d l ines i ndicate the
standard sequence, the thin lines represent the error
handl ing sequence.
Transmitting
In mode 2, the useful data are transmitted including the end
identifier assigned in the static parameter set.
The data frame to be transmitted has the followi ng s tructure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1 n n+1 n+2
Useful data - leng th n bytes E1 E2
E1:first end identi fier
E2:second end i dentifier (if assigned i n static parameter set)
XON (DC1 = 11H) or XOFF (DC3 = 13H) must not be
present in the message when selecting the flow control with
XON/XOFF.
Open Driver/ Mode 2 CP 544
5 - 36 C79000-B8577-C191-01
SEND job received
Job processed
n useful data plus the end
identifier are transmitted
Transmission of
useful data
Waiting for
send job
(including end identifier)
F ig. 5-6 Tran smi ssion seq uence in mo de 2
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 37
Receiving
The received characters including the end identifier are
stored in the receive mail box a fter the first data word. The
data frame to be received has the following s tructure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1 n n+1 n+2
Useful data - leng th n bytes E1 E2
E1:first end identi fier
E2:second end i dentifier (if assigned i n static parameter set)
The recepti on of the end identifier indicates a valid message.
An invalid message is indicated if the character delay ti me
ZVZ has expired. Make sure that the two partners operate
with the same end identifi er.
Open Driver/ Mode 2 CP 544
5 - 38 C79000-B8577-C191-01
error in
error area
Signalling of
error in
error area
Signalling of
for
characters
received with
end character and
end identifier and
clear receive
Characters
No valid character received within ZVZ
Wait for valid
Valid end identifier received
Message
Error in
reception
ZVZ monitoring
Waiting
Other error
(not ZVZ error)
Characters
received
BREAK
complete
buffer
BREAK state
cleared
Job successful
Job
Valid character
received
within ZVZ
transferred
Wait for character
with ZVZ after
BREAK
Fig. 5-7 Re ceiving seq ue nce in mode 2
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 2
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 39
5.3.2.3 Mode 3 − Fixed Useful Data Length, Unsymmetrical
Open Driver/ Mode 3 When
transmitting
n bytes of useful data, enter the number n
of useful data bytes to be transmi tted as the parameter
"QLAE" when calli ng the data handling block SEND.
When
receiving
, the useful data are transferred to the recei ve
mailbox up to the fixed message length parameterized for the
mailbox. The system program enters the number n of
received useful data bytes into the first word of the receive
mailbox (must correspond to " fi xed message length when
receiving"). This length information does not include the word
with the length data itself.
If the character delay time expires during reception o f the
useful data, reception is terminated. The message is
discarded.
The following pages list the val ues you can use to
parameterize the data transmissi on wi th the open driver in
mode 3 − fixed useful data length, unsymmetrical (end
identifier: fixed message length).
Static parameter set
You must enter the parameters for the physical l ayer as wel l
as transmission-specific parameters in the static parameter set.
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 40 C79000-B8577-C191-01
Parameter Input
Mode 3 Fixed useful da ta length, unsymmetrical
Baud rate1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps 2)
38400 bps 3)
76800 bps 3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per char-
acter 6 bits per character
7 bits per charac ter
8 bits per charac ter
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow con tr ol None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Characte r de-
lay time Monitoring time 0.01 s to 635.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Fi xed message
length for re-
ception
Length in bytes
1) The total baud rate of 76800 bps must not be exceeded.
In full-duplex mode, the total baud rate is halved to 38400 bps
2) Only with V.24 sub module and RS422-A/485 submodule
3) Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
The flow control must be set accordi ng t o the requirements
of your partner.
Tabl e 5.5 Stati c pa rame ter set (open d river, mode 3)
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 41
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the possible data transmission modes.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed, data i n bi t/ s (bps).
Parity
The pari ty is ei ther even or odd. To check the parity, the
string of informati on bi ts is extended by a further bit, the
parity bit (0 or 1) which, when added to the informati on bi ts
produces a selectable pari ty state. If "No" is set for the
pari ty, the parity bi t is se t to 1 but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of the stop bits relative to the time required to
transmi t an i nformation bit. The stop bits follow each
transmit ted character i n a s tart/stop transmission.
Flow control
Mechanism which synchronizes the transmission (CPU or
partner) and reception (partner or CPU) of data if the data
source operates faster than the data sink. Controlling of the
data fl ow using flow control is transparent for the user (with
the exception of the required parameter settings). This
means that if you use the flow control XON/X OFF (control
characters XON=DC1=11H and XOFF=DC3=13H), the
useful data must not contain these control characters.
If you use flow control RTS /CTS you must additionall y wire
the RTS and CTS signals.
Character
delay time
(ZVZ)
The maximum permitted interval between two received
characters (see also table below):
n-th character Character delay time (n+1)-th character
t
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 42 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Baud rate Minimum permissible
character delay time ZVZ
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
76800 bps
50 ms
30 ms
20 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
Fixed message length
for reception
If characters are received, the end of the message is
detected based on the parameterized fixed message length.
When transmitting data wi th the open driver, the parameters
of the physical layer on the partner must agree with those of
the CP 544.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 43
Receive mailbox
The receive mailbox is located in a data block (DB) or
extended data block (DX).
It contai ns the received data after the first data word. The
system program enters the number n (in bytes) of received
useful data bytes into the first word of the receive mailbox
(must correspond to the parameter "Fixed message length
for reception" in the static parameter set). This specified
length does not include the word containing the length
specification itself. The number of recei ved data can be
determined by the parameter "Fixed message length for
reception" in the static parameter set. Make sure that the
partner really transmits the number of bytes selected in the
static parameter set, otherwise the received data wi ll be
discarded.
The "Fixed message length for reception" must not exceed
the length of the receive mai lbox minus one word (see
above). The maximum length of the receive mail box is 2049
words (4098 bytes).
Remember to specify the length of the receive mailbox in
words, but the parameter " Fi xed message length for
reception" in bytes.
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 44 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Example: receive mailbox
The example illustrates the structure of a receive mailbox in
data block 8 with a length of 6 words starting at data word 1.
In the static parameter set, 9 bytes were parameterized as
the "Fixed message length for reception".
DB 8
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
:
:
KH = xxxx;
KH = 0009;
KH = 0102;
KH = 0304;
KH = 0506;
KH = 0708;
KH = 09yy;
KH = xxxx;
does not belong to receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant
start of receive mailbox, length in bytes
recei ved data: 0102
recei ved data: 0304
recei ved data: 0506
recei ved data: 0708,
recei ved data: 09, yy was not
recei ved (filled with 00)
does not belong to the receive mailbox,
contents irrelevant, need not exi st
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 45
Receive mail box
The followi ng table shows the values with whi ch you can
parameterize the receive mailbox.
Parameter Meaning
CPU No. Range of values 1 to 4 or no d ata
Receive mailbox
Data type
DB or DX nu mber
star ting at DW
Length
DB or DX
Range of values 3 to 255
Range of values 2 to 2049 words
Coordinati on flag Range of values for byte no. 0 to 223
Range of values for bit no. 0 to 7
or no data
Meaning of parameters
CPU number
The CPU number specifies the CPU for which the data
stored in the receive mail box are intended. Only this CPU
can recei ve the data from the CP. The data are s tored in the
lowest page on the receiving interface. The speci fication of a
CPU number is not necessary i f only one CPU is inserted in
the PLC.
Receive mail box
A data block or an extended data block can be specified as
the receive mai lbox. Further parameters to be entered are
the data block number, the ini tial address in the data block
and the length.
Coordination flag
By specifying a coordination flag you can prevent transmitted
data which have not ye t been processed from being
overwritten. The coordination flags must be enabled using
switches on the module (see Section 2.1).
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 46 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Protocol defin ition of open driver in mode 3
The followi ng description is intended to help you if you wi sh
to connect a non-SIMATIC device using the open driver in
mode 3 (fixed useful data length, unsymmetrical). It is also
intended as a source of reference for engineers who have to
develop a protocol compatible with the open driver on a
non-SIMATIC computer.
The followi ng aspects are described for transmitti ng and
receiving:
•Structure o f the transmi tted/received data frame
•Restrictions, if any
•Basic sequence of events.
In the sequence of events shown, the bol d l ines i ndicate the
standard sequence, the thin lines represent the error
handl ing sequence.
Transmitting
In mode 3, only the useful data are transmitted without length
information.
The data frame to be transmitted has the followi ng s tructure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1n
Useful data - length n bytes
XON (DC1 = 11H) or XOFF (DC3 = 13H) must not be
present in the useful data when sel ecting the flow control
with XON/XOF F.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 47
SEND job received
Job processed
The number of data to be transmitted is
obtained from the first word of the transmit
mailbox. This length information is not
transmitted.
Waiting for
send job
of
useful data
Transmission
F ig. 5-8 Tran smi ssion seq uence in mo de 3
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 48 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Receiving
The message length in bytes i s determined by the length
specified in the speci al static parameters. The receive
mailbox contains the useful data after the first data word. The
first data word of the receive mailbox contains the number (in
bytes) of received useful data. A message has been
transmitted completely and correctly if neither the character
delay time has elapsed (gap between characters too large)
nor a transmission error in the physical layer occurred during
reception of the number of characters defined in the special
static parameters.
The data frame to be received has the following structure:
Length of useful data : n bytes
1 n
Useful data - leng th n bytes
The message is invalid if the character delay ti me (ZV Z) has
expired.
The u sef ul dat a len gth i s obt ained f rom t he st ati c par ameter se t.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 3
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 49
Message
Faulty character
received
Characters
received
Other
complete
Job reception error
transferred
for
characters
Waiting
received with
end character and
Characters
ZVZ monitoring
error in
error area
Signalling of error in
error area
Signalling of
Error
signalled Error
signalled
message length
receive buffer
Wait until selected
reached, and clear and clear
receive buffer
Wait for ZVZ
to expire,
Message length reached
Job successful
Character delay time expired
Fig. 5-9 Re ceiving seq ue nce in mode 3
Open Driver/ Mode 3 CP 544
5 - 50 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.3.2.4 Mode 4 − Printer Output
For the
output
of n bytes of useful data on the
printer
, enter
the number n of useful data bytes to be transmitted as the
parameter "QLAE " when call ing the data handling block
SEND. The useful data are t ransmitted up to and i ncl uding
the end identifier (as you have programmed in the static
parameter set).
The data are prepared for printing during the output. Printing
is terminated followi ng transmission of the end identifi er, the
line counter and other values used for preparing pri nting
remain val id, however.
The
reception
of characters does not take place in this mode.
The only exceptions are control characters for flow control if
these have been parameterized accordingl y. Any other
characters which may appear are not transferred.
The following pages list the val ues you can use to
parameterize the data transmissi on wi th the open driver in
mode 4 (printer output).
Static parameter set
You must enter the parameters for the physical layer as well as
tr ans missio n-s peci fic pa ram eters in the st atic pa ram eter s et.
The followi ng table shows you which values you can enter
for the static parameter set.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 51
Parameter Input
Mode 4 Printer output
Baud rate1) 300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps 2)
38400 bps 3)
76800 bps 3)
Parity No
Odd
Even
Bits per
character 6 bits per charac ter
7 bits per charac ter
8 bits per charac ter
Stop bits 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow con tr ol None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
1s t end
identifier 00 Code o f first end identifier,
no second end identifier
xx Code of first end identifier
(range o f values 01 to FF)
2nd end
identifier xx Code o f second end ident ifier
(range o f values 01 to FF)
1) The total baud rat e of 76800 bps must not be exceeded
2) Only with V.24 sub module and RS422-A/485 submodule
3) Only with RS422-A/485 submodule
The flow control must be set accordi ng t o the requirements
of your partner.
Tabl e 5.7 Stati c pa rame ter set 1(o pen dri ver, mode 4 )
Open Driver/ Mode 4 CP 544
5 - 52 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter Input
Wait t ime foll owing
transmission of CR, LF, FF Range of values
0 to 2550 ms
Line s per page Range of values 1 to 255
(including header/footer li nes)
Left margin Number o f spaces
1 to 255
Spaceholder for page
number Representable chara cters
20H to 7EH
Number of header/footer
lines Is entered automatically (max. 2 )
Line terminator/
separator CR Carriage return
LF Line fee d
CR LF Carri age return and line
feed
Meaning of parameters
Mode
Version of the possible data transmission modes.
Baud ra te
Data transmission speed, data i n bi t/ s (bps).
Parity
The pari ty is ei ther even or odd. To check the parity, the
string of informati on bi ts is extended by a further bit, the
parity bit (0 or 1) which, when added to the informati on bi ts
produces a selectable pari ty state. If "No" is set for the
pari ty, the parity bi t is se t to 1 but not evaluated by the
receiver/transmitter.
Bits per character
Number of data bits used to form a character.
Stop bits
Duration of the stop bits relative to the time required to
transmi t an i nformation bit. The stop bits follow each
transmit ted character i n a s tart/stop transmission.
Tabl e 5.8 Stati c pa rame ter set 2 (open driver, mode 4 )
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 53
Flow control
Mechanism which synchronizes the transmission (CPU or
partner) and reception (partner or CPU) of data if the data
source operates faster than the data sink. Controlling of the
data fl ow using flow control is transparent for the user (with
the exception of the required parameter settings). This
means that if you use the flow control XON/X OFF (control
characters XON=DC1=11H and XOFF=DC3=13H), the
useful data must not contain these control characters.
If you use flow control RTS /CTS, you must additionally wire
the RTS and CTS signals.
End identifier
The data transmission is terminated by the specified end
identifier. The entry NUL is a valid end character in the first
end i dentifier. Thi s ensures that at least one valid end
identifier is assigned as standard. The second end identifier
is optional and is only effective i f the first end i dentifier is not
NUL. The entry NUL i n the second end identi fier is counted
as a non-parameterized end character.
Wait times
Wait times can be parameterized in the static parameters for
output of carriage return (CR), line feed (LF) and form feed
(FF). No further characters are output during the selected
wait time.
CR: control character "Carriage return"
LF: control character "Line feed"
FF: control character "Form feed", carriage return and paper
tra nspor t t o the st art of t he nex t page are exe cut ed in the l og.
Open Driver/ Mode 4 CP 544
5 - 54 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Lines per page
The number of lines output is determined from the number
of delimiters output. The number of lines per page also
includes the header and footer lines. The value for the
parameter "Lines per page" must therefore be selected at
least one larger than the total number of header lines and
footer li nes:
Lines per pa ge ≥ (N o. of heade r lin es + No. of foot er li nes ) +1
Left margin
The left margin precedes every text, header or footer l ine in
the form of blanks. You must make sure that the total length
of a line can be handled by the printer.
Spaceholder for page
number
The page number i s printed with a maximum of four digi ts
and can be selected in the header or footer. The defi ned
character must be present as a spaceholder i n the header
or footer line. The driver repl aces thi s character during the
output by the page number with leading zeros. The highest
page number that can be printed depends on the number of
spaceholders. I f the actual page number exceeds this value,
the page numbering begins again a t 1. The largest page
number is therefore 0000!
Nu mb er o f fo ot er an d
header lines
The parameterized value specifies the number of li nes for
the header or footer. Remember that the number of lines
per page also includes the header and footer l ines.
Line
terminator/delimiter
The defined deli miter for separating text lines as wel l as
header and footer lines must be contained in the text ,
header and footer to be output.
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 55
When assigning the end identifier(s) make sure that bits 6
and 7 or bi t 7 of the parameterized end identifier(s) are not
transmitted for the data transmission with 6 or 7 bits per
character.
The dr iver does not insert printer control character s (CR, LF, FF)
between individual print jobs. These characters must be
present in the text.
The control character FF (form feed) present in the text is
only output as the control character for form feed to the
printer wi thin the header and footer li nes. Within the text, the
control character FF (form feed) is converted into delimiters.
The number of delimiters output depends on the parameter
"Lines per page" and the internal line counter.
When transmitting data wi th the open driver, the parameters
of the physical layer on the partner must agree with those of
the CP 544.
Example:
The example illustrates how you can parameterize a s tatic
parameter set in DB 10 from DW 04 onwards for a printer
output. The parameters are transmitted to the CP with the
data handling block SEND. The parameters are stored in
data block 10 from DW 30 onwards. Note that you must fill
the remaining data words according to Section 6.3.8.
Open Driver/ Mode 4 CP 544
5 - 56 C79000-B8576-C191-01
DB 10
:
30:
31:
32:
33:
34:
35:
36:
37:
38:
39:
40:
41:
42:
43:
44:
45:
46:
47:
48:
49:
50:
51:
52:
53:
54:
66:
78:
79:
80:
92:
104:
105:
106:
118:
119:
:
KH = 0008;
KH = 0002;
KH = 0007;
KH = 0001;
KH = 0001;
KH = 0004;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0010;
KH = 0004;
KH = 0000;
KH = 0032;
KH = 0032;
KH = 0064;
KH = 0042;
KH = 0008;
KH = 0023;
KH = 0002;
KH = 0001;
KH = 0003;
KH = 070C;
KS =’Si emens SIMA TIC S5 ’;
KS =’ Date: 01.06.92’;
KH = 0D0A;
KH = 1B30;
KS =’Application example CP 54’;
KS = 4 - DR21; Page: ##’ ;
KH = 1B39;
KH = 0D0A;
KS =’Copyright Siemens AG 199’;
KS =’3 ’;
KH = 0D0A;
Baud ra te = 9600 bps
Parity = 2 = even
Bits per character= 7
Stop bits = 1
Flow control = XON/XOFF
Mode = 4 = printer output
Reserved
Characte r delay time not required in mode 4
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Code of 1s t end ident if ier = 10H (DLE)
Code of 2nd end identifier = 04H (EOT)
Fixed message length not required
Wa it t ime after CR = 50 x 0.01s (=0.5 s)
Wa it t ime after LF = 50 x 0.01s (= 0.5 s)
Wa it t ime after FF = 100 x 0.01s (= 1 s)
Lines per page = 66
Le ft ma rgin = 8 blanks
Spaceholder for page number = " #"
Header lines = 2 lines
Footer l ines = 1 line
Delimiter = 3 = CR LF
1st header line with control characte r:
07 - BEL (bell character)
0C - FF (fo rm feed)
Delimiter: 0D 0A - CR LF
2nd header line with control character :
1B 30 - ESC 0 (underlining on)
1B 39 - ESC 9 (underlining off)
Delimiter: 0D 0A - CR LF
1s t footer line
Delimiter: 0D 0A - CR LF
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 57
Protocol defin ition of open driver in mode 4
The followi ng description is intended to help you if you wi sh
t o c onnec t an exi sti ng p rinter us ing the open dri ver in mode 4
(printer output).
The followi ng aspects are described for transmitti ng:
•Structure o f the transmi tted data frame
•Restrictions, if any
•Basic sequence of events.
In the sequence of events shown, the bol d l ines i ndicate the
standard sequence, the thin lines represent the error
handl ing sequence.
Transmitting
In mode 4, the useful data are transmitted including the end
identifier assigned in the static parameter set.
The data frame to be transmitted has the followi ng s tructure:
Length of useful data: n bytes
1 n n+1 n+2
Useful data - length n bytes E1 E2
E1:first end identi fier
E2:second end i dentifier (if assigned i n static parameter set)
XON (DC1 = 11H) or XOFF (DC3 = 13H) must not be equal
to the end identifier when sel ecting the flow control with
XON/XOFF.
Print edi ting is executed according to the static parameters
(wait times, margin, page counter, delimiters and control
characters).
Open Driver/ Mode 4 CP 544
5 - 58 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Characters output
with wait time
Buffer empty
BREAK
Wait time expired
Print job received
Job processed
Wait for
print jobs
Process
print job
Wait until
output buffer
is empty
Wait after
transfer of
delimiter
Fig . 5-10 Tra nsm issio n sequ ence in mod e 4
5
CP 544 Open Driver/Mode 4
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 59
5.3.2.5 Transmission of Parameters into CP 544 User Memory
Once you have assigned parameters to the open driver using
COM PP, transmit the parameters which are s tored in a file
......ST.S5D i nto the user memory (internal RAM or RAM
submodule) of the CP 544.
Proceed as fol lows:
•Select the transmission direction in the COM PP form
"TRANSFER" and enter the CP interface.
•Transmit the parameters by pressing the function key
"TRANSFER"
•Restart the CP 544 by pressing the function key
"RESTART SI1" or "RESTART SI2".
The LED TXD1 (device interface 1) must not subsequently
light up red permanently on the front panel of the CP 544.
The parameter settings are not correct or are incomplete if
this is the case.
Open Driver/ Mode 4 CP 544
5 - 60 C79000-B8576-C191-01
5.4 J ob Tables
All data types which can be transmitted are shown in the
followi ng tables together with their possi ble parameter
settings in the data handling block and the receive mailbox.
Data with respect to the addresses are PLC-dependent and
do not al ways agree i n the case of different types of PLC. In
particular, you should refer to the documentation specific to
the PLCs in the case of absol ute addresses.
All data types whi ch are generally stored in the partner in a
destination DB or DX are permissible as the source.
The parameter QLAE (source length) is a number of bytes if
the source is organized in bytes (the number of words i f not) .
No message transfer is carried out if 0 is entered.
Caution with an odd number of bytes: since the destination
area is a DB or DX, onl y complete words can be stored
there. If the partner is a CP 544, this will assign 0 to the right
data byte (DR) if i t recei ves an odd number!
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 61
Source,
send from
PLC 1
Destination,
to PLC 2 Parameter settings on DHB i n PLC 1
(source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Data block DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB Data block DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Data block FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Data block IA I rrel evant 0-127 1-128
Outputs Data block QA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Data block CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers
1) Data block TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Data block PY I rrel evant 0-255 1-256
1) Thes e ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Initial source address
QLAE Source length
Table 5.8 Job table "Se nd data with o pen dri ve r"
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 62 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter settings in the COM PP in PLC 2
(destination)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF permi ssibl e
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
DB 3-255 0-255 Yes
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr I nitial destination address
CF permi ssible Coordination fl ag permissible?
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 63
Source,
send from
PLC 1
Destination,
to PLC 2 Parameter settings on DHB i n PLC 1
(source)
QTYP DBNR QANF QLAE
Data block Extended DB DB 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Extended DB E xtended DB DX 3-255 0-2047 1-2048
Flags Extended DB FA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Inputs Extended DB IA Irrelevant 0-127 1-128
Outputs Extended DB QA Ir rel evant 0-127 1-128
Counters 1) Extended DB CA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
Timers
1) Extended DB TA Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
I/O Extended DB PY Irrelevant 0-255 1-256
1) Thes e ranges are CPU-dependent.
Explanation of abbreviat ions
QTYP Source type
DBNR Da ta block number
QANF Initial source address
QLAE Source length
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 64 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter settings in the COM PP in PLC 2
(destination)
ZTYP Z-DB Z-addr CF permissible
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
DX 3-255 0-255 Yes
Explanation of abbreviat ions
ZTYP Destination type
Z-DB Data block number of destination
Z-addr Initial destination address
CF permissible Coordination flag pe rmi ssible?
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 65
5.5 Example of a Com plete Parameter Set
100 data words from data bl ock 20 (DB 20) starting at data
word 10 (DW 10) are to be transmitted by the open driver in
mode 3 to data block 5 (DB 5) s tarting at data word 1 (DW
1) in PLC 2. PLC 1 and PLC 2 are each equipped with a
CP 544.
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 1:
•The DHB SEND-DIRECT which triggers the job.
The following parameter settings must be made in it:
SSNR 0 The interface numbe r is 0
A-NR 1 The job number is 1
ANZW FW12 The status word is flag word 12
QTYP DB The source is a data block
DBNR 20 with the No. 20 and
QANF 10 initial address 10
QLAE 100 100 data words are sent
PAFE FY11 FY 11 is selected for paramete rization er rors
•The DHB SEND-ALL which transfers the data from the
PLC to the CP. This requires the foll owing parameter
settings:
SSNR 0 The interface numbe r is 0
A-NR 0 The job number is 0, thus the ALL function is
selected
ANZW FW16 The status word is FW 16
PAFE FY19 FY 19 is selected for paramete rization er rors
The status word (ANZW) of the SEND-ALL job must be
different from that with SEND-DIRECT since other
information is displayed.
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 66 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You require the fol lowing for the CP in PLC 1:
•A static parameter set with the followi ng parameters:
Mode 3 Fixed useful data length, unsymmetrical
Baud rate 9600 bps
Parity even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Fl ow co ntr ol XON /XOFF
Character delay time 100 ms
Fi xed message
length when
receiving
20 byte
You require the following for the CPU in P LC 2:
•The DHB RECEIVE-ALL whi ch receives the data and
enters them in the destination DB:
SSNR 0 The interface numbe r is 0
A-NR 0 The job number is 0, thus the ALL function is
selected
ANZW FW6 The status word is FW 6
PAFE FY4 FY 4 is selected for parameterization errors
5
CP 544 Open Driver
C79000-B8576-C191-01 5 - 67
You r equire the fol lo wing for the CP in the PLC 2:
•The followi ng parameters in the static parameter set:
Mode 3 Fixed useful data length , unsymmetri cal
Bau d rate 9600 bps
Parity even
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Fl ow control XON/XOFF
Characte r delay time 100 ms
Fi xed message length
whe n r eceiving 20 byte
•Data for the receive mailbox:
CPU No. 1
Receive mailbox DB 5 from DW 1 onwards,,
length 100 data words
Coordinati on flag Not used
Open Driver CP 544
5 - 68 C79000-B8576-C191-01
How do you Program
the STEP 5 Program?
Contents of Chapter 6
6 How do you Program the STEP 5 Program? . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
6.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4
6.2 Parameters of the Data Handling Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5
6.2.1 Status W ord (ANZ W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12
6.2.2 Parameterizat ion Error Byte (PAFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
6.3 Which Data Handling Blocks can you Call in your STEP 5
Program? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
6.3.1 Synchronize CP and CP U (SYNCHRON). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
6.3.2 Send Data (SEND). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 20
6.3.2. 1 SEND-DIRECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
6.3.2. 2 SEND-AL L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23
6.3. 3 Fetc h Data (F ETC H ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 25
6.3.4 Receive Dat a (RECEIVE ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 27
6.3.4. 1 RECEI VE-DI RECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28
6.3.4. 2 RECEI VE-A LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28
6
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 1
6.3.5 Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FET CH 190 - 199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3 0
6.3.6 Write Data - PSEUDO-W RITE (SEND 190 - 199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 34
6.3.7 Check Job Status (CONTRO L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38
6.3.8 Assign Device Interface Paramet ers (SEND 189). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
6.3.9 Read Param eter s of a Device Interfac e (RECEIVE 189) . . . . . . . . 6 - 54
6.3.10 Read Error Mess age Area of SYSTA T (RECEIV E 200) . . . . . . . . . 6 - 55
6.3.11 Delete Error Mes sage Area of SYSTAT (RESET 200) . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 57
6.3.12 Read Complete SYSTAT (RECEIVE 221). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 58
6.3.13 Scan Status (RECEIV E 205). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 60
6.3.14 Start Device Int erf ace (SEND 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 61
6.3.15 Stop Device Interface (RESET 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 61
6.3.16 Import Mode-specific Static Parameters (SEND 203). . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 62
6.3.17 Read Hardware Parameters (RECEIVE 204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 63
6.3.18 Set Date and T ime (SE ND 218) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6 4
6.3.19 Read Date and Tim e (RECEIV E 218). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 67
6.3.20 Read SYSID (RECEI VE 223) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 68
6.4 Multi-processor Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 71
Contents
6 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6 How do you Program the STEP 5 Program?
Chapters 3 to 5 showed you which data handling blocks you
can use for the type of link you have selected - RK 512
computer link, data transmission with the 3964/3964R
procedures or open driver.
Using the concept of your STEP 5 program for your
particular task you can now provi de the data handling blocks
with thei r required parameters.
You are supported in the process by the job tables in
Chapters 3 to 5 and the information in this chapter on the
various jobs.
The descripti on of the data handli ng blocks in this manual i s
intended to provide a better overview. It does not claim to be
complete, however. You can find more detailed information in
the descriptions of the corresponding data handling bl ocks.
These are avai lable as i ndividual descriptions for the
S5-135U and S5-155U. You can find the description of the
data handling blocks for the S5-115U in the S5-115U Manual
(see references to further reading).
To enabl e better orientation, you are provided here with a
summary of the various block numbers of the data handling
blocks in the different programmable controllers and of the
parameters of the data handli ng blocks.
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 3
6.1 Overview
The data handling blocks for the CP 544 have the following
numbers in the various programmable controll ers :
DHB Function S5-115U S5-135U
S5-155U
SYNCHRON Synchronizes the CP FB 249 FB 125
SEND-
DIRECT n Starts the send job with job
number n FB 244 FB 120
SEND-ALL Transfers the data f rom the
CPU to the CP FB 244
Job No.= 0 FB 126 or
FB 120
Job No.= 0
FETCH-
DIRECT n Starts the FETCH job with
job number n FB 246 FB 122
RECEIVE-
ALL Transmits the data from the
CP to the CPU FB 24 5
Job No.= 0 FB 127 or
FB 121
Job No.= 0
RECEIVE-
DIRECT n Starts the RECEIVE job
with job number n FB 245 FB 121
RESET -
DIRECT n Starts the RESET j ob with
job number n FB 248 FB 124
CONTROL Copies the s tatus of the
respec tive job into t he
specified status word
FB 247 FB 123
Tabl e 6.1 Data ha ndlin g bl ocks for CP 544
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.2 Parameters of the Data Handling Blocks
You specify the following parameters for the data handling blocks:
Designation Meaning
SSNR Interface number (page frame number)
A-NR Job number
ANZW Sta tus wor d
QTYP/ZTYP Type of data source or data destination
DBNR Data bl ock number
QANF/ZANF Rel ative initial address within the area
QLAE/ZLAE Number of source data or destination data
PAFE Parame terization error
BLGR Frame size
In te rfac e nu mb er
(page frame number)
SSNR
Each CP in the PLC is assigned one (or several ) interface
numbers. The interface number of the lowest page of the CP
(page number) and the number of pages per device interface
(1, 2 or 4) are set using switches on the module.
Note
The even interface numbers address device i nterface 1;
the odd interface numbers address device interface 2.
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(byte) KY KY= x,y
x = 0
y = 0−255
x ≠ 0
y = 0−255
Direct parameterization
In te rfac e n umb er (pa g e
number)
Indirec t parameterization
Data word number . The
parameters SSNR, A-NR and
ANZW (BLGR with
SYNCHRON) are stored in th e
currently opened DB s tarting
at the defined data word.
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 5
You can use a page number set for the device interface if
the CPU sends (SEND) or fetches (FETCH) data; e.g. one
page can be assigned to each CPU when using four pages
per device i nterface. This ensures that the corresponding
CPU can access the pages at any time.
Note
In the case of a SEND or FE TCH job, the data in the
partner CP are always transmitted via the lowest page of
a device interface; i.e. the lowest page of the corresponding
device interface must be defined as the page number for
the corresponding ALL jobs on the partner CPU.
The partner CPU which is authori zed can fetch data or
provide data on the lowest page.
CP 544 CP 544
Page Page
CPU 1
PLC 1
PLC 2
0
SI1
2
4
8
SI1
0
2
4
8
CPU 2
CPU 3
CPU 4
CPU 2
CPU 3
CPU 4
SEND-
DIRECT
CPU 1
RECEIVE-
ALL
Fig. 6-1 Pa ge a ssignmen t with a SEND jo b
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The authorized CPU can be specified separately for each job
in the dynamic parameter set in the case of the RK 512. In
the case of the 3964/3964R procedures and the open driver,
one CPU must be specified for all jobs when defining the
receive mailbox.
Every CPU can access if a specific CPU is not defined. The
data are then processed by the CPU whi ch accesses first,
the data are subsequently lost.
In te rfac e nu mb er
with speci al jobs
The ALL jobs for special j obs are executed on all set pages.
Job number (A-NR)
In the case of data transmission with the RK 512 computer
link, every job (SEND/FETCH) is assigned a number which
must agree wi th the number in the corresponding dynamic
parameter set of the CP 544.
In the case of special jobs, the number is used to define
which function is to be executed by the job.
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(byte) KY KY= 0,x
x = 0
x = 1−223 ALL function (not with FETCH)
Direct function
Number of job to be executed
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 7
Status word ANZW
You can use thi s parameter t o specify the address of a
doubl eword in which the status o f a particular job is indicated
(see also Section 6.2.1).
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Address
(word) W W = xxyyy
xx =
yyy =
Address of status word wi th
di rect parameterization
FW, QW, IW, R S o r DW
Num ber (dependent on xx)
Source type ( QTYP)
or destination type
(ZTYP)
You can assign ASCII characters t o these parameters whi ch
specify the type of data source (with SEND) or data
destination (with RECEIVE or FETCH).
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(charac-
ter)
KS KS
KS
= yy
yy =
= XX
QA, AS, RS, DB, DX, IA, FA, PY,
TA, CA, OY
Di rect parameterization: the data
on the data source /destination
are directly p resent in the
parameters QTYP/ZTYP, DBNR,
QANF/ZANF, QLAE/ZLAE.
Indirect paramete rization: either
the parameter set for the data
source or destination is p resent
in a data area which is specified
using the parameters DBNR and
QANF/ZANF.
Only DB or DX i s permissible
with the special job
PSEUDO-READ/WRITE, job
numbers 190 to 199 .
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Data block number
(DBNR)
Here you enter the number of the data bl ock if you have
selected DB, DX or X X as the source or destination type, or
the High byte of the ini tial address if you have selected AS or
RS.
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(byte) KY KY= 0,x
x = 3−255 Number o f data block whi ch
contains the data, or the high
byte of the initial address
Initi al source address
(QANF) o r
initial destination
address (ZANF)
In the case of indirect parameterization - assignment of
QTYP/ZTYP by XX - you enter the number of the DW here
at which the parameter block commences.
In the case of di rect parameterizati on, QTYP/Z TYP refers to
the defined range. The permissible limits depend on the data
type and are listed in the job tables in Sections 3.4 (RK 512),
4.4 (3964/3964R procedures) and 5.4 (open dri ver).
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(fixed-
point
number)
KF KF= x
x = See job tables fo r
permissible range
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 9
Source length (QLAE)
or
destination length
(ZLAE)
You enter the number of data to be transmitted here either in
bytes or words depending on the data t ype (e.g. in bytes for
flags, in words for data blocks ). The permissibl e range of
values also depends on the data type and is indicated in the
job tables in the Sections 3.4 (RK 512), 4.4 (3964/3964R
procedures) and 5.4 (open driver).
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(constant) KF KF= x
x = See job tables for permissible
range
Frame size BLGR
This parameter defines the size of the data frame which can
be exchanged in one cycl e of the DHB between the CPU
and CP. It is only relevant to the DHB SYNCHRON. The
data transfer time largely depends on the defined frame size.
Using the DHB description for your CPU, you must decide
which runtimes are appli cabl e for your special application.
Note with small frame sizes, i.e. short runtimes, that several
data handling block calls are required for the data transfer
dependi ng on the amount o f data.
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Data
(bytes) KY KY= 0,y
y = 0 - 255 Frame size
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameterization error
byte PAFE
You use this parameter to specify the address of a byte in
which a parameterization error of a particular job is to be
indicated (see also Section 6.2.2).
Parameter Assignment
Type Format
Address
(bytes) BY BY = x xyy
xx =
yy =
Par ameterization error byte
Possible areas QA, IA, FA, OY
Number of the QA/IA /FA/OY
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 11
6.2.1 Status Word (ANZW)
With DIRECT jobs
The status word occupies a do uble w ord in the case of the
DIRECT jobs SEND-DIRECT, FETCH-DIRECT,
RECEIVE-DIRECT:
•The first part contains information on the j ob processing
status
•The second part contains information on the length of the
transmitted data.
The meanings of the bits in the first word of the s tatus word
of the DIRECT job are shown in the following table. The bi ts
for the job status of the CP may also occur combined.
1514131211109876543210
Job status CP
RECEIVE job
ready = 1
Job running = 1
Job finishe d without
errors = 1
Job finishe d with
errors = 1
Data management
Data exp ort/imp ort running = 1
Data exp ort finished = 1
Data imp ort finished = 1
Data disabli ng by
user = 1/ da ta enabling = 0
Error number
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0→
→0
11
10
11
1
No errors
PLC error, identical to PAFE
CP error
(see also Chapter 8 )
Vacant
Table 6.2 Mean in g of th e bi ts in the first word o f the statu s word
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
SEND-ALL and RECEIV E-ALL enter the length of the data
transmitted between the CPU and CP in the second part of
the stat us doubl eword . The ALL job adds the current
number of data to the number whi ch have already been
imported. If several active ALL functions are required in order
to execute the DIRECT job, the length value in the second
part of the status doubleword grows continuously.
You should reserve a separate status doubleword for each
DIRECT job. You can use
•the flag area FW 0 to 252 or
•the data wo rds 0 to 25 4 in the ope n data b lock (D B or DX) .
In order to guarantee reliabl e data transfer, i t is sufficient if
the STEP 5 program evaluates bi ts 1, 2 and 3 of the ANZ W:
•Bit 1 indicates that the job has been accepted by the CP
for processing. Renewed triggering of thi s job is only
possible when bit 1 has been reset.
•Bits 2 and 3 identi fy that the CP has terminated
processing of the associated j ob.
If the job i s terminated without an error (bit 2 = 1), you can
provide new useful data for the next transmission or process
the incoming useful data.
An error number is entered in bits 8 to 11 of the ANZW i f the
job is terminated with an error (bi t 3 = 1). Refer to Chapter 8
in this manual for a list of error numbers.
Note
If the RECEIVE-DIRECT jobs 200, 202, 204, 218 and 221
are parameteri zed with a length (ZLAE) which is greater
than the required l ength , the value 15H is indicated i n the
ANZW.
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 13
With ALL jobs
The status word only occupi es one data word or flag word in
the ALL jobs RECEIVE-ALL and SEND-ALL. The number of
the DIRECT j ob for which the data transport is carried out is
indicated in this ANZW when the ALL functi on i s executed.
The value "00H" is entered if no function is executed.
The ALL function indicates "FFH" in the ANZW when it is
active for a partner job.
"DEH" is indicated in the ANZW for the last data transfer if a
coordination flag has not been specified for the partner job.
The byte number of the coordination flag is indicated in
the ANZW for the last data transfer if a coordination flag has
been specified for the partner job. This number can only
have values from 1 to 223 since it is i nterpreted by the DHB
like a job number. "FFH" is indicated in the ANZW i f the
number is too high. "00H" is indicated in the ANZW if no
function is executed.
You can determine whether the partner job has been
terminated using the status of the byte number of the
coordination flag or the status "DEH" with the last data
transfer.
You can then use the STEP 5 program
•to set the communication flag which corresponds to the
coordination flag and either
•process the i ncoming useful data (if the partner issues a
SEND job) or
•pr ovide new useful data ( i f the partner is sues a FETCH j ob).
The set coordination flag prevents the partner from accessing
the data area agai n. The data area can be accessed again i f
you reset the communication flag.
With CONTROL j obs
Please refer to Section 6.3.7 for the meani ng of th e ANZW
with CONTROL.
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.2.2 Parameterization Error Byte (PAFE)
You must specify a parameterization error byte (PAFE byte)
in the data handling blocks.
If the DHB detects an error, it writes the associated error
number into the PA FE byte. The DHB writes 00H into the
PAFE byte if there are no errors.
In addition to the errors directly associated with
parameterizati on, the PAFE byte i ndicates errors originating
during communicati on between the CPU and CP 544.
You should immediately el imi nate the causes if the
mentioned errors occur so that no more error messages
result during operation!
In certain exceptional cases, errors are signalled in the PAFE
byte during operati on which have been caused by the
response of the CP 544 software in special operating
situations:
•If more than 20 DIRECT jobs are processed in the cycle,
i.e. 20 jobs have already been signal led as "running",
and you wi sh to start a 21st j ob
•If the STEP 5 program sets the communicati on flag
(which corresponds t o the coordination flag) whil st the
CP has just received a message for this coordination flag
•If a SEND or FE TCH job is started before the
SYNCHRON job has been executed once without errors.
You may also obtain a PAFE message in multi-processor
mode if several CPUs simultaneously access the same page
frame of the CP 544. The access is prevented (with a PAFE
message) unti l the current CPU/CP communicati on has been
terminated. This PAFE message does not indicate an error
but identifies the current disabling of the access operation.
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 15
The PAFE error messages are listed below. Note that the
meaning of the i ndividual error numbers depends on the type
of PLC. You should therefore always refer to the instructions
of the data handling blocks for your PLC.
PAFE No. Meaning
11H Incorrect ORG format: source/desti na ti on parameter
type incorrect, ill egal area (initial address , length)
21H DB/DX or memory area does not exist
31H Source/destination area too small
41H Source/destination area does not exist (not equipped)
Acknowl edgement delay ( QVZ) of area
51H Error in status word
61H No source/destination parameter with SEND/RECEIVE-ALL
71H Inter face does not exist (QVZ o f CP 544)
Check the jumper s etting fo r the interfac e number o f
the CP 544
81H Interface not ready or not synchronized. Check
whether the SYNCRHON DHB is p rogramm ed in the
restar t OB and is being executed without errors
91H Inter face overl oaded since a program section is
currently being transmitted from the PG to the CP 544
A1H CP interface currently occupied by o ther CPU i n
multi-processor mode (S5-135U and S5-155U) if
several CPUs access one CP interface
B1H Job number too large
Table 6.3 PAFE erro r m essag es
STEP 5 Program CP 544
6 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
STEP 5 Program PAFE No. Mean ing
C1H Error in handshake (comm unication) with CP 544:
- CP does not reply within monitoring time
- CP rejects handshake, e.g. since more than 20 jobs
have been triggered simultaneously (with 20 jobs,
bit 1 in the ANZW is set to "Job running")
- The coordination flag has been set whilst a message
for this coordination flag has just been received
D1H Frame size (SYNCHRON) faulty and group e rror for
other handshake er rors
E1H DB call missing with indirect parameterization and
group e rro r for s oftware er rors of DHBs
F1H Double calling of block (with possibility of interruption
at comm and li mits )
6
CP 544 STEP 5 Program
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 17
6.3 Which Data Handling Blocks can y ou Call in your STEP 5
Program?
Job Data
handling
block
Job
number Entry into
queue Destination
length in
words *
Synchronize CP and CPU SYNCHRON −No -
Send data SEND 0−188 Yes -
Fetch data FETCH 1−188 Yes -
Receive data RECEIVE 0 Yes -
Read data (PSEUDO-READ) FETCH 190−199 Yes -
Write da ta (PSEUDO-WRITE) SEND 190−199 Yes -
Check job status CONTROL 0−223 No -
Parameterize device interface SEND 189 Yes -
Read parameter s o f a device interface RECEIVE 189 Yes 0 to 2043
Read error message area of SYSTAT RECEIVE 200 No 2
Delete error message area o f SYSTAT RESET 200 No -
Read complete SYSTAT RECEIVE 221 No 16
Scan status RECEIVE 205 No 1
Star t devi ce i nterfac e SEND 2 02 No -
Stop de vice i nter face RESET 202 No -
Impo rt mode-specific static parameters SEND 203 Yes -
Read hardware parameters RECEIVE 204 No 16
Set t ime SEND 2 18 No -
Read time RECEIVE 218 No 5
Read SYSID RECEIVE 223 No ≥ 64
* Information only for special jobs
Ta ble 6.1 Jobs for da ta tran smi ssion wi th the C P 5 44
CP 544
6 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.1 Synchr oni ze CP and CPU (SYNCHRON)
Synchronize CP and CPU (SYNCHRON)This job synchronizes the interface between the CP and
CPU. SYNCHRON must be called in the restart organization
blocks of the CPU for each page frame which you use in the
two devi ce interfaces of the CP. The frame size for data
transfer between the CPU and CP 544 is also set during the
synchronization.
Multi-processor mode
It is sufficient i f the SYNCHRON is programmed in the
startup organization blocks of a CPU for each page frame
which you use. If a SYNCHRON is executed on a page, and
if another SYNCHRON is s tarted for this page, i t i s rejected
with error number 12H in the SYSTAT.
You should monitor the PAFE byte of the SYNCHRON to
ensure that the CPU/CP i nterface is actually synchronized
(see Section 6.2.2 "Parameterization Error Byte") .
Parameters
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number (page number)
BLGR D KY Frame size with data tran sfer between CP
and CPU
0 = 64 bytes (for S5-115U)
256 byte s (for S5-135U/155U)
1 = 16 bytes
2 = 32 bytes
3 = 64 bytes
4 = 128 bytes
5 = 256 bytes
6 = 512 bytes
7 - 254 = see 0
255 = 512 bytes
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
6
CP 544 Synchronize CP and CPU (SYNCHRON)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 19
6.3.2 Send Data (SEND)
Send Data (SEND) The SEND job is used to transmit data from the CPU to the
CP 544. I t has two modes:
•SEND-DIRECT (job number ≠ 0)
The SEND-DIRECT functi on triggers a specific SEND job
defined by the j ob number.
•SEND-ALL (job number = 0)
The SEND-ALL function checks whether a "communica-
tion request" is present at the interface. If thi s is so, the
source parameters are provided by the CP and the data
transfer is carried out.
SEND-DIRECT and SEND-ALL are used combined together:
•The SEND-DIRECT DHB i s used to trigger a job
(depending on the parameter settings of the DHB).
•The data of this job are then transferred from the
interface to the CP by SEND-ALL.
Send Data (SEND) CP 544
6 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.2.1 SEND-DIRECT
If a SEND-DIRECT job is called in the STE P 5 program, it is
entered into the internal queue for j obs in the CP 544.
Job processing
The CP 544 processes an internal queue for each device
interface into which up to 20 DIRECT jobs (SEND-DIRECT
and FETCH-DIRECT) can be entered. The CP 544 notes the
order in which the jobs have been triggered and entered into
the queue as well as the associated data handling block
parameters and sets bit 1 "Job running" in the status word for
each of these jobs.
The CP 544 processes the j obs in the order in which they
have been entered into the queue. In the case o f SEND jobs,
the CP 544 subsequently requests the data from the CPU via
a SEND-ALL. Once the j ob has been processed, either bit 2
"Job fini shed without errors" or bit 3 "Job finished with errors"
is set in the status word. If an error occurs, an error number
is entered into bits 8 to 11 of the status word and a more
exact error number entered into the error message area of
the SYSTA T.
If 20 jobs have already been entered into the queue, every
further job is rejected wi th error number 7H in the status
word, 15H in the error message area of the SYSTAT and
C1H in the parameterization error byte.
The CPU cannot scan the fill ing status of the queue.
Individual jobs cannot be deleted f ro m the queue. All queue
entries are deleted following a cold restart or synchronization
of the CP.
6
CP 544 Send Data (SEND)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 21
If a job depends on the error-free processing of another job,
you must i mplement this i nterlocking in your STEP 5 program.
Jobs sent by the partner are processed outside the queue.
Special jobs are processed directly and not via the queue
(SEND 189 and SEND 203 are excepti ons) .
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters for the
SEND-DIRECT function:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR DKY Interface number
A-NR DKY Number of DIRECT job
ANZW I W Status word (1 doubleword is occupied)
QTYP DKS Data type of sourc e from which the data
are sent
DBNR DKY Num ber of da ta block if the source i s a
da ta block or an extended dat a block
QANF DKF Rel ative initial address of data source
QLAE DKF Number of data units ( words or bytes) to be sent
PAFE QBY Parameterization error status
Send Data (SEND) CP 544
6 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.2.2 SEND-ALL
When transmitting data, a SEND-ALL must be called in
addi tion t o a SEND-DIRECT. The SEND-DIRECT data
handl ing block first triggers a job on the CP 544. The CP 544
stores the source parameters of the SEND-DIRECT in the
process and passes on an ALL request to the CPU, also
informing the CPU of the desi red data source. The
SEND-ALL then transmits the data from the CPU (source) to
the dual-port RAM of the CP 544. With larger quantiti es of
data, it may be necessary to use several ALL functions in
order to transport the data.
Note
SEND-ALL jobs must always be call ed cyclically in the
user program so that the triggered DIRECT job can also
be processed completely.
The source parameters whi ch you must define with
SEND-DIRECT are irrelevant wi th SEND-ALL; you can enter
any values here.
If your STE P 5 program results in a long cycle ti me, it may
be advisable to call SEND-ALL several times per cycle since
the actual data transmission on the path only commences
when the SEND-ALL has transmi tted all data into the CP
memory. I f you call SEND-ALL several times, the ti me from
triggering the job up to commencement of the transmission
on the path is greatly reduced in the case of a data quantity
which is larger than the set frame size. SEND-ALL jobs only
extend the cycle time if useful data are actually transmitted.
6
CP 544 Send Data (SEND)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 23
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters for the
SEND-DIRECT function:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number
A-NR D KY Job number
ANZW I W Status word, a doubleword is occupied
(see also Section 6 .2.1 )
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
Send Data (SEND) CP 544
6 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.3 Fetch Data (FETCH)
Fetch Data (FETCH) The FETCH job i s only used for data transmission with the
RK 152 computer link. This data handling block onl y
recognizes the operating mode
•FETCH-DIRECT
A job with the same number must be s tored in the dynamic
parameter set on the CP 544 for each FETCH-DIRECT job
(ap art from the spec ial job s) whi ch y ou pr ogram i n the S TEP 5
program.
If a FETCH-DIRECT job is called in the STEP 5 program, it
is entered into the internal queue for jobs in the CP 544.
Job processing
The CP 544 processes an internal queue for each device
interface into which up to 20 DIRECT jobs (FETCH-DIRECT
and SEND-DIRECT) can be entered. The CP 544 notes the
order in which the jobs have been triggered and entered into
the queue as well as the associated data handling block
parameters and sets bit 1 "Job running" in the status word for
each of these jobs.
The CP 544 processes the j obs in the order in which they
have been entered into the queue. If 20 jobs have al ready
been entered into the queue, every further job is rejected
with error number 7H in the status word and 15H in the error
message area of the SYSTAT .
6
CP 544 Fetch Data (FETCH)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 25
The C PU cann ot scan t he fi ll ing statu s of th e queu e. I ndiv idual
jobs can not be dele ted f rom t he queue. Al l que ue ent ries a re
deleted following a cold restart or synchronization of the CP.
If a job depends on the error-free processing of another job,
you must i mplement this i nterlocking in your STEP 5 program.
Jobs sent by the partner are processed outside the queue.
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters for the
FETCH-DIRECT functi on:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number
A-NR D KY Job number
ANZW I W Status word
ZTYP D KS Data type of destination i nto which the data
to be i mported fr om the i nterface are stored
DBNR D KY Number o f d ata block i f the destination is a
da ta block or an extended dat a block
ZANF D KF Rel ative initial address of data destination
ZLAE D KF Num ber o f da ta words to be imported
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
Fetch Data (FE TCH) CP 544
6 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.4 Receive Data (RECEIVE)
Receive Data (RECEIVE)The RECEIVE job is used to transmit data and parameters
from the interface to the CPU.
The data handling block recognizes the two operating
modes:
•RECEIVE-DIRECT (job number ≠ 0)
The RECEIVE-DIRECT functi on carries out a specific
RECEIVE j ob (special job) defined by the job number.
•RECEIVE-ALL (job number = 0)
The RECEIVE-ALL function checks whether a "communi-
cation request" is present at the interface. If this is so,
the source parameters are provided by the CP and the
CPU fetches the data from the CP.
RECEIVE-DIRECT and RECEIVE-ALL are used together if
the interface parameters are to be read (RECEI VE 189). In
this case a RECEIVE-DIRECT triggers the job, the job is
entered into the queue, and the CP 544 automatically
del ivers the indi vi dual data blocks to the RECEIVE-ALL once
the job has been read out of the queue.
6
CP 544 Receive Data (RECEIVE)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 27
6.3.4.1 RECEIVE-DIRECT
The RECEIVE-DIRECT data handli ng bl ock is used for
special jobs.
Special jobs are processed directly and not via the queue
(RECEIVE 189 is an exception).
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters for the
RECEIVE-DIRECT function:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number
A-NR D KY Job number
ANZW I W Status word
ZTYP D KS Data type of destination i nto which the data
to be i mported fr om the i nterface are stored
DBNR D KY Number o f d ata block i f the destination is a
da ta block or an extended dat a block
ZANF D KF Rel ative initial address of data destination
ZLAE D KF Num ber o f data units (words or bytes) to
be imported
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
6.3.4.2 RECEIVE-ALL
A FETCH-DIRECT or RECEIVE 189 data handling block first
triggers a job on the CP 544. The CP 544 stores the
destination parameters and passes on an ALL request to the
CPU, al so informing the CPU of the required data
destination. The RECEIV E-ALL then transmi ts the requested
data from the dual-port RAM of the CP 544 to the CPU
(de stina tio n). W it h lar ger qu anti ties of da ta, i t ma y be ne cessar y
to u se sev era l ALL call s in order t o tr ans port t he da ta.
Receive Data (RECEIVE) CP 544
6 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Note
RECEIVE-ALL jobs must always be call ed cyclically in the
user program so that the triggered DIRECT job can also
be processed completely.
The destination parameters whi ch you must define with
FETCH-DIRECT are irrelevant with RECEIVE-ALL; you can
enter any values here.
If your STEP 5 program results in a long cycle time, it is
advisable to call RECEIVE-ALL several times per cycle in
order to achieve a faster data transmission. RECEIVE-ALL
call s only extend the cycl e time if useful data are actually
transmitted.
RECEIVE-ALL
in partner jobs
RECEIVE-ALL not onl y transports data with jobs associated
with its own CPU but also if the partner sends data on its
own initiative.
A message sent by the partner is analyzed by the respective
type of coupling on the CP 544. If this establishes that the
partner wishes to send data, it extracts the source
parameters present in the message header. The CP sends
an ALL request to the CPU to transmi t the useful data, and
the RECEIVE-ALL DHB carries out the data transfer between
the dual-port RAM and the CPU.
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters for the
RECEIVE-ALL function:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number
A-NR D KY Job number
ANZW I W Sta tus word (see also Section 6.2.1)
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
6
CP 544 Receive Data (RECEIVE)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 29
6.3.5 Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199)
Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199)The special job PSEUDO-READ can only be used for data
transmission with the RK 512 computer link. I t is used for the
indirect assignment of the source and destinati on parameters.
A PSEUDO-READ/WRITE functi on i s implemented in the
CP 544 which is largely based on the function and format of
the known R/W function (see description of data handling
block). This function enables you to :
•Modify the source and/or destination data of a job during
the program sequence
•Program thi s job without COM PP
•Specify a coordi nation flag and the CPU number.
All parameters for the source and destinati on are s tored in a
data block (DB) or extended data block (DX). The job
numbers 190 to 199 are reserved for the PSEUDO-READ/
WRITE function.
FETCH-DIRECT 190
to
FETCH-DIRECT 199
You can start a FETCH j ob with the PSEUDO-READ functi on
using one of the followi ng data handling blocks:
FETCH-DIRECT 190 to
FETCH-DIRECT 199.
A PSEUDO-READ job is entered into the internal queue for
jobs in the CP 544 if i t is call ed i n the STEP 5 program. As
with the SEND j ob, the CP fetches the specified data block
using SEND-ALL and eval uates the source/destination
parameters. If these are within the permi ssibl e l imi ts, the
FETCH message is subsequently sent to the partner. The
RECEIVE-ALL DHB enters the data into the defined
destination once they have been received from the partner.
Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199) CP 544
6 - 30 C79000-B8576-C191-01
In contrast to normal DIREC T j obs, an addi tional data
transfer between the CPU and CP is required with the
PSEUDO-READ function. This data transfer is carried out via
the SEND-ALL DHB which transfers the source/destination
parameters to the CP 544.
Data
destination
RECEIVE-
ALL
RK 512
Data
source
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Job No. 0
FETCH
Job No.
190 to 199
Job No. 0
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT = data transfer
SEND-
ALL
Job No. 0
SEND-
ALL
RK 512
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
P
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r
Fig. 6-2 READ function of the SEND-DIRECT 190 to 199
6
CP 544 Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 31
The format of the data block with the destinati on parameters
is shown below ( par amet er da ta blo ck fo r FET CH-DIRE C T 190
to FETCH-DIRECT 199).
The data are stored relative to the initial address ZANF
which is specified on the data handling block.
ZANF +
0: KS= xx Source type (in partner device)
xx = DB, DX, CA, TA, RS, AS, FA, QA, I A, PY, OY
not: XX, RW, NN
1: KY= 0 , y; Number of source data block
y = 3 to 255 with source type DB/DX
Irrelevant with other source types
2: KF= x; Initial source address
x = dependent on source type and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
3: KF= x; (Source length) Ir relevant!
x = don’t care
4: KS= xx Destination type (i n own PLC)
xx = DB, RS, AS, DX, dependent on source type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
5: KY= 0, y ; Number of destination data block
y = 3 to 255 with source type DB/DX
Irrelevant with other des tinati on types
6: KF= x; Initial destination address
x = dependent on destination ty pe and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
7: KF= x; Destination length
x = dependent on source type and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
8: KY= x, y; Coordination flag (dependent on source type)
x = 0 to 223: byte number
y = 0 to 7: bit number
No coordination flag: x = 255, y = 255
9: KF= x ; CPU No. o f partner
x = 1 to 4 or
x = 0 with PLC with only one CPU
Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199) CP 544
6 - 32 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You can obtain detailed information on the t ransmission
possibil iti es f rom the job tabl es in Section 3.4 (RK 512).
The data destination is in the own PLC for FETCH-DIRECT
190 to 199. Therefore the data on the length ZLAE in the
parameter data block are decisive. The data in the parameter
QLAE are not eval uated. All parameters for the data source
refer to the partner device.
The jobs FE TCH-DIRECT 190 to 199 are cal led in the
STEP 5 program li ke "normal" jobs usi ng e.g. "JU". You
enter your data block wi th the parameters for the data on the
block: ZTYP, DB No., ZANF and ZLAE. Therefore the data
for QLAE are i rrelevant.
The PSEUDO-READ/WRITE jobs can be called mixed
together in any manner wi th normal SEND and FETCH jobs
provided not more than 10 PSEUDO-R/W jobs are signalled
as "runni ng" simultaneously per page. The triggers must be
mutual ly i nterlocked if more than 10 jobs are called.
Since each j ob number can only be assigned once, it i s not
possible, for example, to simultaneously activate a
SEND-DIRECT 190 and a FETCH-DIRECT 190. If the job
SEND-DIRECT 190 is set t o "running" in the status word, a
further job with the number 190 (e.g. FETCH 190) can only
be started when SEND-DIRECT 190 i s " fi nished", with or
without errors.
6
CP 544 Read Data - PSEUDO-READ (FE TCH 190 - 199)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 33
6.3.6 Wr ite Data - PSEUDO- WR ITE (SEND 190 - 199)
Write Data - PSEUDO-WRITE (SEND 190 - 199)The special job PSEUDO-WRITE is used for indirect setting
of the source and destination parameters.
A PSEUDO-READ/WRITE functi on i s implemented in the
CP 544 which is largely based on the function and format of
the known R/W function (see description of data handling
block).
This function enables you to:
•Modify the source and/or destination data of a job during
the program sequence
•Program thi s job without COM PP
•Specify a coordi nation flag and the CPU number.
All parameters for the source and destinati on are s tored in a
data block (DB) or extended data block (DX). The job
numbers 190 to 199 are reserved for the
PSEUDO-READ/WRITE function.
SEND-DIRECT 190 to
SEND-DIRECT 199
You can start a SEND job with the PSEUDO-WRITE function
using one of the followi ng data handling blocks:
SEND-DIRECT 190 to
SEND-DIRECT 199.
The PSEUDO-WRITE job is entered into the internal job
queue of the CP 544 like other DIRECT jobs.
Write Data - PSEUDO-WRITE (SEND 190 - 199) CP 544
6 - 34 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Once processing has commenced, the CP 544 request s the
parameterized data block (or extended data block) via the
SEND-ALL DHB and checks the source and destination
parameters present in it. If these are within the permissible
limits, the CP 544 requests the first source data via a further
SEN D-ALL DHB and handles the SEND job i n the usual
manner.
SEND-
ALL
RK 512
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
SEND
Parameter
RECEIVE-
ALL
RK 512
Data
destination
Data
source
PLC 1
PLC 2
Job No.
190 to 199
Job No. 0
Job No. 0
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT = data transfer
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
Fig. 6-3 WRITE function of the SEND-DIRECT 19 0 to 199
6
CP 544 Write Data - PSEUDO-WRITE (SEND 190 - 199)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 35
The format of the data block with the source parameters is
shown below (parameter data block for SEND-DIRECT 190
to SEND-DIRECT 199).
The data are stored relative to the initial address QANF
which is specified on the data handling block.
QANF +
0: KS= xx Source type (i n own PLC)
xx = DB, DX, CA, TA, RS, AS, FA, QA, I A, PY, OY
not: XX, RW, NN
1: KY= 0 , y; Number of source data block
y = 3 to 255 with source type DB/DX
Irrelevant with other source types
2: KF= x; Initial source address
x = dependent on source type and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
3: KF= x; Source length
x = dependent on source type and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
4: KS= xx Destination type (in partner device)
xx = DB, RS, AS, DS, dependent on source type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
5: KY= 0, y ; Number of destination data block
y = 3 to 255 with source type DB/DX
Irrelevant with other des tinati on types
6: KF= x; Initial destination address
x = dependent on destination ty pe and PLC type
(see job tables in Section 3.4)
7: KF= x; (Destination length) Irrelevant!
x = don’t care
8: KY= x, y; Coordination flag (dependent on source type)
x = 0 to 223: byte number
y = 0 to 7: bit number
No coordination flag: x = 255, y = 255
9: KF= x ; CPU No. o f partner
x = 1 to 4 or
x = 0 with PLC with only one CPU
Write Data - PSEUDO-WRITE (SEND 190 - 199) CP 544
6 - 36 C79000-B8576-C191-01
You can obtain detailed information on the t ransmission
possibil iti es f rom the job tabl es in Section 3.4 (RK 512).
The data source is in the own PLC for SEND-DIRECT 190 to
199. The source length must be entered in the parameter
data block (enter this in bytes if the QTYP is a byte area).
The data for the parameter "Destination length" are
irrelevant. All parameters for the data destination refer to the
partner device.
The jobs SEND-DIRECT 190 to 199 are called in the STEP 5
program li ke "normal" jobs usi ng e.g. "JU". You enter your
data block with the WRI TE parameters for the data on the
block: QTYP, DB No., QANF and QLAE. Therefore the data
for the parameter "Destination length" are irrelevant.
The PSEUDO-READ/WRITE jobs can be called mixed
together in any manner wi th normal SEND and FETCH jobs
provided not more than 10 PSEUDO-R/W jobs are signalled
as "runni ng" simultaneously per page. The triggers must be
mutual ly i nterlocked if more than 10 jobs are called.
Since each j ob number can only be assigned once, it i s not
possible, for example, to simultaneously activate a
SEND-DIRECT 190 and a FETCH-DIRECT 190. If the job
SEND-DIRECT 190 is set t o "running" in the status word, a
further job with the number 190 (e.g. FETCH 190) can only
be started when SEND-DIRECT 190 i s " fi nished", with or
without errors.
6
CP 544 Write Data - PSEUDO-WRITE (SEND 190 - 199)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 37
6.3.7 Check Job Status (CONTROL)
Check Job Sta tus (CONTROL)The CONTROL job copies the status of the respective job
in to the defined status word. The job status provides
information on the processing states of the jobs.
The data handling block can be cal led at any position in the
program. It has the following two modes:
•CONTROL-ALL (job number = 0)
In the Low byte of the status word ANZW, the
CONTROL-ALL function indicates which job is currentl y
being processed by the CP 544. 0 is indicated in the low
byte of the ANZW during processing of a partner job.
The byte number of the coordination fl ag i s indi cated if it
is the last data transfer, or DEH is indicated i f you are
working without coordination flags.
•CONTROL-DIRECT (job number ≠ 0)
A job status exists in the interface for each job. I t is
handled by the interface and indicates whether a job is
(still) running or if it has been terminated without an error
or with a speci fic error. The CONTROL-DIRECT function
transfers the job s tatus selected by the parameter A-NR
into the status word.
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Interface number
A-NR D KY Numbe r o f job to be monitored
ANZW I W Status word:
this contains the result of the scan
PAFE Q BY Parameterization err or status
Check Job Sta tus (CONTROL) CP 544
6 - 38 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.8 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
SEND-DIRECT 189
You can al so assign parameters to the device interfaces of
the CP 544 using the speci al job
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
•SEND-DIRECT 189
You must assign the parameters for each devi ce interface
separatel y. The devi ce interface is indirectly defined by the
fixed assignment between page frame number and device
interface. You must store the configured data sets in a data
block for each device interface. The data blocks can then be
transferred to the CP using the job SEND-DIRECT 189.
The following tables l ist the values with which you can
parameterize the types of coupling, and how you must
configure the data blocks used for this. All numbers are
represented in hexadecimal notation.
Note that you must additionall y call a SEND-ALL block in
order to transmit the parameterization data block.
The SEND-DIRECT 189 is entered into the queue. The
queue is deleted once the job has been executed, and the
device interface switched to passive. Following successful
parameter assignment ("Job compl eted without errors" i s
indicated in the status word), you can restart the device
interface using the special job SEND-DIRECT 202. You can
transmit data via this device interface as soon as this job has
also been completed without errors.
Chapters 3 to 5 describe the parameters for the individual
coupli ng types in detail.
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 39
Generating the
parameter blocks
You can generate the parameter blocks either using the
followi ng parameter tables or using COM PP.
Proceed as fol lows if you wi sh to generate the parameter
blocks usi ng COM PP:
•Generate parameters for both device interfaces using
COM PP
•Leave COM P P and call the program for the CPU using
the STEP 5 package LAD/CSF/STL
•Transfer the DX1 and DX2 t o the program for the CPU in
succession using the transfer function.
Please note that you must change the names of the
destination blocks when transferri ng the parameter blocks,
since blocks DX1 and DX2 are reserved in the CPU for
special functions.
Example:
TRANSFER SOURCE: B: CP EXAMPLE
BLOCK: DX1
TO DESTINATION: FD
BLOCK: DB11
Note
You must select the length of the parameter block such
that all data relevant to the speci al link type can be
transmitted. Thus you must transfer at least 41 data words
for the 3964/3964R procedures. The remaini ng data words
are automaticall y set t o 0000 by the CP.
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 40 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter sets for data transmission w ith the RK 512 computer link
•Data words 0 to 19
contai n the link type and the pointers to all required para-
meters and parameter sets.
•Data words 30 to 40
contai n the static parameter set.
•Data words 600 to 699
contai n a comment field.
•Data words 700 to 1263
contai n the dynamic parameter sets .
Note
Please note that all data words whi ch are not used must
be set to 0000.
Data words 37 to 40 are only evaluated if you have
entered 0003 or 0004 as the mode.
The s tandard values fo r modes 0001 and 0002 are:
Mode 0001 Mode 0002
Character delay time 220 ms 220 ms
Acknowledge ment delay time 550 ms 2000 m s
Number o f connection atte mpts 6 6
Num ber o f repetitions 6 6
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 41
Parameter DW Range of
values Meaning
0 4D41 Master
1 534B Slave
2 5331 or
5332 Interf ace S I1 o r
SI2
Link type 3 0020 RK 512 computer link
Pointer to static
parameter set 4 5801 or
5802 DX No. 1 or
DX No. 2
5 001E DW No. 1E (30 decimal) onwards
Pointer to dynamic
parameter sets 6 5801 or
5802 or
0000
DX No. 1 or
DX No. 2
If the CP 544 only receives
7 02BC or
0000 Fro m DW No. 2BC (700 deci mal) onwards
If the CP 544 only receives
8 -
29 0000 Not used
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps (only with V.24/RS422-A/485 module)
38400 bps (only with RS422-A/485 module)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
( * maximum total baud rate 76800)
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per character 32 0008 8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Ta ble 6.2 Para meteri zation of RK 51 2 compu ter link with out C OM PP
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 42 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
- 34 0000 Not used
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
35 0001
0002
0003
0004
RK 512 with 3964 procedure with default values
RK 512 with 3964R procedure with defaul t values
RK 512 with 3964 procedure and selectable values
RK 5 12 wit h 3964R procedure and selectable values
Priority 36 0000
0001 Low
High
Character delay
time1) 37 0001 to
FFFF Moni toring ti me 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Acknowledgement
delay time1) 38 0001 to
FFFF Moni toring ti me 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Number of
connection attempts 39 0001 to
00FF Num ber (rang e of values 1 to 255)
Number of
repetitions 40 0001 to
00FF Num ber (rang e of values 1 to 255)
600 ff. Comment field (max. 180 characters)
1) Please observe the smallest permissible values depending on the baud rate
(see Table "Acknowledgement delay time" in Section 3.3.2.1)
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 43
Job No. DW Parameter Meaning
1 SEND/FETCH job with job number 1 under RK 51 2 computer link
700 41xx or
45xx SEND job
FETCH job
xx Type of data to be transmitted:
44 Data bl ock
45 Input bytes
4D Flag bytes
5A Counters
53 Absolute addresses
58 Extended DB
41 Output bytes
50 I/O bytes
54 Timers
42 System addresses
701 xxyy Data destination No./dat a sourc e No. xx, starting at DW No. yy
702 xxyz xx Byte number of coordination flag1)
Range of values 00 to EF (0 to 223)
y CPU number
Range of values 1 to 4 ( or 0,F)2)
z Bit number o f coordination flag
Range of values 0 to 7 o r F3)
2 SEND/FETCH job with job number 2
703
704
705
...
...
188 SEND/FETCH job with job number 188
1261
1262
1263
1) You must ente r the value FFH if you do not define a coordi nati on flag, otherwise the job
will be terminated with an e rror.
2) The CPU number of the partner is only relevant if you exchange data wi th several CPUs
vi a a CP 544, CP 525 or CP 524 wi th a mult i-processor PLC (S5-135U, S5-155U)
0H is present here i f you enter a coordination flag but not a CPU.
FH is pr esent here i f you do not enter a CPU or a coordinat ion fl ag.
All CPUs are possible in the par tner in both cases.
3) FH is present here if you do not enter a coordination flag.
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 44 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter sets for data transmission with the 3964 an d 3964R procedures
•Data words 0 to 19
contai n the link type and the pointers to all required para-
meters and parameter sets.
•Data words 30 to 40
contai n the static parameter set.
•Data words 600 to 699
contai n a comment field.
Note
Please note that all data words whi ch are not used must
be set to 0000.
Data words 37 to 40 are only evaluated if you have
entered 0003 or 0004 as the mode.
The standard values for modes 0001 and 0002 are :
Mode 0001 Mode 0002
Character delay ti me 220 ms 220 ms
Acknowl edgement delay time 550 ms 2000 ms
Number of connection attempts 6 6
Number of repetitions 6 6
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 45
Parameter DW Range of
values Meaning
0 4D41 Master
1 534B Slave
2 5331/5332 Interface SI1/ SI2
Link type 3 0031 Data t ransmission with 3964/ 3964R
Pointer to
static parameter set 4 5801 or
5802 DX No. 1 or
DX No. 2
5 001E DW No. 1E (30 decimal) onwards
6 - 10 0000 Not used
Pointer to receive
mailbox 11 44xx or
58xx or
0000
DB No. xx or
DX No. xx
If CP 544 does not receive any data
12 xxxx or
0000 DW No. xx onwards
If CP 544 does not receive any data
13 xxxx
or
0000
Length of receive mailbox in words
(range of values 0002 to 0801)
If CP 544 does not receive any data
Communication
flag, CPU No. 14 4Dxx
0000 Flag byte xx
If a communi cation flag is not used
15 00xy CPU No. x (range of values 1 to 4, 0 and F) 1)
Communication flag bit y
(range of values 0 to 7 or F)2)
16 - 19 0000 Not used
1) The CPU numb er is only relevant if the CP 544 in a multi-processor
PLC (S5-135U/S5-155U) exchanges data with several CPUs.
0H is p resen t here if you enter a coordination flag but not a CPU.
FH is present here if you do not enter a CPU or a coordination flag.
All CPUs are possible in both cases.
2) FH is present here if you do not enter a coordination flag.
Ta ble 6.3 Parame teri zation of 3964 /39 64R pro ce dures without COM PP
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 46 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps (only with V.24 /RS422-A/485 modul e)
38400 bps (only with RS422-A/485 modul e)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
(* maximum total baud rate 76800 )
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per charac ter 32 0006
0007
0008
6 bits per character
7 bits per character
8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
-340000
Not used
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
35 0001
0002
0003
0004
3964 procedure with default values
3964R procedure with default values
3964 procedure and selectable values
3964R procedure and selectable values
Priority 36 0000
0001 Low
High
Character delay time1) 37 0001 to
FFFF Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Acknowledgement
delay time1) 38 0001 to
FFFF Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
Number of
connection attempts 39 0001 to
00FF Number (range of values 1 to 255)
Number o f repetitions 40 0001 to
00FF Number (range of values 1 to 255)
600 f f. Comment field (max. 180 characters)
1) Please observe the smallest permissible values depending on the baud rate
(see Table "Acknowledgement delay time" in Section 3.3. 2.1)
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 47
Parameter sets for data transmission w ith the open dr iver
•Data words 0 to 19
contai n the link type and the pointers to all required para-
meters and parameter sets.
•Data words 30 to 40
contai n the static parameter set.
•Data words 600 to 699
contai n a comment field.
Note
Please note that all data words whi ch are not used must
be set to 0000.
Data words 0 to 19 are the same for all four data
transmissi on modes wi th an open driver.
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 48 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Parameter DW Range of
values Meaning
0 4D41 Master
1 534B Slave
2 5331/5332 Interface SI1/SI2
Link type 3 0030 Data transmission with open driver
Pointer to static
parameter set 4 5801 or
5802 DX No. 1 or
DX No. 2
5 001E DW No. 1E (30 decimal) onwards
6 - 10 0000 Not used
Pointer to
receive mailbox 11 44xx or
58xx or
0000
DB No. xx or
DX No. xx
If CP 544 does not receive any data
12 xxxx or
0000 DW No. xx onwards
If CP 544 does not receive any data
13 xxxx
or
0000
Length of receive mailbox in words
(range of values 0002 to 0801)
If CP 544 does not receive any data
Communication
flag, CPU No. 14 4Dxx
0000 Flag byte xx
If a coordination flag is not used
15 00xy CPU No. x ( range of values 1 to 4, 0 and F)1)
Com munication flag bit y
(range of values 0 to 7 or F)2)
16 - 19 0000 Not used
1) The CPU number i s only relevant if the CP 544 in a multi-processor
PLC (S5- 135U/S5-155U) exchanges data with several CPUs.
0H is present here if you ente r a coordination flag but not a CPU.
FH is present here if you do not enter a CPU or a coordination flag.
2) FH is present here if you do not enter a coordination flag.
Table 6.4 Para meteri zation of op en driver with out C OM PP
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 49
Static parameter set for mode 1
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps (only with V.24 /RS422-A/485 modul e)
38400 bps (only with RS422-A/485 modul e)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
(* maximum total baud rate 76800 )
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per charac ter 32 0006
0007
0008
6 bits per character
7 bits per character
8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow control 34 0000
0001
0002
None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Mode 1 35 0001 Fixed useful data length (character delay time)
36 0000 Not used
Character delay
time1) 37 0001 to
FFFF Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
38 - 40 0000 Not used
600 ff. Comment field (max. 180 characters)
1) Please observe the smallest permissible values depending on the baud rate
(see Table "Acknowledgement delay time" in Section 3.3. 2.1)
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 50 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Static parameter set for mode 2
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps ( only with V.24/RS422-A/485 m odule)
38400 bps ( only with RS422-A/485 module)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
(* maximum total baud rate 76800 )
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per charac ter 32 0006
0007
0008
6 bits per character
7 bits per character
8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow control 34 0000
0001
0002
None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Mode 2 35 0002 Vari able useful data length (end character)
36 0000 Not used
Character delay
time1) 37 0001 to
FFFF Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
38 - 40 0000 Not used
1st end code 41 0000
00xx 1st end code, no 2nd end code
1st end code (range of values 01-FF)
2nd end code 42 0000
00xx No 2nd end code
2nd end code (range of values 01-FF)
600 ff. Comment field (max. 180 characters)
1) Please observe the smallest permissible values depending on the baud rate
(see Table "Acknowledgement delay time" in Section 3.3.2. 1)
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 51
Static parameter set for mode 3
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps (only with V.24 /RS422-A/485 modul e)
38400 bps (only with RS422-A/485 modul e)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
(* maximum total baud rate 76800 )
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per charac ter 32 0006
0007
0008
6 bits per character
7 bits per character
8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow control 34 0000
0001
0002
None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Mode 3 35 0003 Fixed useful data length, unsymmetrical
36 0000 Not used
Character delay
time1) 37 0001 to
FFFF Monitoring time 0.01 s to 655.35 s
(steps: 10 ms)
38 - 42 0000 Not used
Fixed message
length on
reception
43 0001 to
1000 Message length in bytes
600 ff. Comment field (max. 180 characters)
1) Please observe the smallest permissible values depending on the baud rate
(see Table "Acknowledgement delay time" in Section 3.3. 2.1)
Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189) CP 544
6 - 52 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Static parameter set for mode 4
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Baud ra te 30 0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
000A
000B
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps (only with V.24 /RS422-A/485 module)
38400 bps (only with RS422-A/485 module)
76800 bps* (only with RS422-A/485 module)
( * maximum total baud rate 76800)
Parity 31 0000
0001
0002
No
Odd
Even
Bits per charac ter 32 0006
0007
0008
6 bits per character
7 bits per character
8 bits per character
Stop bits 33 0001
0003 1 stop bit
2 stop bits
Flow control 34 0000
0001
0002
None
XON/XOFF
RTS/CTS
Mode 4 35 0004 Printer output
36-40 0000 Not used
1st end code 41 0000
00xx 1st end code, no 2nd end code
1st end code (range of values 01-FF)
2nd end code 42 0000
00xx No 2nd end code
2nd end code (range of values 01-FF)
43 0000 Not used
Waiting time following
transmission of CR 44 0000 to
00FF Range of values 0 to 2550 ms
Waiting time following
transmission of LF 45 0000 to
00FF Range of values 0 to 2550 ms
Waiting time following
transmission of FF 46 0000 to
00FF Range of values 0 to 2550 ms
Lines per page 47 0000 to
00FF Range of values 1 to 255
(including header/footer lines)
6
CP 544 Assign Device Interface Parameters (SEND 189)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 53
Parameter DW Range
of values Input
Left margin 48 0000 to
00FF Number of space s, 1 to 255
Spaceholder for
page number 49 00xx Spaceholder xx in header or foote r, 20H to 7EH
Number of header
lines 50 0000
0001
0002
Numbers of footer
lines 51 0000
0001
0002
Line terminator o r
delimiter 52 0001
0002
0003
CR
LF
CR LF
53 Header and footer including delimi ter f rom DW 52
(m ax. 55 4 char act ers )
600 ff. Comment fiel d (max. 180 characters)
Read Parameters of a Device Interface (RECEIVE 189)
6.3.9 Read Parameters of a Device Interface (RECEIVE 189)
RECEIVE-DIRECT 189
Using the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 189
you can read the parameters which you have generated
using the j ob SEND-DIRECT 189.
For this purpose you must specify a data bl ock into which the
parameters are read.
You can select the size of the data block between 1 and
2043 words. You must additionally call a RECEIVE-ALL for
the transmission.
The RECEIVE-DIRECT is entered into the queue.
Read Parameters of a Device Interface (RECEIVE 189) CP 544
6 - 54 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.10 Read Error Message Area of SYSTA T (RECEIVE 200)
Read Error Message Area of SYS TAT (RECEIVE 200)The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data area in the
dual-port RAM of the CP 544. Once the CP has detected an
error, it enters the associated error number in the error
message area of the SYSTAT. You determine how the CPU
is to react to this by programming your STEP 5 program
accordingly on the CPU.
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 20 0
The CPU reads the error message area of the SYSTAT for
the defined page frame of the CP using the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 200.
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
You define the area in the CPU (destination area) into whi ch
the error message area of the SYSTAT is to be transmitted
by means of the parameter settings of the RECEIVE-DIRECT
200. This shoul d be a data block.
The RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 is onl y executed if an error
number has been entered in the error message area of the
SYSTAT since the bi t "RECEIVE job ready" is only set in the
ANZW (bit 0) in this case.
In certain cases (e.g. no SYNCHRON carried out or restart
error of CP 544), the error message area cannot be read via
the RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 (see Section 6.3.12 "Read
Complete SYSTAT").
For mat o f destination
area
If error numbers have been entered in the error message
area, these are present in the selected area in the CPU (e.g.
in the data block) following reading with RECEIVE-DIRECT 200.
Destination length
The destination length must be a t l east two words.
6
CP 544 Read Error Message Area of SYSTAT (RECEIVE 200)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 55
DL DR
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DW 0 F U B Error number 1
DW 1 Error number 2 Error number 3
Explanations on
desti nation area
DW Bit Status Meaning
DL 0 Bit
7,6,5,4 Irrelevant
Bit 3
(F) 0
1
No error in SYSTAT (not following
executed RECEIVE-DIRECT 200)
Error e ntered in SYSTAT
This bit is always set with error entries -
i.e. you can thus check whether data have
been transmitted with RECEIVE-DIRECT
200. (You must have previously also set
the recei ve area on the CPU to 0.)
Bit 2
(U) 0
1
No error overflow
(max. 3 error entries)
Error overflow (more than 3 errors)
Bit 1
(B) 0
1No BREAK on the interface
BREAK on the inter face
Bit 1 indi cates the current st atus and does
not mean an error in all cases. The er ror
status BR EAK is only dependent on the
error number in DR 0, DL 1 and DR 1.
The current BREAK st atus can only be
indicated here if a coupling mode has
been loaded and started.
Bit 0 Irrelevant
DR 0
DL 1
DR 1
Error message 1
Error message 2
Error message 3
00 = no error
Read Error Message Area of SYSTAT (RECEIVE 200) CP 544
6 - 56 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.11 Delete Error Message Area of SYS TA T (RESET 200)
RESET-DIRECT 200
The CPU resets the error message area of the SYSTAT
specific to the page frame using the job
•RESET-DIRECT 200.
All entr ies are del eted with the exception of the BREAK bits (B).
Delete Error Message Area of SYSTAT (RESET 200)
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
Parameters
The block requires the followi ng parameters:
Param. Mode Type Meaning
SSNR D KY Inter face n umbe r
A-NR D KY Number of job to be reset (200)
PAFE Q BY Parameterization error status
The error message area of the SYSTAT is not deleted by a
SYNCHRON call.
The CP 544 can enter up to 3 error numbers into the error
message area. If further errors occur, these cannot be
signal led if the "old" entries have not been del eted. Therefore
the error message area must be reset sufficiently early using
a RESET-DIRECT 200.
The destinati on area in the CPU should al so be r eset.
6
CP 544 Delete Error Message Area of SYSTAT (RESET 200)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 57
6.3.12 Read Complete SYSTAT (RECEIVE 221)
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 22 1
In addition to the error message area of the SYS TAT, the
complete SYSTAT of the CP can also be read using the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 221.
The read area then contains the error message area for both
interfaces (i n bytes 4 to 10). This job can also be executed if
no error numbers are entered.
Read Complete SYS TA T (RECEIVE 221)
In certain cases (e.g. no SYNCHRON carried out or restart
error of CP 544), the SYSTAT cannot be read via the
RECEIVE-DIRECT 221. I t must then be read directly out of
the dual-port RAM (starting at address F660H).
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
Destination length
A destination length greater than or equal to 32 bytes (= 16
words) is required.
Note that you must set a frame size of at least 32 bytes i n
the SYNCHRON.
Read Complete SYS TAT (RECEIVE 221) CP 544
6 - 58 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The transmitted area has the following format:
DL DR
1514131211109 876543210
DW 0 Irrelevant RUN STP Irrelevant
DW 1 Irrelevant Irrelevant TST
DW 2 F 2 U 2 B 2 F 1 U 1 B 1 F 4 U 4 B 4 F 3 U 3 B 3
DW 3 Error number 1 from page frame 1 Error number 2 from page fr ame 1 +
DW 4 Error number 3 from page f rame 1 Error number 1 from page fr ame 2
DW 5 Error number 2 from page f rame 2 Error number 3 from page fr ame 2
DW 6 Error number 1 from page frame 3 Error number 2 from page fr ame 3 +
DW 7 Error number 3 from page f rame 3 Error number 1 from page fr ame 4
DW 8 Error number 2 from page f rame 4 Error number 3 from page fr ame 4
DW 9 F 6 U 6 B 6 F 5 U 5 B 5 F 8 U 8 B 8 F 7 U 7 B 7
DW 10 Error number 1 from page frame 5 Error number 2 from page frame 5 +
DW 11 Error number 3 from page frame 5 Error number 1 from page fr ame 6
DW 12 Error number 2 from page frame 6 Error number 3 from page fr ame 6
DW 13 Error number 1 from page frame 7 Error number 2 from page frame 7 +
DW 14 Error number 3 from page frame 7 Error number 1 from page fr ame 8
DW 15 Error number 2 from page frame 8 Error number 3 from page fr ame 8
The individual bits have the following meanings:
RUN set: mode selector is in RUN position
STP set: mode selector is in STOP position
TST set: mode selecto r is in TEST position
F bit set: at least 1 error has been entered
U bit set: more t han 3 errors have occurred
B bit set: a BREAK is present on the receive line.
6
CP 544 Read Complete SYS TAT (RECEIVE 221)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 59
6.3.13 Scan Status (RECEIVE 205)
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 20 5
You can use the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 205
Scan Status (RECEIV E 205)to scan the status of the addressed device i nterface and the
complete module.
When parameterizing the RECEIVE-DIRECT 205, you define
the area in the CPU (destination area) in which the s tatus is
to be transmitted. This should be a data block.
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
Destination length
The destination length must be one word.
The status word has the fol lowing format:
Bit Status
0
1
2
3
CP 544 in RUN
CP 5 44 i n STOP
CP 544 in TEST
CP 544 in error status
4
5
6
7
SI (addressed device interface) not in operation
SI configuration faulty
SYNCHRON has n ot ye t ar rived
SI ready
8
9
10
11
SI is being reparameterized (INIT)
SI stopped (SW-STOP)
SI enabled (following INIT/SW-STOP)
Still vacant
12
13
14
15
SI in RUN (ready)
SI in TEST (ready)
SI in STOP ( ready)
Still vacant
Scan Status (RECEIV E 205) CP 544
6 - 60 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.14 Start Device Interface (SEND 202)
SEND-DIRECT 202
You can use the job
•SEND-DIRECT 202
Start Device Interface (SEND 202)to start a device interface from the S TEP 5 program. You
must do this e.g. foll owing a SEND 189 job (assign
parameters to device interface).
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
The device interface is only started if the job has been
signal led in the s tatus word with "Job ready without errors".
The data can be transmi tted i f the device interface has
already been parameterized (SEND 189 job).
The parameters QTYP, DBNR, QANF and QLAE have no
significance.
6.3.15 Stop Device Interface (RESET 202)
RESET-DIRECT 202
You can use the job
•RESET-DIRECT 202
to stop a device interface from the S TEP 5 program.
Refer to Section 2.10 to find out how the modul e responds
followi ng a stop job.
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
6
CP 544 Start Device I nterface (SEND 202)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 61
6.3.16 Import Mo de-specific Static Parameters (SEND 203)
SEND-DIRECT 203
You can use the job
•SEND-DIRECT 203
to import the mode-speci fic parameters of the static
parameter set (starting at data word 35) wi thout stopping the
device interface (parameters DW 0 to DW 34 are not
influenced).
Import Mode-specific S tatic Parameters (SEND 203)
This job i s required for mode 4 of the link type "Open driver"
in order to be able to modi fy the parameters for printi ng
without resetting the device interface.
Refer to the description of the SEND-DIRECT 189 for the
parameters of the open driver in mode 4.
Note that you must addi tionally call a SEND-ALL block fo r
the transmission of the parameter block.
The SEND-DIRECT 203 is entered i nto the queue. Once the
job has been executed, all further j obs are carried out with
the modified parameter settings. In contrast to SEND 189,
the device interface need not be restarted.
Note
You must only use the SEND-DIRECT 203 to transmit the
parameters described i n Section 6.3.8 starting at data word
35 (mode) (see also notes and paragraph "Generating the
parameter bl ocks" in Section 6.3.8).
You must select the length of the parameter block such
that all data relevant to the speci al link type are
transmitted. Thus you must transmit at least 6 data words
for the 3964/3964R procedure. The other data words are
automatically set to 0000 by the CP.
All unused data words must contain 0000.
Import Mode-specific Static Parameters (SEND 203) CP 544
6 - 62 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.17 Read Hardware Parameters (RECEIVE 204)
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 20 4
You can use the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 204
Read Hardware Parameters (RECEIVE 204)to read the hardware parameters (page number, number of
pages, enabl ed coordination flag area) wi thout having to
remove the module. The job i s not entered i nto the queue
but is immediately executed on the CP followi ng triggering
and thus overtakes the jobs entered i n the queue.
You define the area in the CPU (destination area) into whi ch
the hardware parameters are to be transmitted by means of
the parameter settings of the RECEIVE-DIRECT 204. This
should be a data block. The following Fig. shows the format
of the fi rs t two words, words 3 to 16 are reserved.
Destination length
The destination length must be a t l east 16 words.
You must set a frame size of at least 32 bytes in the
SYNCHRON.
High byte (DL) Low byte (DR)
Word 1
High byte (DL)
Reserved Page number
Word 2
01672345
Low byte (DR)
01672345
01672345
01672345
(00 corresponds to page 0)
Number of pages per SI
(01 = 1page/SI
10 = 2 pages/SI
11 = 4 pages/SI)
Communication flag area
(FFH means that all communication flags are disabled)
224-
255 192-
223 160-
191 128-
159 96-
127 64-
95 32-
63 0-
32
22222222 Signifi-
cance
01672345
6
CP 544 Read Hardware Parameters (RECEIVE 204)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 63
6.3.18 Set Date and Time (SEND 218)
SEND-DIRECT 218
You can use the job
•SEND-DIRECT 218
– to set the time on the CP 544 and
– to define the time master or time sl ave function using the
CPU.
Set Date and Time (SEND 218)
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
A CP 544 can be defined either as the ti me master or the
time slave.
•Time slave
The CP initially responds as a time slave following a
power-up. It can update its own date and time, but the
CPU cannot read these.
•Time master
The master del ivers the system time, i.e. it must be abl e
to provide this at al l times.
If the CPU wishes to synchronize these CPs (at regular
intervals or fol lowing certain events), it reads the system time
from the time master and sets all time slaves using this time.
The time slaves need not carry out unnecessary updating
operations.
The CPU can set the date and time on a CP 544 at any
time. However, it can only read the date and time of the
CP 544 if this has previously been declared as the time
master.
Set Date and Time (SEND 218) CP 544
6 - 64 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The date/time area which is transmitted when readi ng or
writing has the foll owing format:
DL DR
DW 0 Bit 0 = master identification
1 = master
0 = slave
0
DW 1 1/100 s s
DW 2 min h
DW 3 Day Month
DW 4 Year 0
The date and time are BCD-coded and must be entered in
the data format "KH" (hexadecimal).
Job number 218 is defined on the CP 544 for the jobs
"Read/write date and ti me".
The CPU declares the CP as the master or slave by means
of the job SEND-DIRECT 218. The CPU can also
simultaneously transfer the date and time to the CP.
Whether the CPU transfers the date and time depends on
the defined source length (QLAE = length of data to be
transmitted):
– QLAE = 1 word
The CP 544 is declared as the master/slave by the
contents of bit 0 (least signi ficant bi t) in the fi rs t byte;
master: bit 0 = 1/slave: bit 0 = 0.
In the case of a restart or warm restart of the CPU,
SEND-DIRECT 218 must be called for the CP which
is to become the master by using QLAE = 1 and master
bit 0 = 1.
The date and time on the CP 544 are not changed by
QLAE = 1.
6
CP 544 Set Date and Time (SEND 218)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 65
– QLAE = 5 words
The CP is declared as the master/slave by means of
the master identification, and the date and time are
transferred.
Note that the master identification must be set when
transferring the time to a master which is to remain the
master.
The time is checked for consistency when writing. The SEND
job is rejected in the case of an error. 7 is output i n the
status word ANZW, and 1DH in the SYSTAT.
Remember that the date and time are onl y accepted by the
CP during the handshake (synchronization via inputs or
followi ng reading of another clock).
The source from which the data are transferred to the CP
should be a data block.
The CP 544 can be declared as the time master on one or
both device interfaces. The date and time can onl y be read
on the device interface on which the CP has been declared
as the master.
If the CP on one device interface has been declared as the
master and then on the other device interface as the slave,
the CP becomes the time slave on both device interfaces.
The following occurs: the error number 1F is entered in
SYSTAT when reading the date/time from the first device
interface. The handshake is not carried out when reading
from the second device interface since the bit "RECEIVE job
ready" is not set in the ANZW (bit 0). An error message does
not appear.
SYNCHRON does not influence the master/slave response.
Set Date and Time (SEND 218) CP 544
6 - 66 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.3.19 Read Date and Time (RECEIVE 218)
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 21 8
You can use the job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 218
to read the clock on the CP 544 from the CPU.
Read Date and Time (RECEIVE 218)
This assumes that the CP has previously been declared as
the time master by means of SEND-DIRECT 218.
You shoul d als o us e a da ta blo ck as t he de stinat io n in t his ca se.
Destination length
The destination length must be 5 words.
The read data are only meaningful if the date and time have
been set at least once following insertion of the module
(using SEND-DIRECT 218, length: 5 words).
The date and time are BCD-coded and must be entered in
the data format "KH" (hexadecimal).
6
CP 544 Read Date and Ti me (RECEIVE 218)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 67
6.3.20 Read SYSI D (RECEIVE 223)
Read SYSID (RECEIVE 223)An identification area i s specified on every CP 544. The
CP 544 is described in the SYSID i dentification area and
contains information on:
•The module
•The memory submodule
•The interface assignment
•The output statuses of the loaded software etc.
RECE IVE -DIR ECT 22 3
The job
•RECEIVE-DIRECT 223
can be used by the CPU to read the SYSID of the CP 544.
The job i s not entered in to the queue but is immediately
executed on the CP foll owing triggering and thus overtakes
the jobs entered i n the queue.
Frame length
A prerequi si te is a frame size ≥ 128 byte, i.e. the BLGR
data: KY 0.4/KY 0.5/KY 0.6 on the SYNCHRON.
Destination length
A destination length ≥ 64 words i s also requi red.
"Ready with error" and error number 7 are entered in the
status byte and the number 1E in the error message area of
the SYSTA T if the frame size is smaller than 128 bytes.
The SYSID area is not transmitted in this case.
15H is indicated in the ANZW instead of 45H if fewer data
are transmi tted than specified.
The SYSID can al so be read directly out of the dual-port
RAM wi thout data handling blocks (address F680H onwards) .
Refer to your PLC Manual for more details.
Read SYSID (RECEIVE 223) CP 544
6 - 68 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Format of the SYSID identi ficatio n area
The SYSID contains a number of parameters which identi fy
the CP. Each parameter is termi nated by a carri age return
(C R = 0 BH, is count ed in the nu mber of byt es). Non -assig ned
parameters onl y consist of CR. Some parameters have
different meanings for different types of memory submodules.
All parameters are represented in ASCII.
These parameters have the fol lowing format with the CP 544:
Parameter No.
(max. length) Description
0
(10 bytes) Memory submodule identification/capacity
F-EPROM: e.g. 374-2FH21 present here for
Order No. 6ES5374-2FH21
RAM: Storage capacity of module
RAM xxxkW, e.g . xxx = 64
1
(6 bytes) CP 544 module identification
2
(3 bytes) CP firmware ve rsion
3
(20 bytes) Syste m identi fication from memory submodule or
internal parame ter memory
4
(9 bytes) Date of parameter generation
5 to 7
(1 byte each) Not used with CP 544
8
(8 bytes) Password for writing the SYSID area by means
of COM
9
(6 bytes) COM version with which the CP is parameterized
10
(6 bytes) PROM software version which is used to
program the memory submodule
6
CP 544 Read SYSID (RECEIVE 223)
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 69
Device interface SI 1
Parameter Description Example
11
(9 bytes) Link type RK 512
12
(3 bytes) Version of l ink type nn
13
(9 bytes) Name of SCC driver
(interface driver) ESCC1-1
14
(3 bytes) Version of SCC driver
(interface driver) nn
15
(4 bytes) Module type TTY
Device interface SI 2
Parameter Description Example
16
(9 bytes) Link type 3964
procedure
17
(3 bytes) Version of l ink type nn
18
(9 bytes) Name of SCC driver
(interface driver) ESCC1-1
19
(3 bytes) Version of SCC driver
(interface driver) nn
20
(4 bytes) Module type V.24
nn = Version number
If the device interface is unused, the i nterface-speci fic
parameters are filled by spaces (20H).
Read SYSID (RECEIVE 223) CP 544
6 - 70 C79000-B8576-C191-01
6.4 Multi-processor Mode
It is even more decisive in the case o f multi-processor mode
compared to singl e-processor mode that you careful ly match
the programming of the individual CPUs (STEP 5 programs)
and the CP 544 (CP 544 parameter sets) to one another.
As the complexity of the application increases, you must also
be increasingly careful that you enter the correct numbers of
the various CPUs when assigning parameters to the CP 544.
If several CPUs are to provide jobs for a device interface o f a
CP 544, it is advantageous t o reserve a separate page frame
for each CPU (also refer to information on interface number
in Section 6.2). The number of pages per device interface
must then be set accordingl y.
Note that not more than 20 jobs can be processed
simultaneously on a devi ce interface. If you trigger a 21st
job, this is terminated with error number 07H in the AN ZW
and message 15H in the error message area. You can only
trigger a job again when another job has been terminated
with or without an error.
If jobs with the same job number and the same page number
are programmed on several CPUs, you must design the
STEP 5 programs such that only one CPU can start one of
these jobs a t a specific point in time. All other CPUs must
wait until this job has been signalled as "ready" (wi th or
without errors).
6
CP 544
C79000-B8576-C191-01 6 - 71
Reception of data
In contrast to the RK 512 (where the CPU i s defined
separatel y in the dynamic parameter se t for each job), onl y
one CPU can receive data with the 3964/3964R procedure
and the open driver. The CPU number is defined when
defining the receive mailbox (also refer to information on
interface number in Section 6.2).
Any CPU can access i f a CPU is not defined. The data are
then processed by the CPU which accesses first. The data
are then lost.
CP 544
6 - 72 C79000-B8576-C191-01
How do you Work with the COM PP
Parameter Assignment Software?
Contents of Chapter 7
7 How do you Work with the COM PP
Parameter Assignment Software? . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3
7.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3
7.2 Screen Form T ree Struct ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
7.3 How is the COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
Loaded and Operate d? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7
7.4 How are the Paramet ers Stored? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 16
7.5 What must you Observe when Programming
the EPRO M Submodule?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 17
7
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 1
7 How do you Work with th e COM PP Parameter
Assignment Software?
This chapter explains how you can enter, modify, transfer
and test the parameters for your selected li nk t ype simply
and using menus.
7.1 Function
The ➸ COM PP parameter assignment sof tware package
supports the generati on of the parameters for the various l ink
types on the CP 544 communications processor. You must
generate separate parameter sets for each devi ce interface.
You can carry out the foll owing with COM PP:
•Generate new parameter sets offline or online
•Modify the parameters o f an existing user program offline
or online
•Print parameter sets
•Transfer parameter sets between P G and CP
•Read the info fi le (memory submodule, i nterface
assignments, output versions) on the CP 544
•Delete the two device interfaces of the CP 544
•Execute a CP 544 restart
•Execute test functions.
Refer to the descriptions of the individual link types in
Chapters 3 to 5 for a description of the parameters.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 3
COM PP creates the fol lowing parameter sets:
•Static parameter set
This contai ns all parameters of the physi cal and data link
layers.
•Dynamic parameter sets
(only with RK 512 l ink type)
These contain the partner information (destination or
source) of the RK 512 jobs.
•Definit ion of the receive mail box
(only with data transmission with the 3964/3964R
procedures and the open dri ver)
This contai ns all information on the data area
(data block DB or extended data block DX) on the CPU
which accepts the data to be received.
7.2 Screen Form Tree Structure
The screen forms of the COM PP are divided into vari ous
hierarchical levels according to their functions.
The screen form tree on the following page provides you wi th
a summary of all forms.
Note
If you wi sh to change the floppy disk or the CP during a
COM session, you must return to the 1st section of the
SELECTION form.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Na me of scree n fo rm;
is pr e sen t in the o ve r-
view area o f the form
Softkey menu
(F 1 to F8 )
U se F8 in all s cre en
form s to retu rn by one
hi era rch ica l leve l
85
1
86
86
CONFIGURING
86
85
86
OPEN DRIVER
OPEN DRIVER
STAT. PAR. 1
8
6
385
86
RK 512
RK 512
STAT. PAR.
8
DYN. PAR.
1
1
8
6
3964 PROCEDURE
STAT. PAR.
AAA
A
8
SYSID INFO.
8
RESTART
18
TRANSFER
42
8
DELETE CP 8
PRINT
5
TRANSFER
3964 PROCEDURE
SELECTION SELECTION SELECTION
SELECTION
S5-KOMI
8
TEST FUNCTIONS
A
123 8
86
18
SELECTION
423 65
SELECTION
LANGUAGE SELECTION
8
6
STAT. PAR. 2
385
STAT. PAR. 2
1
8
68
6
STAT. PAR. HEADER STAT. PAR. FOOTER
Fig. 7-1 Tre e with scree n forms of the COM PP para mete r a ssignm en t software
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 5
The followi ng table lists the screen forms in which you can
enter parameters:
Screen form Parameters
LANGUAGE
SELECTION Ger man, English, French
SELECTION Module, program file, SYSID file, path file,
path name, configuring, plant designation ,
generation date, interface
CONFI GURATI ON Link type , comme nt on inter face
OPEN DRIVER CPU No., receive mail box, coordination flags
STAT.PAR. 1 Transmi ssion mode, baud rate, parity, bits
pe r charac ter, stop bits, flow control,
character delay ti me, 1st end identi fier, 2nd
end identifier , fixed message length on
reception
STAT.PAR. 2
(PRINTER) Wait time afte r sending, lines per page, left
margin, placeholders for page number in
header and foot er , number of headers /
footers, line end character
STAT.PAR. 3
(HEADER) Placeholder for page number in header and
footer , li ne no., col umn no.
STAT.PAR. 3
(FOOTER) Placeholder for page number in header and
footer , li ne no., col umn no.
3964/3964R
PROCEDURES CPU No., receive mailbox, coordination flags
STAT.PAR Transmission mode, baud rate, parity, bits
pe r charac ter, stop bits, priority, character
delay time, acknowledgement delay time,
attempts at establishment, number o f
repetitions
DYN.PAR Job No., job, data destination/sour ce, CPU
No. , DB No., desti nation address/source
address, coordination flags
T able 7 .1 Pa ram ete rs in the scre en form s o f COM PP
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Screen form Parameters
TRANSFER Data medium, drive, interface, program name
DELETE CP Dat a medium, inte rface
PRINT Printer file, foote r file, print data block
assignment , print s tatic parameter set, print
dynamic parameter set
SYSID
INFORMATION Submodule, module, firmware ve rsion , plant,
generation date, symbol ic address, industry
bus address, slave no. on PG bus, password,
COM version, PROM version, interface 1/2:
communication p rocess name/version, driver
na me /version, submodule type
TEST FUNCTIONS Number, date, time
7.3 How is the COM PP Parameter Assignment Software Loa-
ded and Operated?
Scope of delivery
COM PP is supplied in two different floppy disk formats (3.5"
and 5.25") under the PCP/M operating system. The sof tware
package comprises:
•The command file S5PXCPPX.CMD and
•text files i n the following languages:
– S5PDCPPX.DAT for German,
– S5PECPPX.DAT for English and
– S5PFCPPX.DAT for French texts.
You can al so use COM PP under the MS-DOS operating
system with the aid of the PCP/M emulator.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 7
Making back-up copies
First of all, please make back-up copies of the floppy disks
you have received. Do not copy the fil es onto HD disks, but
onto disks of the followi ng qual ity depending on the size of
the originals:
Fl oppy disk size Floppy disk qual ity
3.5" DS, DD, 135 TPI
5.25" DS, DD, 96 TPI
If you are working with a programmer from the PG 7xx
family, use the
DISK
floppy disk management program to
copy the originals. You can call this program from the
command line. You can also call
DISK
on a PG 730, PG 750
or PG 770 by pressing function key
F2
when the following
menu has been displayed immediately after booting your PG:
F1: Start S5-DOS
F2: Format , dupli cate and check disks
F6: Load MS-DOS operating system
F7: Load FlexOS operating system
F8: Enter PCP/M-86 commands
You are gui ded through the floppy disk management
program by menus.
When using programmers of the PG 6xx series, you can
format and copy di sks guided by menus using the
DSKMAINT
floppy disk management program.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Transfer COM PP
onto hard disk
First transfer the COM PP files as system fil es onto the hard
disk of your programmer (see also Section 9.4.1 "Install COM
PP").
COM PP under PCP/M
It is assumed that the PCP/M-86 and S5-DOS operating
systems are in user area 0 on the hard disk (as supplied).
The files of these operati ng systems should also have the
attribute SYS (system).
COM PP i n all USER areas
Loading
If you find it more practical to work with COM P P i n several
USER areas, copy all files from the original di sk into USER
area 0 and declare these files as system files by assigning
the attri bute SYS to them. You can then work with COM PP
in al l USE R areas.
Load the S5-DOS operating system using the call "S5". The
S5-DOS command interpreter (S5-KOMI ) is activated. The
S5-KOMI displays the packages you can select.
Starting
Call COM PP by positioning the cursor in front of the COM
PP package and pressing the function key
F1
(PACKAGE).
The initial COM PP screen form then appears.
COM PP in one USER area
Loading
To create program files with COM PP, it is sensible to select
an area other than area 0. Copy all the files from the original
disk in PCP/M format into the USER area you have sel ected.
Starting
Set the hard disk and the USER area containing COM PP in
the command level. The call is the same as when working
with COM P P in a USER area.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 9
COM PP under MS-DOS
Loading
If your PG has only one MS-DOS partition, you can still use
COM PP with the aid of the PCP/M emulator. Use the
command
PCOPY
to copy all COM P P fil es from the original
disk into the directory of your hard disk which contains the
PCP/M emulator and the S TEP 5 basic package.
Starting
You can call COM PP by posi tioning the cursor in front of the
COM PP package i n the S5-DOS command interpreter
(S5-KOMI ) and pressing function key
F1
(PACKAGE). The
initial COM PP screen form then appears.
Working with COM PP
Operation
Your dialog with COM PP is based on screen forms whose
contents are largely self-explanatory.
A screen form consists of four basic areas:
•Overview area
•Configuring area
•Message li ne
•Softkey menu.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Overview area
This area helps you to see where you are in the program; a
path to the current screen form (1st line) and the name of
this form (2nd line) are displayed.
Configuring area
This area contains texts which you cannot change and
inversely displayed i nput and output fields. You can position
the cursor i n i nput and output fields and modify the displayed
parameters or enter new ones.
Message line
The message line displays error messages and processing
messages.
So ftke y menu
An important element of COM PP is the softkey menu
F1
to
F8
. The softkey menu of a screen form shows you the
operations you can carry out wi th the function keys . Each
screen form contains at least one softkey which tells
COM PP to displ ay a new screen form.
F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8
SIMATIC S5 / COM PPLANGUAGE SELECTION -> SELECTION -> CONFIG. ->
STATIC PARAMETER SET
SELECT ENTER HELP RETURN
Transmission mode:
Baud rate:
Parity:
Bits per character:
Stop bits:
Priority:
Character delay time: 10 ms
*
bps
Mode 1: RK 512 WITH 3964 WITH DEFAULT VALUES
EVEN
7
1
LOW
Configuring area
Overview area
Message line
Softkey menu
9600
22
Acknowledgement delay time: 10 ms
*
55
Connection attempts: 6
Repetitions: 6
8
Fig. 7-2 L ayout of a screen form
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 11
You can di spl ay two additional screen areas if necessary:
•Hel p window
•Selection window.
Help window
The hel p function supports you when entering parameters.
You can call a help window for each input field.
Position the cursor within an input fiel d and press
F7
. A help
window is then di spl ayed contai ning information on the input
field you sel ected. The help window is closed again when
you have correctly filled in the corresponding input field.
Selection window
There is a specific number of possible entries for each input
field. You can cal l these fixed options by pressing
F3
. A
different input is then displayed or - if there i s a large number
of possible entries for an input fiel d - a selection window is
opened.
The top entry in the sel ection window is selected when the
window i s opened. You can select a different entry using the
cursor keys. You enter your selection by pressing
F6
(ENTER), and the selection window is then closed.
Input keys
Function keys, cursor keys and S5-specific keys are
avail able fo r COM PP operations.
The significance of the eight keys
F1
to
F8
is displayed in
the softkey menu of the currently displayed screen form. The
cursor keys and the S5-specific keys (for example for cal ling
the help functi on or for deleting characters) are described in
more detail in the reference section.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Page f orwards
Press one of the keys specified in the soft key menu to move
on to the next screen form.
Page backwards
Press
F8
to return t o the previous screen form. In some
cases the softkey menu of the current screen form changes
in to an acknowledgement menu and you are warned in the
message li ne of the risk o f l osi ng the data entered in the
screen form and asked if you wish to save your inputs.
Importing inputs
You can i mport your i nputs by pressing
F6
. All your inputs
are checked by COM PP. Faulty operations are detected,
and the storage of i ncomplete or incorrect data prevented.
F6
has different effects depending on the situation in which
it is pressed:
•The importing of a screen form results in storage of the
entered data and branching to the next operati ng l evel
•An entry sel ected in a selection window is i mported into
the input field, and the selection wi ndow closed.
Importi ng i n a selection wi ndow can also be carried out
by pressing the RETURN key.
Printing parameter
sets
You can output the generated parameter sets and a list of
data blocks used to a printer or into a file. The l og has a
header and footer. The header cannot be modified, the footer
can be specified by a footer fil e. You can specify this footer
file and a printer parameter file in the screen form
PRINT
.
The generation of footer and printer parameter files is not a
component of COM PP, these files can be generated and
edited using the SIMATIC utilities F OOTER and PRINTER.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 13
Transferring
parameter sets
between PG and CP
You can transfer the parameter sets for a device interface
from the P G to the CP and vi ce versa. The destination or
source of the transfer is always the program file which was
set with COM PP.
Read info file to
CP 544
You can use thi s function to read online the firmware version
and the module identifi cation as wel l as the generation date
and the pl ant designati on.
Delete CP 544 device
interfaces
You can del ete the device interfaces of the CP 544. All
parameter sets of a device interface are deleted, it is not
possible to delete individual parameter sets. Error messages
in the message line are not del eted by this functi on.
Execute cold restart of
CP 544
Once you have transferred the parameters for a device
interface to the CP, you can request a cold restart of the CP
using this function. The restart is onl y carri ed out for the
currently selected device interface.
Execute test functions
You can activate the following test functions:
Read error area, delete error area.
The error area is a circulating buffer in which the current
error messages (max. 32) of a device interface are entered
together with their date and time stamp. The same error
numbers are used as are entered in the error message area
of the SYSTA T (see Chapter 8).
Note, however, that the error area which you can read using
COM PP is not identical to the error message area in the
SYSTAT. The error area of COM PP is present once per
device interface, the area message area in the SYSTAT i s
defined for each page f rame.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The function "Delete error area" therefore has no e ffect on
the error message area in SYS TA T. The same applies in the
reverse directi on to the function "Del ete error message area
of SYSTAT".
Change floppy disk
or CP
If you wish to change the floppy disk or CP during a COM
session, you must return to the 1st section of the
SELECTION screen form.
Exiting COM PP
You can exit COM PP and return to S5-KOMI by repeatedly
pressing
F8
(return function). You must react as necessary to
acknowledgement menus.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 15
7.4 H ow are the Parameters Store d?
Program file
The data blocks which you configure using COM PP are
stored in so-called program files where you can select the
first six characters of the name, the remaining component o f
the name is always
ST.S5D.
The first of the si x characters
must always be a letter. Special characters are not permitted
(e.g. !, $, % etc.).
Exampl e:
TEST01ST.S5D
DX1, DX2
The parameters are stored in a data block for each device
interface, i n block DX 1 for device interface 1 and in block
DX 2 for device interface 2.
SYSID file
The SYSID file is required when storing on a PROM outside
the COM PP in the EPROM package. The plant designation
and the generation date are stored in it . The name of the
SYSID fi le corresponds to the name of the program file
except for the ending . ..SD.INI.
You must enter the fil e name in the field "SYSID file" in the
STEP 5 package EPROM so that the plant designation and
generation date are stored in the EPROM.
COM PP Parameter Assignment Software CP 544
7 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
7.5 What must you Obser ve whe n Programming the EPROM
Submodule?
You can find a detailed descripti on o f the EPROM
submodule programming in the STEP 5 manual. You can
only program the EPROM submodul es o n a PG 7xx
programmer with the aid of the STEP 5 basic package ( vers ion
6 and u pward ) .
Please note the followi ng special points:
•If you have created a SYSID file with the COM PP, you
must enter a SYSID fi le in additi on t o the program file in
the screen form "Presets " of the STEP 5 package
EPROM
•You must enter "Word/Field" as the operating mode in
the default screen form
•If you have entered a SYSID file, you must store it in the
EPROM submodule by pressing the keys "E info" and
"SYSID INP" before closing the program file.
7
CP 544 COM PP Parameter Assignment Software
C79000-B8576-C191-01 7 - 17
What must you do if the CP 544 or
COM PP Outputs Error Messages?
Contents of Chapter 8
8 What must you do if the CP 544 or
COM PP Ou tputs Error Messages? . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3
8.1 Which Messages do you Receive from the CP 544? . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3
8.1.1 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL,
Arranged According to Numbers for SYSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
8.1.2 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL,
Arranged According to Numbers for ANZW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3 4
8.1.3 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL,
Arranged According to Numbers for REATEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35
8.2 Which Messages do y ou Receive from COM PP? . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
8
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 1
8 What must you do if the CP 544 or
COM PP Outputs Error Messages?
This chapter tells you which messages are output by the
CP 544 and COM PP. The messages contain a detailed
error descripti on arranged according to error numbers as wel l
as informati on on elimination of the cause.
8.1 Which Messages do you Receive from the CP 544?
Errors which occur during data transmission may be caused
at different positi ons.
CPU reactions
If the CP 544 has detected the errors, they are si gnalled to
the CPU in as much detail as possi ble. You determine how
the CPU is to react by writing your STEP 5 program
accordingly on the CPU.
For example you can request that
•an error message is output on a printer, ei ther vi a
another CP 544, or via the other device interface of the
same CP 544 or via a CP 525,
•the errors are identified on a screen by means of
messages or
•the job is repeated.
Error numbers
Errors are signal led by:
•An error number in the PAFE byte of the data handling block
•An error number in the status word ANZW of the data
handli ng bl ock
•An error number in the e rror mess age area of the SYSTAT
•An error number in the reply message REATEL (the
CP 544 onl y signals an error to the partner in the case of
data transmission with the RK 512 computer link).
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 3
Error numbers in the PAFE byte of t he data handling
bl ock (DHB)
PAFE byte
The PAFE byte is a parameter which you enter when call ing
a DHB. The data handling blocks indicate i n the PAFE byte
whether serious errors have occurred in conj unction with a
CP or whether parameters have been entered incorrectly.
See Section 6.2.2. for a detai led description of the PAFE
byte error messages.
If you receive a PAFE error number, this means that the data
transfer between the CPU and CP could not be started or
has been aborted foll owing unsuccessful attempts.
The followi ng cases are exceptions where the error numbers
91H and C1H coul d mean that no serious errors are present:
•Following a transmi ssion f rom the PG to the CP 544
•If the coordination flag is used incorrectly.
If such exceptions occur on your system, you should initially
repeat the associated job.
Err or numbers in the status w ord ANZW
Status word ANZW
The status word ANZW is also a parameter which you enter
when calli ng a DHB. In the case of DIRECT jobs
(SEND-DIRECT, FETCH-DIRECT, RECEIVE-DIRECT), the
ANZW indicates whether the job is still running or has been
finished.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 4 C79000-B8576-C191-01
An error number is entered in bits 8 to 11 in the ANZW if the
job has been termi nated with an error. Bi t 3 is set in addition:
"Job fini shed with error".
An error number is only entered in the AN ZW if the error
occurred when processing a DIRECT job!
Since only 4 bi ts are availabl e for the error numbers in the
ANZW, one error number usual ly comprises several error
states. As a result of the low number of error numbers, the
ANZW is suitable for eval uation by the STEP 5 program.
The errors are differentiated according to the different error
sources:
No. for ANZW Source
1 to 5 Parameterization errors detected by the CPU of
the PLC and signall ed to the CP
6 Errors detected by the CP during data transfer
between the CPU and CP
7Job cannot be executed, error in j ob parameters
9, A, B, C, D Error during execution of a job, caused by a
faulty reaction or error messages from the partner
E, F E rrors in data transfer between CP 544 and partner
Refer to the tabl es on the following pages for descriptions of
the errors.
Table 8.1 Assign ment between ANZW error messag es and error so urces
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 5
A status byte is reserved in the dual-port RAM for each j ob.
If the CP detects an error which is related to a DIRECT job,
it writes the error number and the bit "Job fi nished wi th error"
into the status byte of the associated job in the dual-port
RAM. To enable the job s tatus to reach the s tatus word, i t is
necessary to
•either cal l the CONTROL DHB with the corresponding
job number in the cycle (OB 1) in the STEP 5 program
•or call the DIRECT j ob (SEND-DIRECT) using the JU
command and RLO = 0.
Err or numbers in the error message area of the SYSTAT
Error m essage area
of the SYSTAT
The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data area in the
dual-port RAM whi ch can be read by the CPU using the
special job RECEIVE-DIRECT 200. The error message area
of the SYSTA T comprises three error message bytes for
each interface and an additional status byte. You can find a
detailed description in Section 6.3.10.
All errors detected by the CP are entered into the error
message area of the SYSTAT . An error number i s
addi tional ly entered i n the status word i f the error occurs in
conjunction with a DIRECT job.
An error number is additionally transmitted in the reply
message to the partner if the error occurs during data
transmission with the RK 512 computer link in conjunction
with a partner job.
The error entry in the SYSTAT is so detai led that i t is
particularly suitable for exact error analysi s during the system
startup.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Evaluation of individual error numbers by the program could
also be possible. Remember that not only serious errors are
entered in the SYSTAT.
The special job RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 for reading the error
message area in the SYSTAT should be cal led in the OB1,
in particular during the system startup. I f errors occur − you
can recognize this i n that the CP sets bit 0 to 1 in the ANZW
of the RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 − the error numbers are
copied into the data block specified as the parameter. If a
programmer is connected to the CPU of the PLC, you can
directly view the errors on the screen in operati ng mode
"STATUS variabl e" or "F ORCE variable" in the STEP 5
package LAD/CSF/STL.
To del ete the error entries in the SYSTAT, call the special job
RESET-DIRECT 200.
Error numbers in the error area which you can read out
via COM PP
The same numbers as those entered in the SYSTA T are also
used for the error area which you can read out via COM PP
(see also Chapter 7).
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 7
The errors are differentiated according to the various error
sources:
No. for SYSTAT Source
1 to 6 Parameterization error detect ed by the CPU of
the PLC and signall ed to the CP.
10 to 14 Error det ected by the CP in the data transfer
between CPU and CP.
15 to 1F System e rror at s tart of job processing.
20 to 2F Error detec ted by the CP during processing o f a
PLC job.
30 to 3A Error det ected by the par tner during processi ng
of a PLC job and passed on to the CP by means
of an error number in the reply message.
40 to 53 Error detected by the CP during processing o f a
partner job.
5E to 5F Reception of a message which cannot be
evaluated.
B0 to B8 Error in data transfe r between PG and CP.
C0 to CA Hardware error on the module.
D0 to FF Error in data transfe r between CP and partner.
Err or numbers in reply message
(only for data t ransmission wi th the RK 512 computer link)
Repl y message
If an er ror s tat us resul t s in co njun ction with a SE ND or FE TCH
mess age of the p art ner, an er ror numbe r is sig nalle d in the 4t h
by te of the repl y m essage . The p art ner jo b is then t ermin ated.
Tab le 8 .2 As signm ent of SYSTAT error mes sa ge s to e rror sour ce s
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The following tables contain detailed descriptions of the error
numbers arranged according to:
•The numbers for ANZW
•The numbers for SYSTAT
•The numbers for REATEL.
The tables also describe how hel p can be obtained!
The numbers of the error messages are specified as
hexadecimal val ues.
The tables generally contain 3 columns wi th error numbers
(No. for ANZW/SYSTAT/REATEL). The error numbers i n the
2nd and 3rd columns correspond to the numbers in the first
column. Please note:
Error numbers are only entered in ANZW and REATEL if a
corresponding job is being executed when the error occurs.
For example:
•If noise occurs on the line during a pause in
transmissi on, the procedure detects a faulty character. It
then generates the error code FEH which i s entered in
the SYSTAT. The ANZW is not changed si nce the error
did not occur during the actual transmission
•If the noi se occurs whilst a PLC job is bei ng sent, and if
the repetitions are not successful, an error number (EH)
is entered in the ANZW in addition to the SYSTAT entry
(FEH).
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 9
The error description always commences with an underlayed
line which i s marked by abbreviations as follows:
RK 512 computer link RK
Data transmission with 3964/R procedure 3964/R
Data transmission with open driver OT
Input example: RK 3964/R
Error description and remedy apply to RK 512 and
3964/R procedure .
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
8.1.1 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL , Arranged
Accordin g to Numbers for SYSTAT
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
Parame terization error s detected by the CPU o f the PLC and
signalled to the CP:
RK 3964/R OT
01 H 0 1H 0A H Source/destination type (e.g. DE)
illegal, Check parameter settings on
CPU and CP and correct if
necessary.
Area (initial address, length)
ill egal (negative value) RK
Partner supplies il legal parameters
in the message header.
RK 3964/R OT
02H 02H 14H DB/DX does not exist or is
illegal (e.g. DB 0, DB 1, DB 2 ,
DX 0, DX 1, DX 2) or
Check paramete r set tings on
CPU and CP, set up the block
if necessary.
0CH other data type does not exist
or is illegal The permissible data types are
li sted i n the job tables.
RK
Partne r supplies incorrec t
parameters in the message header.
RK 3964/R OT
03H 03H 14H DB/DX too short: (initial
address + length)> area or Check parameter settings on
CPU and CP, check block/area
if necessary.
0CH area too short for another data
type (init ial address + len gth) > area RK
Partne r supplies incorrec t
parameters in message header.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 11
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
04H 04H 0AH No access to a rea possible for
user:
e.g. hardware memory too smal l
or input/output module not fi tted
Check paramete r set tings on
CPU and CP. The per missible
initial addresses and lengths
are listed in the job tables.
RK
Partne r supplies incorrec t
parameter in message header.
RK 3964/R OT
05H 05H 0CH Incorrect status word:
group message for all errors
which can be a ttribut ed to the
status word
Check whether the status word
is permitted.
RK 3964/R OT
06H 06H 0AH Erro r indication from CPU to
CP, which cannot interpret i t Evaluate PAFE on data handling
block (STEP 5 program).
RK 3964/R OT
07H - - PAFE byte does not exist or is
illegal Check whether t he PAFE byte
is permitted.
Errors detected by CP in data t ransfe r between CPU and CP:
RK 3964/R OT
10H 06H 0AH Timeout for ALL jobs Check whether RECEIVE-ALL
or SEND-ALL are called in the
STEP 5 program, evaluate
PAFE on data handling block.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
11H 06H - ALL job without request or
DIRECT job despite
overloading or job carried out
on non-synchronized page
Check STEP 5 program, e.g.
error in data handl ing block
(message also possible
foll owing a transmission from
the PG to the CP).
RK 3964/R OT
12H 06H - Err or in data transmission
between CPU and CP Check STEP 5 pr ogram, e .g.
error in data handl ing block
RK 3964/R OT
13H 06H - Unknown job type or il legal job
number with DIRECT job Check STEP 5 program, e. g.
inco rrect param. s e ttin g s for DHB.
RK 3964/R OT
14H 06H - Error in the CP firmware Switch the m odule off and on
again. Replace the module if
necessary.
System errors at beginning of job processing:
RK 3964/R OT
15H 07H - Number o f simultaneously
processed DIRECT jobs too
large for CP 544 (queu e full)
Modify STEP 5 program such
that a maximum of 20 DIRECT
jobs can run simultaneously.
RK 3964/R OT
16H 07H - Current job was terminated with
error status by new
SYNCHRON when restarting
the CP (power up) or carrying
out a cold restart of the CP by
means of the PG
A remedy is not possible for the
power up. In the case of the
cold restart of the CP by means
of the PG, you should ensure
that no more CPU jobs are
being executed before
accessing an i nter face. The
SYNCHRON DHB delete s the
job statuses i n the dual-po rt
RAM, but not the SYSTAT entry!
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 13
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
17H 07H - Area is occupied (resource) Repeat the job.
RK 3964/R OT
18H 07H - Job illegal in this s tatus
(e.g . device interface not
parameterized)
Assign paramet ers to device
interface.
RK 3964/R OT
1DH 07H - Time faulty Check the time p arameters .
RK 3964/R OT
1EH 07H - Frame size too small Select larger frame length for
SYNCHRON.
RK 3964/R OT
1FH 07H - "Read time/date" (RECEIVE-
DIRECT 218) il legal since CP i s
set as time slave
The CP must be set as the time
master prior to reading − this
then applies to the module.
Check whether the CP is set as
a slave on another interface.
Parameterization errors detected by the CP in the STEP 5
progra m (e .g. in the PSEUDO-R/W parameters) or i n the
dynamic parameter set (CP 544 user program):
RK
20H 07H - Dynamic parameter set does
not exist or is faulty or the type
of job (SEND/ FETCH) does
not agree with the arrived job
Set or cor rect the parameters
for this job using COM PP.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
21H 07H - Error with dat a type (DB, QB...) :
unknown data type or data type
illegal (e.g. DE)
The permissible data types and
their combinations are listed in
the job tables.
RK
Data type in DHB p aramete rs is
illegal in conjunction with data
type in dynamic paramete r set
RK 3964/R OT
22H 07H - Initi al addres s specified too
high for desired data type, o r
initial address or DB/DX No. too
low
The permissible initial
addresses and the DB/DX
numbers which may be
specified in the CP 544 user
program or in t he STEP 5
program (PSEUDO-R/W
parameters) are listed in the job
tables.
RK
23H 07H - Coordination flag illegal for this
data type, or incorrec t bit
number entered
Coordination flags are not
permi ssible for all data types.
Check when usi ng the
PSEUDO-R/W f un ction whether
the bit number has been
specified correctly (0 to 7).
RK
24H 07H - CPU number specified too large
for the PSEUDO-R/W
parameters
Permissi ble CPU No.: none, 1,
2, 3 or 4
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 15
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
25H 07H - Transmissi on length illegal See the job tables for valid
lengths.
RK 3964/R OT RK
26H 07H - Transmission length too long
for transmission (> 4 kbyte) . The permissible lengths for
DHBs or PSEUDO-R/W
parame ters are listed in the job
tables.
RK 3964/R OT
Divide the job into several
shorter jobs.
RK 3964/R OT
27H 0CH - Switch at STOP for PLC job. Set the mode selector to t he
RUN position.
RK
28H 0CH - Error when transmitting a
command m essage .
An associated procedure error
numbe r has been entered
directly previously in SYSTAT
(see error numbers E1 to E5
and F8 to FF).
See remedy measures for
precedi ng procedure e rror
numbers.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
Error in reply message from partner, recogni zed by CP:
RK
29H 0CH - Synchronization error of partner
since
- reply message arrived
although no job is running or
- the (continuation) FETCH
message has not y et been
sent or
- a continuation reply message
has been received following
the transmission of a FETCH
message or
- a reply message has been
received following the
transmission of a continuation
FETCH message.
This error is signalled following
the cold re start of the own PLC
in the case of long messages
or with the cold resta rt of the
partner. This is a normal startup
reponse of the system and
need not be corrected.
The error may also occur
during opera tion as a resul t of
previous error s tatuse s which
have only been detected by the
partner.
Otherwise you can assume that
the partner has responded
incorrec tly. The error may not
occur with jobs < 128 byte .
RK
2AH 0BH - Error in format of received reply
message: 1st byte not 00H or
FFH
Prove faulty re sponse o f
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
RK
2BH 0BH - Received reply message
following FETCH job has t oo
much data.
RK
2CH 0BH - Received reply message
following FETCH job has t oo
few data.
RK
2DH 0BH - Received reply message
following SEND job arrived with
data.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 17
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK 3964/R OT
2EH 0BH - An ill egal parameter setting has
been detected when starti ng
the parameterized
communication. The interface
could not be parame teri zed.
Correct the illegal paramete r
setting and carry out a cold
restart.
RK
2FH 0DH - A reply message has not
arrived f rom the part ner within
the monitoring time foll owi ng
the transmission of a command
message.
Is t he partner a very slow
device? This e rror is often
indicated as a result of a
previous error. For example,
procedure reception errors
(F0H to FFH) can be indicated
after a FETCH message has
been sent. Reason: the reply
message could not be received
because of interferences, the
monitoring time elapses. This
error may also occu r if a cold
resta rt has been car ried out on
the partner before it could
answer the last FETCH
message it received .
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
A reply message with an error number in the 4th byte is
returned to the CP 544 if the partner detects an erro r when
processing an external job. The CP generates a number for
SYSTAT and f or ANZW f rom this:
RK
30H 09H 32H DB/DX disabled on partner by
coordination flag In the partner program: reset
the coordination flag again
followi ng processing of the last
transmitted data! In the STEP 5
program: repeat job!
RK
31H 0AH 0AH Erro r in partner or in CP 544 as
partner:
- Illegal source/destination type
or
- memo ry error in partner PLC
or
- error in CP/CPU
communication with partner
or
- par tner PLC is i n STOP status
Check, whether the partner can
transmit the desired data type.
Check hardware design of
partner.
Set switch of partner PLC to
RUN position.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 19
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
32H 0AH 0CH Memo ry access error on
par tner ( memory does not exist)
With CP 544 as partner:
- Incor rect area with status word
or
- data area does not exist
(excep t DB/DX) or
- data area too short
(except DB/DX)
Check whether the desired data
area is present in the part ner
and is sufficiently large, or
check the dynamic parameter
sets in the CP 544 o r the
PSEUDO-R/W parame ters in
the STEP 5 p rogram.
Check the defined length on the
DHB.
RK
33H 0AH 14H DB/DX acces s error on partner
(DB/DX does not exist or is too
short)
With CP 544 as partner:
- DB/DX does not exist or
- DB/DX too short or
- DB/DX N o. illegal
Permi ssible source area
exceeded with FETCH job
RK
34H 0BH 16H Error in message header,
detected by partner:
3rd command byte in header is
incorrect
Check whether the er ror is
based on interferences or on a
faulty response of the partner .
Prove this using an interface
test unit (FOXPG) inserted into
the transmission line.
RK
35H 0BH 10H Error in message header:
1st or 4th command byte in
header is incorrect
RK
36H 0BH 34H Partner detects incorrec t
message length (total length )
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
37H 0CH 36H Partner detects synchronization
error:
Message sequenc e is faulty
This error occurs with a cold
restart of the own PLC or the
partner. This is a normal startup
response of the system and
need not be co rrected. This
error may also occur during
operation as a resul t of
previous errors.
Otherwise you can assume that
the partner has responded
incorrectly.
RK
38H 0CH 2AH No cold restart has yet been
per formed on the partner.
With CP 544 as partner:
A SYNCHRON DHB has not
been exec uted since the power-
up, or the mode selector is in
the STOP position.
Carry out cold restart on
partner PLC or set mode
selector o n CP to RUN position .
RK
39H 0BH 12H Partner signals "Job type illegal" Incorrect response of partner
since a system command has
not been sent from the CP 544.
RK
3AH 0BH - Unknown err or number
received in reply message Check whether t he error results
from interferences or from a
faulty response of the partner .
Prove this using an interface
test unit (FOXPG) inserted into
the transmission line.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 21
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
Error in command message of partner. A reply message is sent
to the partner with the defined error number in the 4th byte.
RK
40H - 10H Err or i n 1st comm and b yte :
not 00H or FFH Basic header e rror in partner.
Prove faulty re sponse o f
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
RK
41H - 16H Error in 3rd com mand byte:
Command letter is not "A" or
"0" or "E"
RK
42H - 16H Error i n 3rd command byte with
conti nuation message:
Command letter not as with 1st
command m essage
RK
43H - 10H Error in 4th command byte:
Command letter incorrect Basic header error in partner,
or a command combination has
been requested which i s illegal
with the CP 544.
Check the permissible
comma nds in the co mman d
tables. Prove faulty r esponse of
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
44H - 10H Err or i n 4th comm and byte with
conti nuation message:
Command letter not as with 1st
command m essage
Basic header er ror in partner.
Prove faulty re sponse o f
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
RK
45H - 14H Err or i n 5th comm and byte :
DB/DX No. illegal ( e.g. 00) The permissible DB/DX
numbers, initial addresses or
lengths are listed in the job
tables.
RK
46 H - 0CH Error i n 5th or 6th c omma nd
byte:
Initi al address too high
RK
47H - 34H Errors in 7th and 8th com mand
bytes:
Ill egal length
RK
48H - 0CH Errors in 9th and 10t h
com mand bytes:
The speci fication of a
coordination flag is illegal for this
data type, or the bit number of
the coordination flag is too high
(permissible range 0 to 7).
Basic header er ror in partner.
The job tables l ist when a
coordination flag is permi ssible.
RK
49H - 0CH Error in 10th command byte:
CPU No. too large (permissible
values 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, F)
Basic header er ror in partner.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 23
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
4BH - 34H Send message was longer than
expected, i.e. more data were
received (possibly with
conti nuation messages) than
were specified in the message
header.
Correction necessary in partner.
OT
The parame terized end
characters have not occurred
within the max. permissible
length (modes 2 and 4).
Correct your user program o r
that of the partner.
RK
4CH - 34H Send m essage was too short or
< 128 bytes, i.e. fewer data
were received (possibly wi th
conti nuation messages) than
specified in the message header.
Correction necessary in partner.
RK
4DH - 34H Fetch message received with
useful data
Fur ther errors when processing the partner job:
RK
4EH - 2AH CP has received message
whilst mode selector was in
STOP position.
Set mode select or of CP to
RUN position.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
50H - - Error when sending the
(continuation) r eply message,
an associ ated procedure error
number was entered
immediately previously in the
SYSTAT (e rro r numbe rs E0 to
E5, F8 to FF).
See remedy measures for the
error number entered directly
previously in the SYSTAT
(SYSTAT nos. E0 to E5 and F8
to FF).
RK
51H - 36H Synchronization error of partne r
since
- new (conti nuation) command
message arrived although
previous (continuation) reply
message has not y et been
sent by the CP 544 or
- a normal command message
has been received although a
continuation com mand
message was expec ted or
- a continuation command
message arrived although a
command message was
expected.
This error is signalled following
the cold re start of the own PLC
in the case of long messages
or with the cold resta rt of the
partner. This is a normal startup
response of the system.
The error may also occur
during opera tion as a resul t of
previous error s tatuse s which
have only been detected by the
partner.
Otherwise you can assume that
the partner has responded
incorrec tly. The error may not
occur with jobs < 128 bytes.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 25
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
52H - 32H DB/DX disabled by coordination
flag In the own STEP 5 progra m:
Reset the coordi nati on flag
again following the processing
of the last transmitted data.
In the partner program:
Repeat the job.
During i nitial syste m startup:
Make sure that the coordination
flags a re distributed amongst
the individual p rocessors, CPs,
IPs and the coordi nato r, that
the jumper settings are correct
and that the used coordination
flags are reset in the restart
OBs (OB 20, OB 21, OB 22).
RK
5EH - - A correct message has been
received with a length shorter
than the header length in the
(continuation) command
message (< 4 bytes with
continuation messages or reply
messages; < 10 bytes wi th
command messages).
The message is ignored.
Cu rren tly ac tive job s a re n o t
aborted.
Prove faulty re sponse o f
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW REATEL
RK
5FH - 34H A correct message with a
length > 128 bytes was
received. The message cannot
be evaluated. The processed
job is aborted.
Prove faulty re sponse o f
partner using interface tes t unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
trans mission li ne if applicable.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 27
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R OT
C6H - No parameters present,
parameter memory empty or
unknown contents
Load the interface parameters
RK 3964/R OT
C7H - Illegal parameter, parameter
memor y faulty, submodule
removed following
parameterization
Check the parameters o r repl ace
the CP or the RAM submodule.
RK 3964/R
D8H - Connection could not be
established, the number of
connection attempts has been
exceeded.
Check the interface cable o r the
transmission para meters.
RK 3964/R
D9H - Data could not be transmitted, the
permissible number of repetitions
has been exceeded.
Error in data t ransfer CP <--> partner:
RK 3964/R
E0H - Transmission of first repetition:
- An error has been detected
when transmitting the message
or the par tner requests a
repetition by means of a
negative acknowledgement (NAK).
A repetition is not an error but it
may indicate that inter ferences
have occurred on the
transmission l ine or that the
partner responds incorrectly. If
the message still cannot be
transmitted foll owing the
maximum number of repetitions,
an error no. is signalled which
describes the error which
occurred first.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R
E1H 0EH Error during establi shment of
connection:,
- NAK or any o ther character
(except DLE or STX) was
received after STX was sent o r
- the reply took place too early or
- a n initialization confli ct has
occurred.
Prove faulty response of partner
using interface test unit (FOXPG)
inserted into transmission line if
applicable.
RK 3964/R
E2H 0EH Acknowledgement delay time
(QVZ) exceeded: a reply from the
partne r did not a rrive within the
acknowledgement delay time
following transmission of STX.
Partner is t oo slow or not ready to
receive or there is e.g. an
inter ruption in t he transmission
line. Prove faulty r esponse of
partner using interface test unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
transmissi on line if applicable.
RK 3964/R Check whether the partner also
indicate s errors since i t may be
the case that not all t ransm itted
data have a rrived (e.g.
inter ruption in t ransmission l ine)
or the major interferences exist
or
there is a faulty respons e of the
partner. Prove this by connecting
interface test unit (FOXPG) into
transmissi on line if applicable.
E3H - Abort by partner:
One or more charact ers (i ncluding
NAK) have been received b y the
partner during a cur rent
transmission.
RK 3964/R
E4H - Error at connection termination:
- The message was rejected by
the partner at the end by NAK o r
any other character (except DLE)
or
- the acknowledgement character
(DLE) was received too early
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 29
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R
E5H - Acknowl edgement delay time
exceeded at connection
termination:
No reply was received from the
partne r during the QVZ following
clearance of the connection with
DLE ETX.
Partner is t oo slow or faulty .
Prove this using inter face t est unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
transmissi on line if applicable.
RK 3964/R
F0H - First repetition expected:
A fault was detec ted whilst
receiving a message, and the
CP 544 requested a repetition
from the partner by means of a
negative acknowledgement (NAK).
A repetition is not an error but it
may indicate that inter ferences
have occurred on the
transmission l ine or that the
partner responds incorrectly. If
the message still cannot be
transmitted foll owing the
maximum number of repetitions,
an error no. is signalled which
describes the error which
occurred first.
RK 3964/R
F1H - Error during establishment of
connection:
- One or more characters (apart
from NAK or STX) were received
in the i dle st ate or
- further characters were sent by
the partner following a received
STX witho ut waiting for the repl y
DLE.
Following power-up of partner:
- The CP receives an undefined
character whilst the partner is
being switched on.
Prove faulty response of partner
using interface test unit (FOXPG)
inserted into transmission line if
applicable.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 30 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R
F2H - Logic error during reception:
A further character (apart from
DLE, ETB, ETX) was received
following the reception of DLE.
Check whether the partner always
doubles DLE i n the message
header and in the data string or
whether t he clearance of the
connection is m ade with DLE
ETX. Prove faul ty response of
partner using interface test unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
transmissi on line if applicable.
RK 3964/R OT
F3H - Character delay time (ZVZ)
exceeded:
- Two successive character were
not received within the ZVZ or
- 1st character foll owing
transmi ssion of DLE when
establishing the connection was
not received within the ZVZ.
Partner is t oo slow or faulty .
Prove this using inter face t est unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
transmissi on line if applicable.
RK 3964R
F4H - E rror in block check charac ter
BCC (only with RK 512 with
3964R procedure, and with
3964R procedure):
The internally generated value of
the BCC does not agree with the
BCC received by the partner at
the end of the connection.
Check whether ther e is a large
interference on the connection, in
this case error codes FE may
also be observed occasionally.
Prove faulty response of partner
using interface test unit (FOXPG)
inserted into transmission line if
applicable.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 31
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R
F5H - Repetition number o f partner
does not agree wi th the own
setting of repetition a ttemp ts
Se t the sa me numbe r o f
repetitions on the partner as on
the CP. Prove faulty response of
partner using interface test unit
(FOXPG) inserted into
transmissi on line if applicable.
RK 3964/R OT RK 3964/R
F6H - A vacant receive buffer is no t
available:
Following the reception of STX,
an empty receive buf fer was not
available to the procedure for the
establishment of the connection
and a further wait time.
The error can only occur where
there is a large inter ference in
operation. Reason : brief
overloading of protocol.
Remove the fault by modifying
the system design or rerouting
the cables.
OT
Use the fl ow control.
RK 3964/R
F8H - Receive buffer is t oo short. End
identifier could not be stored in
the receive buffer.
Increase receive buff er.
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 32 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Error number Error description Remedy
RK 512 only
SYSTAT ANZW
RK 3964/R OT
FEH - Transmission error:
A transmission error (pari ty error,
stop bit error, overflow error) has
been detected.
Repetiti ons are started if this
occurred during trans mission o r
reception.
The error is signalled immediately
if a faulty character is recei ved in
the i dle state so that influences
on the transmission line can be
detected early.
Interferences on the transmission
line cause message repetitions
and thus reduce the throughput of
useful data. The risk of an
undetected error is increased.
Change the system structure or
reroute the cables.
Check whether the baud rate,
parity and number of stop bits are
set equally on the two devices.
RK 3964/R OT
FFH 0FH BREAK
The connecting cable (recei ve
line) to the partner is interrupted.
This error number is repeated
until the s tatus is eliminated.
Reestablish the connection
between the devices, or switch
the partner on. Check in TTY
mode that current flows in the idle
state.
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 33
8.1.2 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL , Arranged
Accordin g to Numbers for ANZW
Error number
RK 512 only
ANZW REATEL SYSTAT
01H 0AH 01H
02H 14H/0CH 02H
03H 14H/0CH 03H
04H 0AH 04H
05H 0CH 05H
06H 0AH 06H, 10H−14H
07H −15H−18H,
1DH-1FH
20H-26H
09H 32H 30H
0AH 0AH, 0CH,
14H 31H−33H
0BH 10H, 12H
16H, 34H 2AH−2EH,
34H−36H,
39H, 3AH
0CH 36H, 2AH 27H−29H,
37H, 38H
0DH −2FH
0EH −E1H, E2H
0FH −FFH
CP 544 Error Messages CP 544
8 - 34 C79000-B8576-C191-01
8.1.3 Error Messages for SYSTAT, ANZW and REATEL ,
Arranged Accor ding to Numbers for REATEL
CP 544 Error Messages
Error number
RK 512 only
REATEL ANZW SYSTAT
0AH 0 1H, 04H, 06H,
0AH 01 H, 04H, 0 6H,
10H, 3 1H
0CH 0 2H, 03H, 05H,
0AH 02 H, 03H, 0 5H,
32H, 4 6H, 4 8H,
49H
10H 0 BH 35 H, 40H, 4 3H,
44H
12H 0BH 39H
14H 0 2H, 03H, 0AH 02 H, 03H, 33H,
45H
16H 0 BH 34 H, 41H, 4 2H
2AH 0 CH 38H, 4 EH
32 H 0 9 H 30H , 52 H
34H 0 BH 36H, 4 7H, 4 BH,
4CH, 4DH, 5FH
36 H 0 C H 37H , 51 H
8
CP 544 CP 544 Error Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 35
8.2 Which Messages do you Receive from COM PP?
COM PP Messages COM PP outputs text as necessary in the
message line
of a
screen form. The texts belong to one of the following
categories:
•Messages when loading the language-dependent text file
(identification DAT)
•Error resulting from incorrect inputs (identificati on MF)
•Messages (identi fication MESS)
•Acknowledgements (identification ACK)
•Handl ing errors (identification ERR)
•Internal errors (identi fication IM F).
The texts themselves and their causes, meanings and effects
are listed below. You are also informed of how to react to the
various messages and to clear the error.
Message Explanation/troubleshooting
DAT.001: Problem reading
desired DAT fil e →
Default l oaded
The desired te xt file (Engli sh, French, German)
cannot be loaded. The corresponding *.DAT file must be
presen t in the same directory as S5PXCPPX.CMD.
DAT.002: Problem reading
DAT file! Press F8! None o f the text files has been found. Check whether
the *.DAT files are present in the same directory as
S5PXCPPX.CMD.
Thi s error also occurs i f the main memory on the PG is
too small. Remov e TSR progra ms if they are working
und er MS -DOS.
DAT.003: Please wai t... This message is outpu t when loading the COM PP.
DAT.004: Loading DAT fi le... This message is output when loading the DAT files.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 36 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Message Explanation/troubleshooting
MF.001: Incorrect key You have attempted to enter an illegal character in the
input field marked by the cursor or you pressed the
wrong function key.
MF.002: Incorrect input The input in the field marked by the cursor is not
between the permitted limits or is not one of the
per mitted alternatives. Press function key
F7
and read
the information about this input field.
Message Explanation/troubleshooting
MESS.001:Incorrec t key You have attempted to enter an il legal character in the
input field marked by the cursor or you pressed the
wrong function key.
MESS.002:Incorrec t input The input i n the field marked by the cursor is not
between the permitted limits or is not one of the
permitted alternatives.
Press function key
F7
and read the information about this
input field.
MESS.003:DX1/DX2 found These messages are displayed during the plausibility
check. If the message "DX1/DX2/sta tic parameter
set/dynamic parameter set not found" appears , the
progra m i s incomplete.
You must then creat e the missing component.
The message " DX1/DX2 not found" is also displayed if
you have initiated a cold restart but DX1/DX2 was not
transferred to the interface.
First transfer DX1/DX2 to the corresponding interface.
MESS.004 :DX1/DX2 not found
MESS.005:Static param eter set
found
MESS.006:Static param eter set
not found
MESS.007:Dynamic paramete r
set found
MESS.008:Dynamic paramete r
set not found
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 37
MESS.009:New file Thi s message appear s when you sel ect a new file.
MESS.010:Ente red Your input was checked and written to the external
memory.
MESS.011:Job entered A job belonging to a dynamic parameter set (e .g. SEND
or FETCH) was checked and written to the external
memory.
MESS.012:Job deleted A job belonging to a dynamic parameter set (e .g. SEND
or FETCH) was deleted but not written to the ex ternal
memory.
MESS.013:Warning! Job faulty Incorrect j obs have been found in t he dynamic paramete r
set. The first error-free job is displayed.
Page to job 1 and go through all the jobs step by step.
Rewrite incorrect jobs.
MESS.014:No file of this type
found on selected
drive
A file of the type *ST.S5D (program file), *DR.INI ( printer
presets file), or *F1.INI (footer file) does not exist.
Either enter a new program file name in the input field or
create a new printer presets file or foot er file using t he
STEP 5 package .
MESS.015:Limit reached When editing the header or footer for the static
paramete r set, the limit of 554 characters including
control charact ers and delimiters has been reached.
MESS.016:Insert function illegal When editing the header or footer for the static
parameter set, it i s not possible to insert an extra line.
MESS.017:Printer not
connected or not
ready
Either there is no printer connected o r the connected
printer is not ready o r not switched on.
MESS.018:Active This message informs you that the PG i s active and that
you cannot make any entries at t he moment. The
message appears, e.g. when COM PP is loading a DAT
file (texts).
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 38 C79000-B8576-C191-01
MESS.019:Printing... This message appears when t he print function is a ctive.
MESS.020:Printing aborted This message appears when the print function was
aborted with
F2
.
MESS.021:Printing finished Thi s message appear s when the print function was
completed correctly.
MESS.022 :No memory space
free. Press F8. There is not enough memory in the PG or an internal
system error has occurred.
Exit COM PP and the S5 KOMI, then boot the PG and
restart COM PP.
If you are worki ng wi th MS-DOS, remove any TSR
programs.
MESS.02 3:Space not su fficient
( max. d ata block
length exceeded)
When assigning parameter s to DX1/2, note that the static
parameter set, the dynamic parameter sets and the
coordination byte must be completely within the block
boundaries in the DB.
MESS.024 :Coordination bytes :
limit value exceeded The coordination bytes have different l imits depending on
whet her they are in a DB, flag or S flag.
Press function key
F7
and read the information about this
input field.
MESS.02 5:Chang e the e ntry
"Dynamic parameter
se t:" from "N O" to
"YES"
You wanted to assign parameters for a dynamic
par ameter set. This is only possi ble, however, if you
entered "Dynamic param eter sets : YES" when assigning
parameters.
MESS.026:Dyn. param. set: last
valid job with no.
###!
The maximum number of 188 progr ammable dynamic
par amete r sets can also be res tricted by the particular
location of the dynamic paramete r sets and the static
parameter set.
COM PP calculates the last valid job.
MESS.027:Further jobs not
possible acc. to
DX1/2 parameter
assignment
The maximum number of 188 progr ammable dynamic
par amete r sets can also be res tricted by the particular
location of the dynamic paramete r sets and the static
parameter set.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 39
MESS.02 8:Ther e a re more than
256 files of this type Only 256 files (program files, printer files) can be
displayed in the selection window. Enter the required file
nam e directly in the input field.
If you are searching for a particul ar file which is not
displayed in the selection window, leave COM and
search in the operating system (DIR).
MESS.029:Transferred Thi s message appears following the successful transfe r
of data to the CP 544.
MESS.030 :Deleted This message appear s following a delete operation on
the CP 544.
MESS.031 :Cold r estart carried
out This message appear s following a cold restart on an
interface of the CP 544.
MESS.032:No new ent ries exist You have repeatedl y pr essed the function key
F6
(RE AD)
for the error output but no new err or messages have been
found.
MESS.0 33:No entrie s exist Y ou have pre ssed the funct ion key
F6
(READ) for the error output
bu t no err o r m e ssages have been f ound. Alternately you have
selected a path file which does not contain any paths.
MESS.034:BREAK present on
receive line You have pressed function key
F6
(READ) for the error
outpu t. A BREAK exists on the point-to-point link of the
CP 544 (not on the CP-PG connec tion !). The listed e rror
messages in the error output may be continuation errors
resulting fro m the BREAK.
MESS.035 :Start reached You have pressed function key
F1
(PAGE BACKWARDS) or
F4
(CURSO R UP) or the corres pond in g curso r key for the
error ar ea output alt hough you are already posi tioned at the
beginning of the display ar ea.
MESS.036:End reached You have pressed function key
F2
(PAGE FORWARDS) o r
F5
(CURSOR DO WN) or the corresponding cur sor key for
the error area output al though you are already positioned at
the end of the display area.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 40 C79000-B8576-C191-01
MESS.038:Transfer not
executed Transfer to DX1/DX2 not carried out (block faulty or
transfer aborted by user).
ACK.001: Internal system
error. Exit? Exit COM PP by repeatedly pressing function key
F8
.
Exit S5 KOMI as well and boot the PG.
Then resta rt COM PP.
ACK.002: Internal system
error. Exit?
ACK.003: Screen form
modified. Abort last
entry?
Thi s acknowledgement appears when you attemp t to exit
a screen form before importing your input.
Press function key
F1
(YES), i f you want to abo rt your
input.
ACK.004: Continue? Read the text in the info window. Pres s function key
F1
(YES) to execu te the function ( e.g. ESC or
F8
).
Press function key
F3
(NO) and the last input is
discarde d and the COM PP remains in the current
screen form.
ACK.005: Abort printing? This message appears when you press function key
F2
(STOP PRINT) while printing out.
ACK.006: Link type changed.
Enter? A different link type from the one currently set is
programmed in the .S5D file you have selected. Please
remember that a different link type may also require
changes o r additions to the progra mmed data (static
parameter set, dynamic parameter sets).
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 41
ACK.007: Link type changed.
Stat. param. set
must be generated
again. Cont.?
The stati c parameter set already existed when the link
type was changed. The static par ameter set i s now no
longer suitable for t he new link type and must be
modified.
Press
F1
(YES) to call the screen form for assigning
para meters to the sta tic parameter set. Press
F3
(NO) to
undo the modificati on to the link type.
ACK.008: Stat. param. set
longer. Ov erwrite
data behind old s tat.
p. set?
After the static parame ter set (at higher DW addresses)
there may be data that have already been created with
the DB editor or COM PP. If you change the li nk type,
the mode of the sta tic parameter set and the number or
length of the header or footer (which toge ther determine
the length of the static parameter set), these dat a may
be overwritten. COM PP detects this and displays this
message.
If you press
F1
(YES) the cur rent parameter set
overwrites the existing data in the data block. If you
press
F3
(NO) you remain in the current screen form and
the data after the old unmodified static parameter set
remain unchanged.
ACK.009: Overwrite
non-interpretable
data in DB with stat.
pa ram. set?
The location you have selected for the static or dynamic
par amete r set is at an address where there are already
data in the data block. These data cannot be interpreted
as COM PP parame ter sets. If necessary, you can check
the DB using the DB editor.
If you press
F1
(YES), the current parameter set
overwrites the existing non-inte rpretable data . If you
press
F3
(NO), the data are not overwritten.
ACK.010: Overwrite
non-interpretable
data in DB with dyn.
pa ram. set?
ACK.011: Link type changed.
Overwrite data in DB
with stat. param. set?
A static paramete r set already exists .
If you press
F1
(YES), the old parameter set is
overwritten. If you press
F3
(NO) , COM PP remains in
the cur rently displayed screen form and the parame ter
set is not stored.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 42 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ACK.012: Stat. param. set
faulty . Must be
generated again.
Continue?
The data in the parameter set are incorrect and cannot
be interpreted by COM PP. The data block may contain
data you created previously wi th the DB edito r or with
COM PP.
Using the DB editor, check and if necessary change the
location of the par ameter s et ("from DW" ) in the
paramete rs in DX2.
If you press
F1
(YES) you can create a new parameter
set and overwrite the non-interpretable data . If you press
F3
(NO), COM PP remains in the currently displayed
screen form.
ACK.013: Dyn. param. set
faulty . Must be
generated again.
Continue?
ACK.014: Link type changed.
DX1/DX2 mu st be
generated again.
Continue?
A DX1/DX2 already exists. If you press
F1
(YES) you
can assign new parameters for DX1/DX2. If you press
F3
(NO), COM PP r emains in the currently displaye d sc reen
form.
ACK.015: DX1/DX2 faulty .
DX1/DX2 mu st be
generated again.
Continue?
The data from DW 0 onwards of DX1/DX2 are incorrect
and canno t be interpre ted by COM PP: You may have
made a mistake when generating DX1/DX2 with the DB
editor.
Check the DB wi th the DB editor. If you press
F1
(YES),
you can create a new DX1/DX2 and overwrite the
non-interpretable data . If you press
F3
(N O) , C OM PP
remains in the currently displayed screen form.
ACK.016: Link type changed.
Overwrite existing
DX1/DX2 ?
A DX1/DX2 already exists. If you press
F1
(YES), the old
DX1/DX2 is overwritten. If you press
F3
(N O) , C OM PP
remains in the currently displayed screen form and the
old DX1/DX2 is retained.
ACK.017: Overwrite
non-interpretable
data in DX1/DX2 ?
COM PP cannot interpret the data in DX1/DX2. Check
the DB with the DB editor.
If you press
F1
(YES), the DX1/DX2 c urrentl y displayed
by the COM overwrites the existing but not-interpretable
DX2. If you press
F3
(N O) , C OM PP rem ai ns i n t he
currently displayed screen form and the old DX1/DX2 is
retained.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 43
ACK.018: Link type changed.
Stat. p. set 2 must
be generated again.
Cont?
You have changed the link type to "open driver" and the
static parameter set, part 2, must be recreated.
If you press
F1
(YES), the screen form STAT.
PARAMETER SET 2 (PRINTER) appears.
If you press
F3
(NO), COM PP remains in the currently
displayed screen form.
ACK.019: Stat. param. se t 2
faulty . Must be
generated again.
Continue?
The static parameter set, part 2, cannot be interpreted by
COM PP. The data block may contain data you created
previously wi th the DB edito r or with COM PP.
Check the DB wi th the DB editor. If you press
F1
(YES),
you can create a new static parameter set, part 2, and
overwrite the non-interpretable data. If you press
F3
(NO), COM PP r emains in the currently displaye d sc reen
form.
ACK.020: Job faul ty. Mus t be
generated again.
Continue?
In the dynamic parameter set you pressed
F1, F2
(PAGE
BACKW./FORW.) or
F4
(GO TO JOB) and COM PP has
recognized that the next job is incorrec t.
If you press
F1
(YES), the screen form for the next job is
displayed with the defaults. I f you press
F3
(NO), COM
PP remai ns in the current job. You can obtain other jobs
by pressing
F4
.
ACK.021: Quit COM? With this acknowledgement you indicate whether or not
you want t o exit COM PP.
If you press
F1
(YES), you exit COM PP and ret urn to
the S5 KOMI. If you press
F3
(NO) , COM PP remains in
the cur rently displayed screen form .
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 44 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ACK.022: Stat. param. se t 1
not yet in external
memory. Quit screen
form?
The s tati c parameter set, part 1, is only stored together
with the static parameter set, part 2, on an external data
medium (diskette) for the link type "open dri ver" in the
mode "PRINTER OUTPUT".
Press
F6
(ENTER) in the STAT. PARAMETER SET 2
(PRINTER) sc reen form. If you exit the screen with
F8
(RETURN), the static parameter set, part 1, is not written
to diskette. If you press
F1
(YES), you exit the screen
form and the static parameter set is not entered. I f you
press
F3
(NO), COM PP remains in the currentl y
displayed screen form.
ACK.023: SYSID file cannot be
read or interpreted.
Create?
The system name and the creation date are stored in the
SYSID file. The file is require d when writing the PROM.
Thi s message is output if the file cannot be r ead or
interpr eted by COM PP. If you acknowledge with "YES",
the old SYSID file is deleted and a new one created.
ACK.024: Comment not yet on
external memory.
Leave screen form?
The commen t on the interface i s only stored when
importing the following screen form (3964/3964R
PROCEDURE or OPEN DRIVER). The comment cannot
be st ore d on its own.
ACK.025: Interface already
assigned
parameters.
Overwrite?
You have already assigned parameters to an interface.
Press
F1
(YES) to overwrite. Pres s
F3
(NO) to retain.
ACK.026: Parameter already
exists on disk.
Overwrite?
Parameters already exist on diskett e.
Press
F1
(YES) to overwrite. Pres s
F3
(NO) to retain.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 45
ERR.001: I nternal error
following read/write
access to external
memory
Exit COM PP by r epeatedly pressing
F8
!
Exit S5 K OMI a s well and boot your PG. Then start COM
PP again.
The programmed data may be lost (on diskette or hard
disk). For this reason always make a bac k-up copy .
ERR.002: External memory
(diskette) faulty or
drive not available
The diskette drive is open, t he diskette or drive is not
correctly formatted or is defective. You have sel ected a
drive which does not exist.
Close the drive or format the diskette correctly. Create t he
drive if applicable.
ERR.003: External memory
(diskette)
write-protected
The diskette cannot be written . Remove the write-protect
tab or use a differ ent diskette.
ERR.004: Fil e is write-protected You cannot write the file you have selected.
Change the attribute of the fi le (PCPM: SET
XXXXXXST.S5D [R W]) or select a new file.
ERR.005: File cannot be
interpreted (not a
STEP 5 file)
The file you have select ed does not have a STEP 5
format and cannot be read. Enter a different file name.
ERR.006: Di skette has been
changed Duri ng an editing session with COM PP, the diskette was
changed. This is not permitted. Insert t he original diskette
in the drive again.
ERR.007: DX1/DX2 faulty This message is displayed during the plausibility check.
Set up a new DX1/DX2 with COM PP.
ERR.008: Printer parameters
cannot be read An error has occurred readi ng the printe r file or the printer
file does not exist.
Set up a new printer fil e with the STEP 5 basic package
keeping to t he name convention *DR.INI.
ERR.009: Print to file not
possible There is not enough memory for the print to file function.
Create space on the PG by deleting unnecessary files.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 46 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ERR.010: Static parameter set
faulty These messages appear during the plausibility check.
Set up new parameter se ts with COM PP.
ERR.011: Dynamic parameter
set faulty
ERR.012: External memory
(diskette) full There is not enough space on the diskette and the data
cannot be stored. Exit COM PP and delete the files you
no longer require.
ERR.013: Di rectory full No more files can be created because the maximum
number of files has been reached.
Exit COM PP and del ete the files you no longer require.
ERR.014: Fil e does not exist The file you have select ed (e.g. footer file) does not exist.
ERR.015: File too big The file canno t be read into COM PP.
ERR.016: Illegal ack. delay
time (HELP: limit
values. SELECT: min
value).
The limit for the acknowledgement delay time has been
exceeded. Remem ber that the minimum values va ry with
the transmission speed.
Press
F7
to display the limit or
F3
to obtain t he minimu m
value suitable f or the trans mission speed.
ERR.017: Illegal char. delay
time (HELP: limit
values. SELECT: min
value)
The limit for the character del ay time has been exceeded.
Remember t hat the minimum values vary with the
transmission speed.
Press
F7
to display the limit or
F3
to obtain t he minimu m
value suitable f or the trans mission speed.
ERR.018: Drive not avail able You have selected a non-existent drive.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 47
ERR.019: Static parameter set
1 faulty Thes e messages appear during the plausibility check. Set
up the appropriate new parameter set.
ERR.020: Static parameter set
1 too short. Cannot
be interpreted
ERR.021: Static parameter set
2 faulty
ERR.022: Static parameter set
2 too short. Cannot
be interpreted
ERR.023: Parameter set too
long (max. data
block address DW
2042 exceeded)
The parameter s et cannot be stored. Change the m ode of
the sta tic parameter set (select shor ter mode ) or shorten
the header/footer o r change your entr y for "from DW" in
the parame ters for DX1/DX2.
ERR.024: No. of header/footer
lines i llegal (cannot
be processed)
The header/footer editor cannot int erpret the header/footer
of the static parameter se t (number of lines and delimiters
do not correspond to the text).
ERR.025: DX1/DX2 too short.
Cannot be interpreted These messages appear during the plausibility check.
Set up the appropriate new parame ter set.
ERR.026: DX1/DX2 faulty
ERR.027: Stat. param. set too
short. Cannot be
interpreted
ERR.028: Dyn. param. set too
short. Cannot be
interpreted
ERR.029: No. of header/footer
lines in static
parameter set 2
illegal
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 48 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ERR.030: Static parameter set
and coordination
bytes overlap.
When you assigned parameters, you specified the
location of the receive mailbox and the parameter sets
such that at least two memory areas are in the same data
block and overlap each other.
This error only occurs if the parameters have not been
en tered usi ng the COM P P a nd wer e tran sfe rre d to the
CP using data handling blocks.
Change the parameters.
ERR.031: Static parameter set
and dynamic
parameter set overlap
ERR.034: Dynamic parameter
set and coordi na ti on
bytes overlap
ERR.037: Static parameter set
and receive mailbox
overlap
ERR.040: Receive mailbox and
coordination bytes
overlap
ERR.041: Error reading
external memor y.
Plausibili ty c heck not
done.
When you exit a user program (return to the screen form
"SELECTION") a plausibility check is made on the
parameter sets. This means that all the data blocks
involved must be read from external m emor y (diskette). If
an error occurs when reading from diskette (e.g. diskette
drive opened accidentally), the plausi bility check cannot
be per formed.
ERR.042: Static parameter set
overlaps mailboxes
or coordination bytes
If the static parameter set and the data programmed in
DX1/2 are in the same data block, the data may overlap if
the sta tic paramete r set is extended.
Change the location o f the mail boxes, coordinati on bytes
and param eter s ets in DX1/DX2.
ERR.043: Internal sys tem er ror Exit COM PP by repeatedly pressing
F8
!
Exit S5 K OMI a s well and boot your PG! Then start COM
PP again.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 49
ERR.044: SYSID cannot be
interpreted The SYSID file (system identifi cati on) read by the CP
cannot be interpreted by COM PP. Check that a CP 544
is insert ed and that the PG-CP cable i s connec ted. Check
that the CP 544 and COM PP versions ma tch. Repeat the
last operation. Perhaps try by switching the CP off/on.
ERR.045: The interface
parameters to be
transf erred do not
yet exist
You wanted to transfer i nterface parameters (from t he PG
or CP) which do not yet exist.
ERR.046: PG interface cannot
be initialized Error when initialising the serial PG interface (possibly the
cable to the CP was not connect ed previously and you
have now connected it).
Repeat the last operation (e.g. transmit, delete).
ERR.047: Communication e rror
between PG and CP A communication error has occurr ed between the PG and
CP 544. The SYSID cannot be read. Repeat the last
operation (e .g. transfer). Check that a CP 544 i s inser ted
and that the PG-CP cable is connected.
ERR.048: No CP 544 plugged The SYSID canno t be read by the CP o r the SYSID read
by the CP does not contain the identification "CP544".
Check that a CP 544 is inser ted and that the PG-CP
cable is connected.
ERR.049: CP er ror.
No test area received You pressed
F6
(READ) during the error output but the
corresponding test blocks could not be received by the
PG.
Switch off the CP and on again and repeat the operation.
ERR.050: CP memory is full You wish to transfe r data to the CP, but the CP or
memory card has insufficient space.
Use a larger memory card.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 50 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ERR.051: Bl ock exists in
EPROM You wished to creat e, transmit or delete an interfac e on
the CP. The EPROM cannot be overwritten o r deleted,
however.
ERR.052: M emory error in CP
RAM The CP is in an undefi ned state.
Switch the CP off and on again (remove module fr om
rack if appli cable).
ERR.053: Function illegal in
current CP status Certain COM PP f unctions (test functions) are only
permi ssible in specific CP states (STOP, RUN, TEST).
ERR.054: Compression of CP
memory aborted The CP 544 memor y was being reorganized but could not
be compl eted (e .g. because of b rief voltage dip in power
supply). The memory is nevertheless consistent and you
can continue working.
ERR.055: User submodule not
present in CP This message is output if you wish to transf er reloadable
drivers to the CP (only possible in next version of COM PP ).
Insert a memory card into the CP.
ERR.056: E rror in user
submodule of CP This e rror may occu r with a brief voltage dip. It may also
mean that the memory card or the internal RAM of the CP
is faulty.
Try to repeat the last operation. Switch the CP o ff and on
again (remove CP f rom rack). Replace the m emory card if
the err or has not yet been cleared. The module may be
faulty if you are not using a m emor y card or i f the error
occurs with the card replaced.
ERR.057: User submodule in
CP is EPROM You wanted to transfer/delete data on the CP. The user
submodule is a n EPROM, however, and cannot be
overwritten.
Insert a RAM user submodule.
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 51
ERR.058: Data block
(DX1/DX2) cannot be
loaded
The parameter set which you wished to trans mit cannot
be loaded onto the CP 544. The CP checks the
parameter set (DX1/DX2) transmitted from the COM PP.
This error should not actually occu r since the COM PP
itself carries out a test prior to the transfer. The COM PP
carries out a test when selecting a program (screen form
SELECTION). Return to t his form and carr y out the test . If
you have generated the parameter set online, attempt to
enter the para me ters again. If this still does not work, the
CP and COM PP versi ons do not correspond, or either
the CP or the COM PP is faulty.
ERR.059: CP memory
write-protected You have inserted a memory card in the CP but have set
the write-prot ect functi on .
ERR.060: Protocol error in CP -
PG communication A general error (protocol error) has occu rred during the
CP - PG transmission. Repeat the last operation. Check
whether the cabl e is subject to external interferences.
ERR.061: Internal error in CP The CP 544 i s in an undefined status . Communication
between the CP 544 and the PG is not possible.
Switch the CP off and on again (remove briefly fr om
rack). The CP is faulty if this is unsuccessful.
ERR.062: Timeout in CP - PG
communication The CP 544 does not reply within a defined
acknowledge me nt time.
Check the connection cable to the CP 544. Check
whether the correct module i s inserted and switched on.
Leave the COM if applicable and recall it. Switch off the
CP if applicable and then on again by pull ing it briefly out
of the rack.
ERR.063: Transmission error A general error (in the bottom transmission l ayer) has
occurred in the CP - PG transmission. Repeat the last
operation. Check whether the cable is subjec t to external
interferences.
COM PP Messages CP 544
8 - 52 C79000-B8576-C191-01
ERR.064: AS interface in PG
not ready Seri al interface of PG in undefined s tatus (possibly the
cable to the CP was not connect ed previously and you
have now connected it).
Repeat the last operation (e.g. transmit, delete).
ERR.065: External memory
(diskette) full o r
director y full
Insufficient space on the disket te, or the maximum
number of files has been exceeded. Exit COM PP and
delete the files you no longer require.
ERR.066: Path selection
unsuccessful.
Path cancelled
The onli ne connection fro m the COM PP to the CP 544
could not be established.
Check that all modules and connections are confi gured
correctly in your bus configuration. Try the last operation
again.
ERR.067: Path does not match
KOM I defaul t setting The defined path does not match the default setting. The
default s etting is specified outside the COM PP in the S5
KOMI (e.g. AS 511, SINEC L2). Selec t a matchi ng path or
modify the path in the package "BUS SELECTION".
ERR.068: Path does not exist
in pa th file You can only specify paths which a re already present in
the path file. COM PP displays all existing paths for the
specified path file when you press F3 (SELECT).
ERR.069: H1-CP not confi gured The onli ne connec tion from the COM PP to the CP 544
could not be esatblished via SINEC H1.
Your local H1-CP in the PG is not configured.
IMF.001: Screen for m not
found Exit COM PP by repeatedly pressing
F8
.
The configured data may be lost (on the exte rnal
memory). For this reason always make a back-up copy.
IMF. 002: Field not found
IMF.003 : Illegal call
8
CP 544 COM PP Messages
C79000-B8576-C191-01 8 - 53
What is a Typical Application
of the CP 544?
Contents of Chapter 9
9 What is a Typi cal Application o f the CP 544? . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
9.1 Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 6
9.2 Object ive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
9.3 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 8
9.4 COM PP Parameterizat ion Packa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
9.4.1 Instal lation of COM PP on the PG 7xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 2
9.4. 2 C a ll CO M PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 3
9.5 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 13
9.5.1 Assign Parameters to Static Parameter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 14
9.5.2 Transf er Parameters to CP 544 User Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
9.6 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
9.7 SEND Job fr om Data Block to Data Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
9
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 1
9.7.1 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 19
9.7.2 ST EP 5 Program for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 19
9.7.2. 1 Starting the Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 20
9.7.2. 2 Cyclic Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 21
9.7.3 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 24
9.7.4 ST EP 5 Program for PLC 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 24
9.7.4. 1 Starting the Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 25
9.7.4. 2 Cyclic Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 26
9.7. 5 Tes tin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28
9.8 FETCH Job from Data Bloc k to Data Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 29
9.8.1 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 31
9.8.2 ST EP 5 Program for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
9.8.3 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 34
9.8.4 ST EP 5 Program for PLC 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 34
9.8. 5 Tes tin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 36
9.9 SEND Job "F lag to Data Block". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 37
9.9.1 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 39
9.9.2 ST EP 5 Program for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 39
9.9.3 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 40
9.9.4 ST EP 5 Program Ext ension for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4 0
9.9. 5 Tes tin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 42
9.10 Coordination Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 43
9.10.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
9.10.2 STEP 5 P rogram for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 45
Contents
9 - 2 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.10.3 CP 544 Par amet er Sets in PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 47
9.10.4 STEP 5 P rogram for PLC 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 47
9.10.5 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 48
9.11 PSEUDO-WRI TE Job "Input to Data Block" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 49
9.11.1 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
9.11.2 STEP 5 P rogram for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
9.11.3 CP 544 Paramet er Sets for PLC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 54
9.11.4 STEP 5 P rogram for PLC 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 55
9.11.5 Tes t ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 55
9.12 Readi ng the Error Message Area in the SYSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
9.12.1 STEP 5 P rogram for PLC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
9.12.2 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 59
9.1 3 Date/Time Job s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 60
9.13.1 Read Date/Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 61
9.13.1. 1 Test ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 62
9.13.2 Set Date/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 62
9.13.2. 1 Test ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 63
9.13.3 Synchro nization of Several CP Hardware Cloc ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 64
9
Contents
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 3
9 What is a Typical Application of the CP 544?
The followi ng appl ication example shows how you can
actually use the CP 544 communications processor. The
RK 512 computer link has been selected as the data
transmission mode. The example is also interesting if you
wish to use the 3964/3964R procedures or the open dri ver
since it indicates the basic procedure when using the CP 544.
The appl ication exampl e is divided as foll ows:
•You will first be informed of the prerequisi te s necessary
to i mplement the point-to-point link described
•The required hardware settings are then explained
•The next step describes how you can assign parameters
to the CP 544 using the COM PP parameter assignment
software
•You are finally shown how the associated S TE P 5
program should appear for the CPU of the programmable
controller.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 5
9.1 Prerequisites
You require the foll owing if you wish to implement the
described application example:
Hardware
•Two CP 544 modules
•Two interface submodules (e.g. T TY)
•One connecting cable CP 544 ↔ CP 544 (TTY)
•One PG 7xx programmer
•One adapter cable P G ↔ CP 544
•Two S5-135U programmable controll ers
•Two CPU 928 modules with RAM submodule
•One connecting cable P G ↔ CPU 928
and if possibl e:
•One digital i nput module (24 V, mi n. 8 channel s)
•One di gital output module (24 V, min. 8 channels)
and:
Software
•The S5-DOS parameterization package COM PP
•The STEP 5 basic package for the P G 7xx programmer
(supplied with your programmer)
•Data handling blocks for the CPU 928.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 6 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.2 Objective
The followi ng tasks must be solved:
•Data are transmitted from a data block in one PLC to a
data bl ock in the other PLC
•The data are subsequently fetched from the data block of
the second PLC and stored in a data block
•A flag word is then sent cycli cal ly to a data word of the
partner
•The acceptance of this cyclically sent data is inhibited by
a coordi nation flag
•A PSEUDO- WR ITE job is programmed to demonstrate
the PSEUDO-READ/WRITE function and used to send
an input byte to a data word of the partner
•Readi ng of the error message area in the SYSTAT is
carried out
•Readi ng and adjustment of the CP 544 hardware clock
are shown, and the synchronization o f several CP
hardware clocks explai ned.
The individual tasks are limited to that which is absolutel y
essential and are loosely based on one another.
The DIRECT jobs (i.e. the j obs which trigger job processing)
ar e enter ed in to the queu e of t he CP 544 whic h accommodat es
20 jo bs and proc esse d in the orde r in w hich the y are e nter ed.
Jobs which are already in the queue are not entered again.
Since less than 20 DIRECT jobs are programmed in this
appl ication example, a triggered DIRECT job is always
processed. Interlocking of jobs is therefore unnecessary in
this application example.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 7
9.3 Hardware
A point-to-point li nk is to be made between two SI MATIC S5
programmable controllers in this application example. The
programmable controllers used are two S5-135Us with one
CPU 928 each.
S5-135Us
Insert the two CPUs 928 into the provi ded slots of the two
S5-135Us. Carry out an overall reset for the CPUs and then
switch the mode selector to S TOP.
1st CP 544
Set page frame number 2 on a CP 544, i.e. press down al l
switches in switch assembly S2 apart from positi on 1. Enable
the communication flag bytes 0 to 31 on this CP 544 by
setting all switches in switch assembly S4 upwards apart
from positi on 0. Set the number of pages per interface to 1
by pressing down the switch at position 1 in swi tch assembly
S5 and setti ng the switch at positi on 0 upwards. Insert this
CP into a provided sl ot (see Section 2.5) in one of the
S5-135Us.
2nd CP 544
Set the page frame number to 0 on the other CP (press
down all switches in switch assembly S2) and disable all
communication flags (set all switches in switch assembly S4
upwards). Set the number of pages per i nterface to 1 by
pressing down the switch at positi on 1 in switch assembly S5
and setting the switch at position 0 upwards. Insert the
CP 544 into a provi ded slot (see Section 2.5) in the other
S5-135U.
Connecting cable
Connect the top device interfaces (SI 1) of the two CPU
modules together using the associa ted connecting cable.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 8 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Input /output modules
Set the module address to 0 on the digi tal input module and
the digital output module. The i nput byte IB 0 and the output
byte QB 0 are avail able for this purpose. Insert the modules
into any free slots i n one of the S5-135Us.
Assignment of input byte IB 0:
Bit 0 Not used
Bit 1 Trigger SEND 1 PLC job (see Section 9.7)
Bit 2 Trigger FETCH 2 PLC job (see Section 9.8)
Bit 3 Trigger PSEUDO-WRITE PLC job ( see Section 9.11)
Bit 4 Reset error message area in SYSTAT
(see Section 9.12)
Bit 5 Trigger date/time synchroniza tion
(see Section 9.13.3)
Bit 6 Trigger date/time setting (see Section 9.13.2)
Bit 7 Reset coordination flag (see Section 9 .10)
Assignment of output byte QB 0:
Bit 0 SYNCHRON parameterization error (see Section 9.7)
Bit 1 Error with SEND 1 PLC job (see Section 9.7)
Bit 2 Error with FETCH 2 PLC j ob (see Section 9.8)
Bit 3 Error with PSEUDO-WRITE job (see Section 9.11)
Bit 4 Error when reading SYSTAT erro r message area
(see Section 9.12)
Bit 5 Error when reading CP 544 clock (see Section 9.13.1)
Bit 6 Error when setting CP 544 clock (see Section 9.13 .2)
Bit 7 Error when synchronizing slave clocks
(see Section 9.13.3)
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 9
If you do not have any input/output modules, use flag byte
FY 0 instead of i nput byte IB 0. You can modify these flags
using the S TEP 5 online function FORCE VARIABLE. In the
description bel ow, the S5-135U which also contains the
digital input/output modules is referred to as PLC 1 , and the
other S5-135U as PLC2.
Programmable controller 1
S5-135U/CPU 928 Programmable controller 2
S5-135U/CPU 928
...
CPU 928 CP 544
CPU 928
CP 544
Digital
input/output
modules
...
Fi g. 9-1 S ystem con fig uration in app lication e xamp le
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 10 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Programmer
Connect the PG 7xx programmer to the PG interface of the
CP 544 using the corresponding adapter cabl e.
PG 750
STEP 5 basic package
for PG 7xx COM PP parameterization
S5-135U programmable
CPU CP 544
... ...
software
controller
F ig. 9-2 Use of pro gra mm e r fo r point-to -poin t l ink
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 11
9.4 COM PP Parameterization Package
The prerequisites for the generation of the parameter sets for
the computer link are provided in thi s section.
9.4.1 I nstallation of COM PP on the PG 7xx
You require a PG 7xx programmer in which the STEP 5
basic package is already i nstalled.
Select drive C: user level 0 by entering
0:
Copy the contents of the COM PP floppy onto the hard disk
drive user level 0 using
PIP C:=A:* .*[R V]
(option: V = copy check, R = copy SYS files)
Declare the COM PP files as write-protected system files
using
SET S5PXCPPX.CMD [SYS RO]
SET S5PDCPPX.CMD [SYS RO]
SET S5PECPPX.CMD [SYS RO]
SET S5PFCPPX.CMD [SYS RO]
You can now use COM PP in every user level.
Leave user level 0 using
n: (n = required user level)
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 12 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.4.2 Call COM PP
Now call the package selection form using
S5
Position the cursor to the line "COM PP" and select the
COM PP parameter assignment software for the CP 544
using function key F1 (PACKAGE) .
The COM PP startup form appears.
9.5 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 1
Generate the parameter sets for the CP 544 using the
COM PP parameter assignment software.
Following selection of the language, you are provided with
the screen form "SELECTI ON". Enter the following values:
Par ameterization of
module CP 544
Progra m file C:RKCP01ST.S5D
SYSID file C:RKCP01SD.INI
Sys tem name Application example
Generation date 00.00.00 (actual date)
Interface 1
Path file AP.INI
Path name
Data to FILE
Import the entered data.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 13
Then access the screen form "CONFIGURATION" and enter
the foll owing parameters:
Type o f link RK 512 WITH 3964R WITH DEFAULT
VALUES
Com ment Application example, genera ted by ....
Import the entered data.
9.5.1 Assign Parameters to Static Parameter Set
Enter the followi ng parameters in the screen form "S TATIC
PARAMETER SET":
Transmission
mode MODE 1: RK 512 WITH 3964 WITH
DEFAULT VALUES
Bau d rate 9600 bps
Parity EVEN
Bits per character 8
Stop bits 1
Priority HIGH
Character delay time 22 * 10 ms
These
parameters are
automatically
entered in the
current mode.
Acknowledgement
delay time 55 * 10 ms
Number of
connection attempts 6
Number of
repetitions 6
Import the entered data.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 14 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.5.2 Transfer Par ameter s to CP 544 User Memory
Transfer the generated parameters to the CP 544 user
memory (i nternal RAM or RAM user submodule) by means of
the screen form "TRANSFER":
•first select the transmission direction and then
•specify the CP interface.
Source Destination
Data medi um FD CP
Drive B
Interface 1 1
Program na me RKCP01ST.S5D
You must restart the CP 544 fol lowing transmi ssion of the
parameters. Do this by pressing the function key "COLD
RESTART" for the corresponding device interface. The LED
TXD 1 on the front panel of the CP 544 must not
subsequently li ght up permanently (see Section 2.10). The
parameter settings are not correct or are incomplete if this is
the case.
You have then carried out all preparati ons on the CP in PLC
1 for programming the RK 512 computer link function.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 15
9.6 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 2
The parameter setti ngs of the computer link for the CP 544
in PLC 2 are identical to the parameter settings of the
computer link for the CP 544 in PLC 1 apart from the setting
of the priority in the static parameter set. You can therefore
copy the file in which the parameters are s tored. To do this,
leave STEP 5 and copy a t the operating system level. The
command with PCP/M is e.g.:
PIP RKCP02ST.S5D = RKCP01ST.S5D
Subsequently change the priority to LOW using COM PP and
transfer the modified fi le to the CP 544 in PLC 2.
The parameter settings for the two CP 544 modul es have
then been completed and you can now commence with
generation of the STEP 5 program.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 16 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.7 SEND Job from Data Block to Data Bloc k
Start with a SEND job from PLC 1 to PLC 2.
Task
20 data words are to be transferred from data block DB 10
(starting at data word DW 0) in the CPU 928 of PLC 1 to
data block DB 11 (s tarting at data word DW 4) in the
CPU 928 of PLC 2. The source and destinati on data can
thus be completely different.
The followi ng program structure is then required:
SEND-
ALL
RK 512
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Job No. 0
Job No. 1
Source = DB10
20DW from DW0
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
D
T
RECEIVE-
ALL
Job No. 0
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT = data transfer
RK 512
SEND-
DIRECT
Data
DB 10
DW0to19
Data
DB 11
DW4to23
SEND
Job No. 1
Destination from
DW4 in DB11
Fig. 9 -3 Structure o f a SEND job from DB to DB
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 17
The static parameters have already been loaded into the
user memori es of the two CPs 544 (see Section 9.5.2).
A job need only be programmed on the CP 544 in the active
PLC. The active PLC is the one which triggers the data
exchange. You need thus onl y program a SEND job for the
CP 544 of PLC 1.
The SEND job is triggered by the CPU by calli ng the data
handl ing block SEND-DIRECT with job number "n". Select
job number 1 . The associated job on the CP 544 has the
same job number "n". This job contains information on the
data destination in PLC 2.
The CP 544 then fetches the data by calli ng the data
handl ing block SEND-ALL and transfers the data from the
CPU/DB 10 to the CP 544 in PLC 2.
The CP 544 receives the data in PLC 2. By calli ng
RECEIVE-ALL, it stores the data in the destinati on defined
by PLC 1.
The SEND-ALL has the job number A-NR 0. I t is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether the CP requires data. If
yes, the SEND-ALL fe tches these from the defined source
and transfers them to the CP 544. If data are not required,
the functi on bl ock is left and the cyclic program continued.
The RECEIVE-ALL has the job number A-NR 0. It is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether the CP wishes t o transfer
data to the CPU. I f yes, the RECEIVE-ALL stores these at
the destination address defined by the CP 544. If data are
not to be transferred, the function block is left and the cyclic
program conti nued.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 18 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.7.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 1
The parameter settings of the computer link on the CP 544 in
PLC 1 must be extended by the dynamic parameter set for
job 1. You can access the screen form "DYNAM IC
PARAMETER SET" in the COM PP by pressing the key
"ENTER" in the screen form "CONFIGURATI ON". Enter the
followi ng parameters:
Job No. 1
Job SEND
Data destination DATA BLOCK
DB No. 11
Des tina tion address from 4 dec.
You need not speci fy a CPU number since this is not
multi-processor mode. A coordination flag need not be
entered either. Import the entered data.
Subsequently transfer the dynamic parameter set to the CP
and carry out a cold restart as descri bed i n Section 9.5.2.
9.7.2 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
Call the S5 package LAD, CSF, STL, name your STEP 5
program file "B:RKAG01ST .S5D" and select STL. Transfer
the data handling blocks for the CPU 928 into this program
file. Connect the CPU 928 to the PG 7xx.
The STEP 5 program must:
•Synchroni ze the CPU and CP 544 during the PLC startup
•Trigger the SEND job
•Transfer the data from the CPU to the CP 544.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 19
9.7.2.1 Starting the Program
You must call the data handling block SYNCHRON
unconditionall y in the restart organization blocks OB 20,
OB 21 and OB 22.
SYNCHRON
The interface number SSNR for the device interface 1 (SI 1)
is the same as the set page number "2". Select frame size
"2". Data can then be transferred in portions of up to 32
bytes at once between the CPU and CP 544. Any other
frame size can also be used.
If you wish to transfer more data than correspond to the set
frame size, the CP 544 simply requests the remaining data
with further SEND-ALL calls.
You can use the f rame size to decide whether you wish to
transfer l arge or small amounts of data per SEND-ALL (and
RECEIVE-ALL) call. In the case of a smal l frame size, the
data exchange is distributed amongst several cycles, and
only requires a small portion of the cycle time. Large
amounts of data can be transmitted a t once using large
frame sizes, but this requires a larger cycle time.
Use flag byte "FY 10" as the parameterization error byte
PAFE.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 20 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Restar t organization
blocks OB 20, OB 21
and OB 22
The restart organization blocks OB 20, OB 21 and OB 22
thus appear as follows:
: JU FB125 SYNCHRONIZATION CP 544 ↔ CPU
NAME : SYNCHRON
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
BLGR : KY0,2 FRAME SIZE: 2 (MAX. 32 BYTE)
PAFE : FY10 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
:BE
A parameteri zation error is to be indicated at di gital output
Q 0.0. Since a process image, and thus digital
inputs/outputs , cannot be processed in the restart
organization blocks, the indicati on can only be made in the
cyclic program (OB 1). If an error occurs here, check whether
the interface number and page number are the same. If this
is the case, the error i ndicates a hardware fault. A computer
link cannot be carried out in this case.
9.7.2.2 Cyclic Progr am
At the beginning of the cyclic program, an indicati on i s first
made of whether a parameterization error has occurred
during the restart.
SEND-DIRECT
The SEND job is triggered by a SEND-DIRECT call, i.e. a
call o f the data handling bl ock SEND with a job number not
equal t o 0 (job number 1 in the exampl e). The job number on
the SEND-DIRECT must agree with that of the job in the
CP 544. The job is to be executed if a positive edge appears
at digital input I 0.1.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 21
The interface number SSNR "2" and the job number A-NR
"1" must be programmed. Sel ect the status word ANZW
"FW 11" and parameterization error byte PAFE " FY 15". The
status word occupies two words. Flag word FW 11 indicates
the job status and error messages, if any. The number of
transmitted data per SEND-ALL call i s indicated in flag word
FW 13.
Information on the source of the data in the CPU must be
made on the data handling block with the SEND job. The
data source is to be a data bl ock (source type QTYP "DB")
with the number DBNR "10". The source start QANF is data
word "0", and the source length QLAE is "20" data words.
The SEND job is triggered by the result of the logic operation
1. If the result of the logi c operation with the call is 0, the
status word is only updated.
The termination of the j ob wi th an error, or the occurrence of
a paramet eri zatio n err or, i s ind icat ed at the digit al outpu t Q 0. 1.
In the event of an error, evaluate the error numbers in the
parameterization error byte PAFE, the status word ANZW
and the error message area in the SYSTAT (see al so
Section 9.12).
SEND-ALL
The job i s triggered by the SEND-DIRECT call. The data are
transmitted by the SEND-ALL call. The interface number
must also be SSNR "2". The job number A-NR is "0". We
shall select status word ANZW " FW 16" and parameterization
error byte "FY 18". The status word is onl y one word l ong
with the ALL functi on. The least significant byte ( FY 17)
indicates the number of the j ob for whi ch the SEND-ALL is
currently transmitting data from the CPU to the CP, i.e. job
number 1 in our case.
The SEND-ALL can be call ed wi th any result of the logic
operation.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 22 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Organization block
OB 1
The corresponding program in the cyclic organi zation block
OB 1 is shown below.
: A F 1 0.0 IF SYNCHRON PARAMETERIZATI ON
: =
:Q 0.0 ERROR HAS OCCURRED → SET
OUTPUT
:
: AN I 0.1 EDGE EVALUATION :
: R F 2 .1 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0.1 OPERATION RLO IS SET F OR A
: AN F 2 .1 CYCLE IF THE S IGNAL AT
: S F 2.1 INPUT I 0.1 CHANGES FROM 0 T O 1 .
:
: JU FB120 TRIGGER SEND JOB 1
NAME : SEND
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,1 J OB NUMBER 1
ANZW : FW11 STATUS WORD
QTYP : KSDB SOURCE TYPE DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 SOURCE DATA BLOCK DB 10
QANF : KF+0 S OURCE START DATA WORD 0
QLAE : KF+20 S OURCE LENGTH 2 0 DATA WORDS
PAFE : FY15 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: 0 F 12.3 JOB 1 F INISHED WITH ERROR
: 0 F 15.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.1 INDICATE AT OUTPUT Q 0.1
:
: JU FB126
NAME : SEND-A
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,0 J OB NUMBER 0 0
ANZW : FW16 STATUS WORD
PAFE : FY18 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: BE
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 23
Data block DB 10
Only the data source is now missing − data block DB 10. I t
should be at least 63 data words long so that its length is
also sufficient for the other application examples. Assign the
fi rs t 20 data w or ds DW 0 t o DW 19 w it h valu es no t equa l to 0.
Transfer the data handling blocks for the PLC 1 and
OB 20, OB 21, OB 22, OB 1 and DB 10 to the user memory
of your CPU. Carry out a cold restart on the CPU. The green
LED (RUN di splay) must light up. The LED TXD 1 goes out
on the CP.
9.7.3 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 2
No modifications are made to the previ ous parameter
settings of the computer link from Section 9.6 since a job is
not requi red in the passive PLC 2, and thus no dynamic
parameter set either.
Set the CP 544 to operating mode RUN. The red
interface-specific LED display TXD 1 on the CP 544
continues to flash slowly. The parameter settings are
incorrect or incomplete if thi s is not the case, or there is a
CP 544 hardware error.
9.7.4 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 2
Connect the CPU 928 to the P G 7xx.
Call the S5 package LAD, CSF, STL, name your STEP 5
program file for the PLC 2 "B:RKAG02ST.S5D" and select
STL. Transfer the data handling blocks for the S5-135U into
this program file.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 24 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The STEP 5 program must
•syn chr oniz e the C PU and CP 544 when restar ting the P LC,
•transfer the received data from the CP 544 to the CPU.
9.7.4.1 Starting the Program
You must call the data handling block SYNCHRON
unconditionall y in the restart organization blocks OB 20,
OB 21 and OB 22.
SYNCHRON
The interface number SSNR for the device interface 1 (SI 1)
is the same as the set page frame number "0". We shall
select the smallest frame size "1". Data can thus be
transferred in portions of up to 16 bytes at once between the
CPU and CP 544. Any other frame size can also be used.
If more than 16 bytes are transmitted, the remaining data are
simply stored in the CPU with further RECEIV E-ALL cal ls.
You can use the f rame size to define whether you wish to
transfer l arge or small amounts of data per RECEIVE-ALL
(and SEND-ALL) call. In the case of a small frame size, the
dat a exchange i s distribut ed amongst several cycl es, and only
req ui res a sm all po rti on o f the cycle t i me. Lar ge amount s of
dat a can b e tr ansmit ted a t onc e usin g lar ge frame sizes, bu t
this requires a larger portion of the cycle time.
Us e flag byt e "FY 10 " as t he pa ramet eri zation err or byt e PAF E.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 25
Restar t organization
blocks OB 20, OB 21
and OB 22
The restart organization blocks OB 20, OB 21 and OB 22
thus appear as follows:
: JU FB125 SYNCHRONIZATION CP ↔ CPU
NAME : SYNCHRON
SSNR : KY0,0 INTERFACE NUMBER 0
BLGR : KY0,1 FRAME S IZE 1 (MAX. 16 BYTE)
PAFE : FY10 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
:BE
A parameteri zation error is indicated by flag F 10.0. If an
error occurs here, check whether the interface number and
page frame number are the same. If this is the case, the
error indicates a hardware fault. A computer link cannot be
ca rried out f ollo wing a param eter iz atio n error dur ing t he rest art .
9.7.4.2 Cyclic Progr am
RECEIVE-ALL
The data transfer from the CP 544 to data block DB 11 is
carried out by a RECEIVE-ALL call. The i nterface number
SSNR must be "0". The job number A-NR is "0". Select
status word ANZW " FW 11". The status word is only one
word long for the ALL function. The coordi nation flag byte
number of the job which has just sent data is indicated here
in the least significant byte (FY 12) with the last
RECEIVE-ALL for a job (see Section 9.10). Since a
coordination flag has not been programmed in thi s exampl e,
DEH appears there for a call with the last RECEIVE-ALL.
The parameterizati on error byte PAFE is flag byte "FY 13".
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 26 C79000-B8576-C191-01
The data handling block RECEIVE-ALL can be called by any
result of the logic operation (RLO).
Organization block
OB 1
The corresponding program in the cyclic organi zation block
OB 1 thus appears as foll ows:
: JU FB127 RECEIVE-ALL CALL
NAME : RECEIVE
SSNR : KY0,0 INTERFACE NUMBER 0
A-NR : KY0,0 JOB NUMBER 0
ANZW : FW11 STATUS WORD
PAFE : FY13 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: BE
Data block DB 11
Only the data destination is now missing − data bl ock DB 11.
This must be at least 24 data words long. Transfer the
S5-135U data handling blocks as well as OB 20, OB 21, OB
22, OB 1 and DB 11 into the user memory of your PLC 2.
Carry out a cold restart on the CPU. The green LED (RUN
display) must continue to light up. The red LED TXD1 goes
out on the CP.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 27
9.7.5 Testing
Monitor the data words DW 4 to DW 23 of data block DB 11
in the PLC 2 using the P G 7xx online function FORCE
VARIABLE. Then switch digital input I 0.1 on the PLC 1 f rom
"0" to "1". The val ues f rom DB 10 in the PLC 1 now appear
in DB 11 in the PLC 2.
If you do not have a digital input module, use the flag F 0.1
instead of input I 0.1. Set the flag using the P G 7xx online
function FORCE VARIABLE (or reset it). Monitor the status
wor d FW 11 and the param eteri zat ion error b yte FY 15 using
FORCE VARIABLE.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 28 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.8 FETCH Job from Data Block to Data Block
The data which have been sent in Section 9.7 to the PLC 2
are fetched back from the PLC 2 into the PLC 1 again using
a FETCH job.
Task
20 data words are to be fetched from data block DB 11
(starting at data word DW 4) in the PLC 2 and transferred to
data block DB 10 (s tarting at data word DW 20) in the PLC
1. The source and destination data are again completely
different. The following program structure is required:
RECEIVE-
ALL
RK 512
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Job No. 0
Job No. 2
Destination = DB 10
20DW from DW20
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
SEND-
ALL
Job. No. 0
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT = data transfer
RK 512
FETCH-
DIRECT
Data
DB 10
DW 20 to 39
Data
DB 11
DW4to23
FETCH
Job No. 2
Source from
DW 4
in DB 11
Fig. 9-4 Stru ctu re of a FETCH job from DB to DB
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 29
The static parameters have already been loaded into the
user memori es of the two CPs 544 (see Section 9.5.2).
A job need only be programmed on the CP 544 in the active
PLC. The active PLC is the one which triggers the data
exchange. You need thus onl y program a FE TCH job for the
CP 544 of PLC 1.
The FETCH job is triggered by the CPU by calling the data
handl ing block FE TCH-DIRECT with job number "n". We
shall select j ob number 2.
The associated job on the CP 544 has the same job number
"n". Thi s job contains information on the data source in the
PLC 2; information on the data destination in the PLC 1 i s
stored in the FETCH-DIRECT.
The CP 544 in PLC 1 sends a request message to the
CP 544 in PLC 2 with i nformation on where the data are to
be fetched from. The CP 544 in PLC 2 fetches the requested
data from data block DB 11 of the CPU by means of a
SEND-ALL and transfers them to PLC 1. They are received
there by the CP 544 and stored in data block DB 10 by a
RECEIVE-ALL.
The SEND-ALL has the job number A-NR 0. I t is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether the CP requires data. If
yes, the SEND-ALL fetches these from the source defined by
the CP 544 and transfers them to the CP 544. I f data are not
required, the function block is left and the cyclic program
continued.
The RECEIVE-ALL has the job number A-NR 0. It is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether the CP wishes t o transfer
data to the CPU. I f yes, the RECEIVE-ALL stores these at
the destination defined by the CP 544. If data are not to be
transferred, the function block is left and the cycli c program
continued.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 30 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.8.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 1
The parameter settings of the computer link on the CP 544 in
the PLC 1 must be extended by the dynamic parameter set
for job 2. You can access the screen form "DYNAMIC
PARAMETER SET" in the COM PP by pressing the key
"ENTER" in the screen form "CONFIGURATION". Scroll to job
num ber 2.
Enter the followi ng parameters:
Job No. 2
Job FETCH
Dat a source DATA BLOCK
DB No. 11
Source address from 4 dec.
You need not speci fy a CPU number since this is not
multi-processor mode. A coordination flag need not be
entered either. Import the entered data.
Subsequently transfer the dynamic parameter set to the CP
and carry out a cold restart as descri bed i n Section 9.5.2.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 31
9.8.2 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
The FETCH job is triggered by means of a FETCH-DIRECT
call wi th a job number not equal to 0, job number 2 in our
example. The job number on the FETCH-DIREC T bl ock and
that of the job in the CP 544 must agree. The job is to be
executed if a positive edge occurs at the digital input I 0.2.
FETCH-DIRECT
The interface number SSNR "2" and the job number A-NR
"2" must be programmed. Sel ect the fl ag word " FW 20" as
the status word ANZW and the flag byte "FY 24" as the
parameterizati on error byte PAFE. The job status and any
error messages are indicated in the s tatus word.
Information on the data destinati on i n the PLC 1 must be
defined on the data handli ng bl ock FETCH-DIRECT. The
data destination shoul d be the data block (destination type
QTYP "DB") with the number DBNR "10". The destination
start ZANF is data word "20", and the destination length
ZLAE is "20" data words.
The FETCH job i s t riggered by the result of the l ogic
operation 1. If the resul t of the logic operation with the call i s
0, the status word is only updated.
The termination of the j ob wi th an error, or the occurrence of
a parameterization error, is indicated at the digital output Q
0.2. In the event of an error, evaluate the error numbers i n
the parameterization error byte PAFE , the status word ANZW
and the error message area in the SYSTAT (see al so
Section 9.12).
RECEIVE-ALL
The data sent by the PLC 2 are stored in the CPU 928 by
the CP 544 of PLC 1 by means of RECEIVE-ALL. The
interface number must al so be SSNR "2". The job number
A-NR is "0". Select status word ANZW "FW 25" and
parameterizati on error byte PAFE "FY 27". The number of
the job for which the RECEIVE-ALL transfers data from the
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 32 C79000-B8576-C191-01
CP to the CPU is stored there in the least significant byte
(FY 26). This is job number 2 in our example.
The RECEIVE-ALL can be call ed wi th any result o f the logic
operation (RLO).
Organization block
OB 1
Call the program fil e "B:RKAG01ST.S5D" in the STEP 5
presets form and extend the organization block OB 1 by the
followi ng statements :
: AN I 0.2 EDGE EVALUATION :
: R F 2 .2 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0. 2 OPERATION RLO is "1"
: AN F 2 .2 FOR A CYCLE I F THE S IGNAL
: S F 2 .2 AT INPUT I 0.2 CHAN GES FROM 0 TO 1.
:
: JU FB122 TRIGGER FETCH JOB 2
NAME : FETCH
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,2 J OB NUMBER 2
ANZW : FW20 STATUS WORD
ZTYP : KSDB DESTINATION TYPE DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 DESTINATION DATA BLOCK DB 10
ZANF : KF+20 DESTINATION START DATA WORD 20
ZLAE : KF+20 DESTI NA TION LE NGTH 20 DATA WO RDS
PAFE : FY24 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 21.3 JOB 2 F INISHED WITH ERROR
: O F 24.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.2 INDICATE AT OUTPUT Q 0.2
:
: JU FB127 RECEIVE-ALL CALL
NAME : REC-A
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,0 J OB NUMBER 0
ANZW : FW25 STATUS WORD
PAFE : FY27 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 33
Transfer the extended OB 1 to the user memory of your
CPU 928.
Data block DB 10
Data block DB 10 has already been generated with a
sufficient length in the previous example.
9.8.3 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 2
No modifications are made to the previ ous parameter
settings of the computer link from Section 9.6 since a job is
not requi red in the passive PLC 2, and thus no dynamic
parameter set either.
9.8.4 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 2
SEND-ALL
The transfer of the data requested by PLC 1 from the CPU
(data bl ock DB 11) to the CP 544 in PLC 2 is carried out by
a SEND-ALL call. The interface number SSNR must be "0".
The job number A-NR is "0". Select status word ANZW
"FW 14". The coordination flag byte number of the job for
which the data are fetched is i ndicated there in the least
signi ficant byte ( FY 15) with the last SEND-ALL for a job.
Since a coordination fl ag has not been programmed in the
FETCH j ob of the CP 544 in PLC 1 i n our example, DEH
appears there with the last SEND-ALL for a job.
Parameterization error byte P AFE i s flag byte "FY 16".
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 34 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Organization block
OB 1
Connect the CPU of PLC 2 to the PG 7xx and call the
program file "B:RKAG02ST .S5D" in the ST EP 5 default form.
Organization block OB 1 must be extended as follows:
: JU FB126 SEND-ALL CALL
NAME : SEND
SSNR : KY0,0 INTERFACE NUMBER 0
A-NR : KY0,0 JOB NUMBER 0
ANZW : FW14 STATUS WORD
PAFE : FY16 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
Tr ansfer the ext ended OB 1 to the user m emory of yo ur PLC 2 .
Data block DB 11
You have al ready generated the data bl ock DB 11 in the
previous example.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 35
9.8.5 Testing
Monitor the data words DW 0 to DW 19 and DW 20 to
DW 39 of data block DB 10 in PLC 1 usi ng the PG 7xx
online function F ORCE VARIABLE.
Switch digital i nput I 0.1 and then i nput I 0.2 on PLC 1 from
"0" to "1". 20 data words from data word DW 0 to DW 19 are
then sent to the PLC 2, and then returned from there to data
words DW 20 to DW 39. The values from data words DW 0
to DW 19 must now also be present in data words DW 20 to
DW 39.
If you do not have digital input/output modules, use flags
F 0.1 and F 0.2 instead of the i nputs I 0.1 and I 0.2. Set the
flags using the PG 7xx online function FORCE VARIABLE
(or reset them). Output the status words FW 11 and FW 20
and the parameterization error bytes FY 15 and F Y 24 using
FORCE VARIABLE.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 36 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.9 SEND Job "Flag to Data Block"
A SEND job is programmed in the opposite direction, i.e.
from PLC 2 to PLC 1.
Task
Flag word 8, i .e . the flag bytes 8 and 9, is to be transferred
from PLC 2 to data block DB 10, data word DW 40, in PLC 1
in every second program cycle.
The followi ng program structure is required:
PLC 2
PLC 1
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
DT DT
DT
DT = data transfer
CP 544
RK 512
CPU
Job No. 1
Source from
flag byte 8
DT
SEND-
DIRECT
Data
Flags
FY 8 and 9
CPU
RECEIVE-
ALL SEND-
ALL
Job No. 0 Job No. 0
DT
Data
DB 10
DW 40
RK 512
CP 544
SEND
Job No. 1
Dest. = DW 40
in DB 10
Fig. 9-5 Stru ctu re of a SEND jo b "Flag to DB"
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 37
The static parameters have already been loaded into the
user memori es of the two CPs 544 (see Section 9.5.2).
A job need only be programmed on the CP 544 in the active
PLC. The active PLC is the one which triggers the data
exchange. Thus a SEND job need only be programmed for
the CP 544 of PLC 2.
The SEND job is triggered by the CPU by calli ng the data
handl ing block SEND-DIRECT with job number "n". Select
job no. "1". The associated job on the CP 544 has the same
job number "n" . This job contains information on the data
destination in PLC 1.
The CP 544 then fetches the data by calli ng the data
handl ing block SEND-ALL and transfers the data from the
CPU/FW 8 to the CP 544 in PLC 1. The CP 544 in PLC 1
receives the data and stores them in the destination defined
by PLC 2 by calling the RECEIVE-ALL.
The SEND-ALL has the job no. A-NR 0. It is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether the CP requires data. If
yes, the SEND-ALL fetches the data from the defined source
and transfers them to the CP 544. If data are not required,
the functi on bl ock is left and the cyclic program continued.
The RECEIVE-ALL in PLC 1 has the job number A-NR 0. It
is called unconditionally in every program cycle and
examines in the CP 544 (dual-port RAM) whether the CP
wishes to transfer data to the CPU. If yes, the RECEIVE-ALL
stores these at the address defined by the CP 544. If data
are not to be transferred, the function bl ock is left and the
cyclic program continued.
The contents of the flag word FW 8 are to be incremented by
1 in each program cycle. The successful executi on of the
SEND job can thus be easily recognized in the PLC 1.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 38 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.9.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 1
The previous parameter settings of the computer li nk need
not be changed since a job is not required in the passi ve
PLC 1, and thus no dynamic parameter set either.
9.9.2 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
The transfer of the data received by the CP 544 to the data
block DB 10 is executed by the cyclically called RECEIVE-ALL.
Since this, as well as the data block DB 10, has been
programmed in the previous examples, the STEP 5 program
in the CPU 928 in PLC 1 need not be changed.
Set the CPU to RUN. The green LED must now light up.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 39
9.9.3 CP 544 Parameter Sets f or P LC 2
The parameter settings of the computer link on the CP 544 in
PLC 2 must be extended by the dynamic parameter set for
job 1. You can access the screen form "DYNAM IC
PARAMETER SET" in the COM PP by pressing the key
"ENTER" in the screen form "CONFI GURATI ON".
Enter the followi ng parameters:
Job No. 1
Job SEND
Data destination DATA BLOCK
DB No. 10
Des tina tion address from 40 dec.
You need not speci fy a CPU number since this is not
multi-processor mode. A coordination flag need not be
entered either. Import the entered data.
Subsequently transfer the dynamic parameter set to the CP
and carry out a cold restart as descri bed i n Section 9.5.2.
9.9.4 S TEP 5 Program Extension for PLC 2
The SEND job is triggered by a SEND-DIRECT call, i.e. a
call o f the data handling bl ock SEND with a job number not
equal t o 0, job number 1 in the example. The job number of
the SEND-DIRECT and that of the job in the CP 544 must
agree. The job is to be executed in every second program
cycle.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 40 C79000-B8576-C191-01
SEND-DIRECT
Program the interface number SSNR as "0" and the job
number A-NR as "1". Select the s tatus word ANZW "FW 20"
and the parameterization error byte PAFE "FY 25". The
status word occupies two words.
The job status is indicated in flag word FW 20, as well as
any error messages. The number of data transferred during
the current SEND-ALL call is present in flag word F W 22.
Information on the source of the data in the CPU must be
specified on the data handling block for the SEND job. The
data source shoul d be flag bytes (source type QTYP "FY").
The parameter with the data block number DBNR is
therefore not evaluated. The source start QANF is flag byte
"8" and the source length QLAE is 2 flag bytes.
The SEND job is triggered by a result of 1 for the logic
operation. Onl y the status word is updated if the result of the
logic operation is 0 when the call is made. Inverting the flag
bit F 3.0 means that the RLO is 0 in one cycle and 1 in the
next cycle.
Termination of the job with errors i s indi cated in bit 3 of the
status word . The occurrence of a parameterization error is
recognized in that bi t 0 of the parameterization error byte is
set. In the event of an error, an error evaluation program
tailored to the appl ication is usually cal led. Evaluate the error
numbers in the status word ANZW, the error message area
in the SYSTA T (see also Section 9.12) and the parameter-
ization error byte PAFE.
SEND-ALL
The SEND-ALL job has already been programmed in the
previous example.
Connect the PG 7xx to the CPU of PLC 2 and call the
program file "B:RKAG02ST .S5D" in the ST EP 5 presets
screen form.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 41
Organization block
OB 1
Extend organization bl ock OB 1 by the following statements:
: L FW8
: L KF+1
: + F INCREMENT CONTENTS OF FLAG WORD
: T FW8 BY 1 F OR EACH PROGRAM CYCLE
:
: AN F 3.0 INVERT FLAG BYTE FOR EACH
: = F 3.0 PROGRAM CYCLE
:
: JU FB120 TRIGGER SEND JOB 1
NAME : SEND
SSNR : KY0,0 INTERFACE NUMBER 0
A-NR : KY0,1 JOB NUMBER 1
ANZW : FW20 STATUS WORD
QTYP : KSMB SOURCE TYPE FLAG
DBNR : KY0,0 NOT EVALUATED
QANF : KF+8 S OURCE START FLAG BYTE 8
QLAE : KF+2 SOURCE LENGTH 2 FLAG BYTES
PAFE : FY24 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
Transfer OB 1 to the user memory of your PLC 2.
9.9.5 Testing
Monitor the data word DW 40 of data block DB 10 in PLC 1
using the P G 7xx online function FORCE VARIABLE. The
value in the data word must constantly be incremented.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 42 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.10 Coordination Flags
You can enable or disable the data transfer between CPU
and CP 544 using a coordination flag.
You must declare the coordination flags in the STEP 5
program as output communication flags and enable them on
the CP 544 using swi tch S4 (see Secti on 2.1). The
communication flags (and thus al so the coordination flags of
course) are part of the normal flag area.
Communication flags
with CPU 928
The communication flags must be entered in data block DB 1
as communication flag outputs. (A s soon as DB 1 is
programmed, the di gital i nput and output bytes must also be
entered there.) The output communication flags of the CPU
are updated in the dual-port RAM of the CP a t the end of the
cyclic program.
A SEND job (job number 1) is triggered by the PLC 2 in
every second program cycle. I t is transferred t o data block
DB 10, data word DW 40, in the PLC 1 by flag word FW 8.
The job has already been programmed in Section 9.9 and
thus need only be suppl emented by specification of the
coordination flag F 5.3. The contents of the flag word are
incremented by one in each program cycle.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 43
The program in PLC 1 recognizes i n the status word of
RECEIVE-ALL that data have arrived from a SEND job wi th
the coordination fl ag byte number 5 . The coordination flag
F 5.3 is then set. The jobs with the same coordination fl ag
data (same byte and bit numbers) are then rejected with
error number 32H in the reply message, 09H in the status
word and 30H in the SYSTAT, and data word DW 40 is thus
protected from being overwritten.
You can reset the coordination flag again using digital input
I 0.7, and thus permi t acceptance of the SEND job.
9.10.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 1
No changes need be made to the previous parameter
settings of the computer link. A job is not requi red in PLC 1
anyway. The communicati on flag bytes 0 to 31 have already
been enabled by swi tches (see Section 9.3).
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 44 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.10.2 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
The transfer of the data received by the CP 544 to data
block DB 10 is executed by the cyclically called
RECEIVE-ALL. RECEIVE-ALL and data bl ock DB 10 have
already been programmed.
The coordination flag byte number appears in the least
signi ficant byte o f the RECEIVE-ALL status word as soon as
data have arrived from the SEND j ob o f the PLC 2 (with job
number 1). The coordination flag F 5.3 is set i f the byte
number is 5. SEND jobs of the PLC 2 are then rejected.
The coordination flag is reset again by a positive edge at
digital input I 0.7, and the acceptance o f the job is permitted
again.
The coordination flag is immediately reset again following the
next SEND job of PLC 2 (with j ob number 1).
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 45
Organization block
OB 1
Extend organization bl ock OB 1 as follows:
: L FY26 COORDINATION FLAG BYTE NUMBER
: L KF+5 FROM STATUS WORD OF RECEIVE-
: !=F ALL EQUAL TO 5? IF YES,
: S
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
F 5.3 SET COORDINATION FLAG
THE DATA DESTINATION IS
PROTECTED FROM BEING
OVERWR ITTEN AS LONG AS THE
COORDINATION FLAG REMA INS SET.
THE SEND JOB WITH COORDINATION
FLAG F 5.3 I S REJECTED.
: AN I 0.7 EDGE EVALUATION:
: R F 2.7 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0.7 OPERATION RLO IS SET FOR A
: AN F 2.7 CYCLE IF THE SIGNAL CHANGES FROM
: S F 2. 7 0 TO 1 AT THE INPUT I 0.7.
:
: R F 5.3 RESET COORDINATION FLAG WITH
0 → 1 EDGE AT INPUT I 0 .7
Data block DB 1
The output communicati on flag byte 5, the i nput byte 0 and
the output byte 0 must be entered i n data block DB 1 using
the STEP 5 program function INPUT (F1) − SCR FORM (F4):
DB 1 I/O ASSIGNMENT
DIGITAL INPUTS : , 0, , , , ,
...
DIGITAL OUTPUTS : , 0, , , , ,
...
IPC FLAG INPUTS : , , , , , ,
...
IPC FLAG OUTPUTS : , 5, , , , , .. .
TIMER FIELD LENGTH : , ,
Transfer the extended OB 1 and DB 1 to the CPU 928.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 46 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.10.3 CP 544 Parameter Sets in PLC 2
The parameter settings of the computer link on the CP 544 in
PLC 2 must be extended by entering the coordi nation flag in
the dynamic parameter set for job 1. You can access the
screen form "DYNAMIC PARAMET ER SET" in the COM PP
by pressing the key "ENTER" in the screen form
"CONFIGURATION". Select the previously programmed job 1
and extend it by the parameter
Coordinati on flag 5.3
You need not speci fy a CPU number since this is not
multi-processor mode. Import the entered data.
Subsequently transfer the dynamic parameter set to the CP
and carry out a cold restart as descri bed i n Section 9.5.2.
9.10.4 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 2
The previous STEP 5 program is not changed. The SEND
job with the job number 1 is triggered as previously (see
Section 9.9).
Set the CPU to RUN. The green LED must now light up.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 47
9.10.5 Testing
Monitor the data word DW 40 of data bl ock DB 10 in the
PLC 1 using the PG 7xx online function FORCE VARIABLE.
It has a value which does not change.
Switch the input I 0.7 from 0 to 1 . The value in data word
DW 40 must change once and then remain constant since
the coordination fl ag i s reset again immediately after
acceptance of the job.
Also moni tor the s tatus word FW 20 of the SEND job wi th job
number 1 in PLC 2. KH = 0928 appears briefly in the status
word when this coordi nation flag is set i n the CPU 928, i .e.
this SEND job is rejected by PLC 1. This means "Job
completed with error 9H", DB or DX are disabled by
coordination flags. Error number 30H appears in the error
message area of the SYSTAT (see Section 9.12).
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 48 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.1 1 PS EUDO-WRITE Job "Input to Data Bloc k"
The PSEUDO-READ/WRITE jobs enable the source and
destination data of a job to be defined by the S TEP 5
program and to be modi fied during execution of the program.
Task
Input byte IB 0 of PLC 1 i s to be sent to data word DW 0 in
data block DB 11 of PLC 2 by means of a PSEUDO-WRITE
job.
SEND-
ALL
Job No. 0
RK 512
PLC 1
PLC 2
CPU CP 544 CP 544 CPU
Job No. 190
Parameter
DB10 from DW41
T
R
I
G
G
E
R
RECEIVE-
ALL
Job No. 0
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT = data transfer
RK 512
SEND-
DIRECT
Data
DB 11
DW 0
READ/
WRITE
Job No. 190
DB 10
DW 41 to 50
Data
Input byte
IB 0
SEND-
ALL
Job No. 0
DT
Parameter
Fig. 9-6 Stru ctu re of a PSEUDO-W RITE job
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 49
The static parameters have already been loaded into the
user memori es of the two CPs 544 (see Section 9.5.2).
The special jobs 190 to 199 for the PSEUDO-READ and
PSEUDO-WRITE jobs are al ways instal led on the CP 544.
These need not therefore be programmed by the user or
transferred to the CP user memory. The job numbers 190 to
199 are reserved i n the computer link for the
PSEUDO-READ and PSEUDO- WRI TE functions.
The job i s tri ggered by the call SEND-DIREC T as for the
PSEUDO-WRITE function. Select job number 190. The
CP 544 first f etches the source and destination partners from
the parameter data block by means of a SEND-ALL. The
input byte IB 0 is subsequentl y fetched by a second
SEND-ALL and transferred to the CP 544 in PLC 2.
The CP 544 in P LC 2 receives the data and stores them in the
destination defined by the PLC 1 by m eans of the RECEIVE- ALL.
When transmitting only one byte into a data word, the
CP 544 writes the data into the left data byte DL and
overwrites the right data byte DR wi th 0.
The SEND-ALL has the job No. A-NR 0. It is called
unconditionall y in every program cycle and examines in the
CP 544 (dual -port RAM) whether this requires data. I f yes,
the SEND-ALL fetches the data f rom the address specifed by
the CP 544 and transfers them to the CP 544. I f data are not
required, the function block is left and the cyclic program
continued.
The RECEIVE-ALL has the job number A-NR 0. It is called
unconditi onally in every program cycle and examines in
the CP 544 (dual-port RAM ) whether this wi shes t o
transfer data to the CPU. If yes, the RECEIVE-ALL stores
these at the address defined by the CP 544. If data are
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 50 C79000-B8576-C191-01
not to be trans ferred, the f unction b lock is le ft and th e cyc li c
program conti nued.
9.11.1 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 1
The job 190 is always present on the CP 544 and need not
therefore be programmed.
Switch the CP 544 to RUN. The red LED display TXD 1 of
device interface 1 (SI 1) must now flash slowly. The
parameter settings are incorrect or incomplete if this i s not
the case, or there is a CP 544 hardware faul t.
9.11.2 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
The PSEUDO-WRITE job is to be triggered by the change in
signal from "0" to "1" at digital input I 0.3.
SEND-DIRECT
The PSEUDO-WRITE job is triggered by a SEND-DIRECT
call , i.e. calling of the data handling block SEND with a job
number in the range 190 to 199. Select j ob number 190.
Interface number SSNR "2" and j ob number A-NR "190"
must be programmed. Select status word ANZW "FW 30"
and parameterization byte PAFE " FY 34". The status word
occupies two words. The job sta tus and any error messages
are indicated in flag word FW 30. The number of transmitted
data per SEND-ALL call is present i n flag word FW 32.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 51
The initial address of the t ransfer parameters must be
specified for the PSEUDO-WRITE job. The parameters are to
present in the data block (QTYP "DB") with the number
DBNR "10" starting at data word QANF "41". The CP 544
automatically requests 10 data words as transfer parameters;
the parameter QLAE is therefore not eval uated.
The SEND job is call ed unconditionall y and triggered by the
result of the logic operation (RLO) 1. Only the s tatus word is
updated if the RLO for the cal l is 0 .
The termination of the j ob with errors or the occurrence of a
parameterizati on error i s indi cated at digital output Q 0.3. In
the event of an error, evaluate the error numbers i n the
status word ANZW, the parameteri zation error byte PAFE
and the error message area of the SYSTAT (see Section 9.12).
Connect the PG 7xx to the CPU 928 and call the program
file "B:RKAG01ST.S5D" in the S TEP 5 presets form.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 52 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Organization block
OB 1
Extend organization bl ock OB 1 as follows:
: AN I 0.3 EDGE EVALUATION:
: R F 2.3 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0.3 OPERATION RLO IS SET F OR A
: AN F 2.3 CYCLE I F THE S IGNAL CHANGES
: S F 2.3 FROM 0 TO 1 AT INPUT I 0.3.
:
: JU FB120 TRIGGER SEND JOB 190
NAME : SEND
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,190 J OB NUMBER 190
ANZW : FW30 STATUS WORD
QTYP : KSDB SOURCE TYPE DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 PARAMETER FROM DB 10
QANF : KF+41 START OF PARAM. BLOCK DW 41
QLAE : KF+0 NOT EVALUATED
PAFE : FY34 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 3 1.3 JOB 190 COMPLETED WITH ERROR
: O F 34 .0 OR PARAMETERIZATI ON ERROR
: = Q 0.3 INDICATE AT OUTPUT Q 0.3
The SEND-ALL call required for transmission of the transfer
parameters and the input byte has already been programmed.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 53
Data block DB 10
Program the source and destination in data block DB 10:
41 : KS = IB QTYP source type input byte
42 : KY = 0 ,0 DBNR not required
43 : KF = +0 QANF source start is input byte 0
44 : KF = +1 QLAE source length is 1 byte
45 : KS = DB ZTYP destination type data block
46 : KY = 0,11 DBNR destination da ta block is DB 11
47 : KF = +0 ZANF destination start i s DW 0
48 : KF = +0 ZLAE irrelevant with SEND
49 : KY = 255,255 No coordination flag
50 : KF = +0 CPU number
Transfer the organization block OB 1 and data block DB 10
to the user memory of your PLC 1.
9.11.3 CP 544 Parameter Sets for PLC 2
There are no changes to the previous parameter se tti ngs for
the computer link since a job is not required in the passive
PLC 2, and thus a dynamic parameter set is not required
either.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 54 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.11.4 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 2
The transfer of the data received by the CP 544 to the data
block DB 11 is executed by the cyclically called
RECEIVE-ALL. Since this, as wel l as the data block DB 11,
has already been programmed, the STEP 5 program need
not be changed.
Set the CPU to RUN. The green LED must now light up.
9.11.5 Testing
Monitor the data word DW 0 of data block DB 11 in PLC 2
using the P G 7xx online function FORCE VARIABLE.
Switch the digital input I 0.3 on PLC 1 from "0" to "1". The bi t
pattern of input byte IB 0 appears in the most significant part
of data word D W 0 (left data byte DL = 0). The right data
byte DR 0 is always overwritten wi th 0.
If you do not have digital input/output modules i n PLC 1, use
flag byte FY 0 instead of input byte IB 0. Set the fl ags using
the PG 7xx online function FORCE VARIABLE (or reset
them).
Monitor the status word FW 30 and the parameterization
error byte FY 34 using FORCE VARIABLE.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 55
9.12 Readi ng the Err or Message Area in the SY STAT
The SYSTAT is a memory area on the CP 544 which
contains status information for each page separately.
Task
The error information is to be transferred to DW 51 and 52 in
data block DB 10. The job is cal led unconditional ly in each
program cycle, but only executed if an error occurs. I t must
be called with the resul t of the l ogic operation RLO 1.
The PLC job RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 is reserved for reading
the error message area. This job i s executed directly, i.e. it is
not entered into the queue of the CP 544 and does not
require a RECEIVE-ALL. It is not necessary to program a job
on the CP 544 either.
9.12.1 S TEP 5 Program for PLC 1
RESET-DIRECT 200
The error message area of the addressed page is reset by
call ing the RESET-DIRECT 200 − in our example, device
interface 1 of the CP 544 (SSNR = 2). The data words
DW 51 and DW 52 in data block DB 10 − in which the error
numbers are wri tten by the RECEIVE-DIRECT 200 − must
be reset separately.
The error message area is reset by a positive edge at digital
input I 0.4.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 56 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Function block FB 100
Set the parameters for functi on bl ock FB 100 as fol lows:
: JU FB124 RESET SYSTAT
NAME : RESET
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,200 J OB NUMBER 200
PAFE : FY40 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
:
: Q DB10 DELETE DATA WORDS DW 51
: L KF+0 AND D W 52 IN DATA BLOCK 10
: T DB 10
: T D W52
: BE
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 57
Organization block
OB 1
Extend organization bl ock OB 1 by the following commands:
: O F 3.0
: ON F 3 .0 GENERATE RLO = 1
:
: JU FB121 READ SYSTAT
NAME : RECEIVE
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,200 J OB NUMBER 200
ANZW : FW35 STATUS WORD
ZTYP : KSDB THE DESTINATION I S A DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 DATA BLOCK NUMBER DB 10
ZANF : KF+51 STARTING AT DATA WORD 51
ZLAE : KF+2 2 DATA WORDS
PAFE : FY39 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 36.3 JOB COMPLETED WI TH ERROR
: O F 39.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.4 INDICATE AT OUTPUT Q 0.4
:
: AN I 0.4 EDGE EVALUATION :
: R F 2 .4 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0.4 OPERATION RLO IS SET F OR A
: AN F 2 .4 CYCLE IF THE S IGNAL CHANGES
: S F 2.4 FROM 0 TO 1 AT INPUT I 0 .4.
:
: JC FB100
NAME : R-SYSTAT
Transfer organizati on bl ock OB 1 and function block FB 100
to the user memory of the CPU 928.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 58 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.12.2 Testing
Monitor data block DB 10, DW 51 and DW 52, using the
PG 7xx onl ine functi on F ORCE VARIABLE, and disconnect
the cabl e between the two CPs 544.
KH = 0EFF immediately appears in data word DW 51 and
KH = FFF F in DW 52, i.e. BREAK. Thi s error number is
signal led repeatedly until the status has been eliminated. The
error buffer in the SYST AT therefore also overflows; bit 2 is
set in the first byte . Transfer jobs are terminated with error
FH i n the associated ANZW .
Reestablish the connection between the two CPs 544. Reset
the SYSTA T error message area by swi tching input I 0.4
from 0 to 1. Check the resetting using FORCE VARIABLE.
Trigger the SEND job with the j ob number 1 at i nput I 0.1 i n
PLC 1.
Switch the mode selector of the CP 544 in PLC 2 to STOP
and trigger the SEND job with job number 1 in PLC 1.
KH = 0838 appears in data word DW 51 of DB 10, i .e . the
error message that the partner CP has been swi tched to
STOP.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 59
9.13 Date/Time Jobs
The CP 544 has an internal hardware clock which continues
to run even in the event of power failures because o f the
backup battery of the PLC subrack. It can be used as a date
and time generator if necessary. It is easy to set and read
this clock and to synchronize it with the hardware clocks of
other CPs in the same PLC.
The PLC job number 218 is reserved on the CP 544 for
reading and writing the date and time. Thi s special job is
executed directl y, i.e. it is not entered into the CP 544 queue
and does not require SEND-ALL or RECEIVE-ALL.
Triggering of the job and the transfer are carried out in one
call . You need not program a call on the CP 544.
The master status must be set in order to process date/time
jobs. The master s tatus on the CP 544 i s reset when the
power supply is switched on. It is not influenced by the
function block SYNCHRON either. Setting of the master
status is described in Sections 9.13.2 and 9.13.3.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 60 C79000-B8576-C191-01
9.13.1 Read Date/T ime
Task
In the PLC 1, the current date and time values as well as the
master status ar e to be transmitted cyclically by the CP 544
hardware clock to data block DB 10 start ing at data word D W 53.
The transmission is to take place in every cycle. The end of
the job is indicated by an error at output Q 0.5.
Organization block
OB 1
Extend OB 1 by a corresponding PLC j ob trigger:
: O F 3.0
: ON F 3 .0 GENERATE RLO = 1
:
: JU FB121
NAME : RECEIVE
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,218 J OB NUMBER 218
ANZW : FW41 STATUS WORD
ZTYP : KSDB THE DESTINATION I S A DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 DATA BLOCK NUMBER DB 10
ZANF : KF+53 STARTING AT DATA WORD 53
ZLAE : KF+5 5 DATA WORDS
PAFE : FY45 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 42.3 JOB COMPLETED WI TH ERROR
: O F 45.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.5 INDICATED AT OUTPUT Q 0. 5
Tr ansfer the ext ended or ganiza tio n bloc k OB 1 to t he CP U 928 .
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 61
9.13.1.1 Testing
Monitor data bl ock DB 10 from DW 53 to DW 57 using the
PG 7xx onl ine functi on F ORCE VARIABLE. The date and
time are not entered because the master status is not set
when the CP 544 is started up by switching on the power.
The job i s terminated with an error in the status word (7H,
SYSTAT = 1FH); nothing is entered in the destination data
block.
9.13.2 Set Date/Time
Task
Enter the required value − e.g. 31. December 1992, 23
hours, 58 mi nutes and 30 seconds − in BCD format into data
block DB 10 starting at data word DW 59. The CP 544 is to
be the master clock. Therefore the mast er status (bit 8) must be
se t in da ta word D W 58 (see al so S ecti ons 9. 13 .1 and 9 .13. 3).
Data block DB 10
58 :KH = 0100 Master status
59 :KH = 0030 1/10 s / 1/100 s / seconds
60 :KH = 5823 Minutes / hours
61 :KH = 3112 Day / mon th
62 :KH = 9200 Year / - -
The set function is to be triggered by a change in si gnal from
"0" to "1" a t i nput bit I 0.6. The termination of the j ob is to be
indicated with an error at output Q 0.6.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 62 C79000-B8576-C191-01
Organization block
OB 1
Extend OB 1 by the associated PLC job trigger:
: AN I 0.6 EDGE EVALUATION :
: R F 2 .6 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC
: A I 0.6 OPERATION RLO IS SET F OR A
: AN F 2 .6 CYCLE IF THE S IGNAL CHANGES
: S F 2.6 FROM 0 TO 1 AT INPUT I 0 .6.
:
: JU FB120
NAME : SEND
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,218 J OB NUMBER 218
ANZW : FW46 STATUS WORD
QTYP : KSDB THE SOURCE IS A DATA BL OCK
DBNR : KY0,10 DATA BLOCK NUMBER DB 10
QANF : KF+58 STARTING AT DATA WORD 58
QLAE : KF+5 5 DATA WORDS
PAFE : FY50 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 47.3 JOB COMPLETED WI TH ERROR
: O F 50.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.6 INDICATED AT OUTPUT Q 0. 6
Transfer OB 1 and data block DB 10 t o the user memory of
the CPU 928.
9.13.2.1 Testing
Switch the digital input I 0.6 from "0" t o "1". The master
status, date and time of the CP 544 hardware clock are set
to the value programmed in data block DB 10. You can
check the success on the date and time values which are
written cycl ically into data words DW 53 to DW 57; the
hundredths of a second, the tenths of a second, the seconds
and the minutes must change continuously. The CP 544
indicates the change i n year shortly af terwards.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 63
9.13.3 Synchronization of Sever al C P Har dware C locks
In order to synchronize the hardware clocks of several CP
modules, the CPU must
•read the date and time from a CP declared as the master
and
•transfer the time and date to the other communicati ons
processors declared as slaves.
The time is read using a RECEIVE-DIRECT 218 (see
Section 9.13.1) and set using a SEND-DIRECT 218 (see
Section 9.13.2).
Time maste r,
time slave
A CP is declared as the time master by a SEND-DIRECT
218 if bit 8 is set in the fi rs t data word transmitted. The CP is
declared as the slave if this bit i s set to "0".
Transmi t m aster
status, date, time
Only the master status is influenced if only one data word is
transmitted with the SEND-DIRECT 218 (QLAE = 1); the
time remains unchanged. The master status, date and time
are transmi tted if 5 data words are transmi tted with the
SEND-DIRECT 218 (QLAE = 5). The hardware clock is set
accordingly and starts i mmediately with the new val ue. As an
example, two CP 544 modules are i nserted in an S5-135U
with CPU 928. These modules have the page numbers 0 and
2. The CP 544 with page number 2 has al ready been
declared as the master and has the correct time.
The date, time and master status are read from the master
clock (interface 2) in every program cycle using the
command sequence from Section 9.13.1, and written i nto
data block DB 10 starting at data word DW 53. The master
status must be reset in data block 10, data word DW 53,
before the date and time of the master clock can be
transmitted to the slave clock (interface 0). Carry out the
synchroni zation following a rising edge at i nput I 0.5.
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 64 C79000-B8576-C191-01
A prerequi si te fo r exact synchronization is that the ti me read
from the master clock is transmitted to the slave clock in the
same program cycle.
The trigger flag F 3.2 for interface 0 (SSNR 0) is set
followi ng the 0-1 edge at input I 0.5.
Successful reading
The set job (SEND-DIRECT 218) is only carried out if the
associated tri gger flag is set and if the read job
(RECEIVE-DIRECT 218) has been carried out. You can
recognize successful reading in that the master status which
is reset in DB 10 DW 53 in each cycle is set immediatel y
after calling the RECEIVE-DIRECT. The trigger flag of the
slave clock is removed once the la tter has been
synchroni zed correctly (completed without errors).
Errors when readi ng
An error when readi ng the master clock is indicated at output
Q 0.5, and an error when setting the slave clock at output
Q 0.7. In the event of an error, evaluate the error numbers in
the status word (ANZW) the parameterization error byte
(PAFE) and the error message area of the SYSTAT for the
respective interface (see Section 9.12).
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 65
Organization block
OB 1
The program in organization block OB 1 for synchronizing
the two CPs 544 is then as follows:
: O F 3.0
: O N F 3. 0 RESULT OF LOGIC OPERATION RLO = 1
:
: JU FB121
NAME : RECEIVE
SSNR : KY0,2 INTERFACE NUMBER 2
A-NR : KY0,218 J OB NUMBER 218
ANZW : FW41 STATUS WORD
ZTYP : KSDB THE DESTINATION I S A DATA BLOCK
DBNR : KY0,10 DATA BLOCK NUMBER DB 10
ZANF : KF+53 STARTING AT DATA WORD 53
ZLAE : KF+5 5 DATA WORDS
PAFE : FY45 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
:
: O F 42.3 JOB COMPLETED WI TH ERROR
: O F 45.0 OR PARAMETERIZATION ERROR
: = Q 0.5 INDICATED AT OUTPUT Q 0. 5
:
: Q DB10
: A D 53.8 IF MASTER STATUS 1, SET
: = F 3.1 "READING SUCCESSFUL", RESET
: R D 5 3.8 MASTER STATUS
:
: AN I 0.5 EDGE EVALUATION :
: R F 2.5 THE RESULT OF THE LOGIC OPERATION
: A I 0. 5 RLO IS 1 FOR A CYCLE
: AN F 2 .5 IF THE SI GNAL CHANGES FROM
: S F 2.5 0 to 1 AT INPUT I 0 .5.
:
: S F 3.2 SET TRIGGER FLAG SSNR T O 0
:
Application Exampl es CP 544
9 - 66 C79000-B8576-C191-01
:
: A F 3.2 SET SLAVE CLOCK SSNR IF
: A F 3.1 TRIGGER FLAG IS SET AND
: JU FB120 DATE/TIME READ
NAME : SEND
SSNR KY0,0 INTERFACE NUMBER 0
A-NR KY0,218 J OB NUMBER 218
ANZW FW51 STATUS WORD
QTYP KSDB SOURCE IS A DATA BL OCK
DBNR KY0,10 DATA BLOCK NUMBER DB 10
QANF KF+53 STARTING AT DATA WORD 53
QLAE KF+5 5 DATA W ORDS
PAFE FY55 PARAMETERIZATION ERROR BYTE
: A F 52.2 SETTIN G OF SSNR 0 COMPLETED
: R F 3.2 W ITHOUT ERRORS, RESET
TRIGGER FLAG
: O F 52 .3 JOB SSNR 0 COMPLETED WITH
: O F 55.0 ERRORS OR PARAMETERIZATION
ERROR
: = Q 0.7 INDICATED AT OUTPUT Q 0.7
The set values could also have been sent to interface
numbers SSNR 1 and 5 since the CP 544 only has one
hardware clock for both device interfaces.
9
CP 544 Application Examples
C79000-B8576-C191-01 9 - 67
Reference Section
Contents of Chapter 10
10 Reference Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
10
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 1
10 Ref erence Section
C
COM PP The COM PP parameterization software supports the
parameter settings of point-to-point links for the two serial
interfaces of the CP 544.
Input keys
Working with COM PP is possible with S5-specific keys,
function keys and cursor keys.
S5-specific keys
The key description is based on the programmers of the PG
7xx range.
DELETE:
Deletes the character at the current cursor position.
EXPAND HORIZONTALLY:
Inserts a blank at the current cursor position.
INSERT
0
INSERT key:
This key enters your input and has the same function as
function key
F6
.
HELP key:
Triggers the help function and opens a help window.
ESCAPE key:
With certain restrictions, this key has basically the same
functions as function key
F8
. (You cannot exit
acknowledgement menus with the
ESC
key.)
10
CCOM PP
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 3
Cursor keys
The key description is based on the programmers of the PG
7xx range.
RETURN key:
Select s an entry in a s elec tion window and closes the window.
Positions the cursor to the next input field (the cursor
jumps from the last field of a screen form to the fi rs t field).
SHIFT CURSOR left /right:
The cursor is positioned to the previ ous/next input field.
CURSOR up/down:
The cursor is positioned to the higher/l ower input fiel d.
PAGE forwards/backwards:
You can page forwards/backwards. If there are insufficient
data for a complete further page, the screen scrolls to the
end. You can use these keys in selecti on wi ndows.
CURSOR left/right:
The cursor is positioned to the previ ous/next character in
the input field. I f the limit of the field is reached, the cursor
moves to the previous/next fiel d.
You can jump to the end/start of a selecti on wi ndow.
COM PP C
10 - 4 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Fun ction keys
The eight function keys
F1
to
F8
are assigned a specific
function in the softkey menu of the currently sel ected screen
form. The function keys
F3
,
F6
,
F7
and
F8
usually have the
followi ng meanings:
F 3 SELECT:
Opens a sel ection window.
F 6 ENTER (same as INSERT key):
Closes a selection window, imports the
data you have entered, and displays
the next screen form.
F 7 HELP (same as HELP key):
Triggers the help function and then
opens a help window.
F 8 RETURN (same as ESC key):
Exits the screen form, returns to the
next higher level in the screen form
hierarchy.
10
CCOM PP
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 5
D
Data handling
blocks The two following tables list the numbers of the vari ous data
handl ing blocks in the different types of programmable
control ler, and which data handling blocks you can call in
your STEP 5 program.
Block numbers
DHB Function S5-115U S5-135U
S5-155U
SYNCHRON Synchronizes the CP FB 249 FB 125
SEND-
DIRECT n Starts the SEND job with
job number n FB 244 FB 120
SEND-ALL Transfers the data f rom the
CPU to the CP FB 244
Job No.= 0 FB 126 or
FB 120
Job No.= 0
FETCH-
DIRECT n Starts the FETCH job with
job number n FB 246 FB 122
RECEIVE-
ALL Tra nsfe rs the da ta from the
CP to the CPU FB 24 5
Job No.= 0 FB 127 or
FB 121
Job No.= 0
RECEIVE-
DIRECT n Starts the RECEIVE job
with job number n FB 245 FB 121
RESET-
DIRECT n Starts the RESET j ob with
job number n FB 248 FB 124
CONTROL Copies the s tatus of the
respec tive job into t he
de fi ned statu s w o rd
FB 247 FB 123
Tabl e 10 .1 Data ha ndlin g blo cks for the CP 5 44
Data handli ng bl ock s D
10 - 6 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Jobs
Job Data
handling
block
Job
number Entry
into
queue
Destination
length in
words *
Synchronize CP and CPU SYNCHRON −No -
Send data SEND 0−188 Yes -
Fetch data FETCH 1−188 Yes -
Receive data RECEIVE 0 Yes -
Read data (PSEUDO-READ) FETCH 190−199 Yes -
Write data (PSEUDO-WRITE) SEND 190−199 Yes -
Check job status CONTROL 0−223 No -
Parameterize device interface SEND 189 Yes -
Read device interface parameters RECEIVE 189 Yes 0 to 2043
Read error message a rea of SYSTAT RECEIVE 200 No 2
Delete error message area of SYSTAT RESET 200 No -
Read complete SYSTAT RECEIVE 221 No 16
Scan status RECEIVE 205 No 1
Start device interface SEND 202 No -
Stop device interface RESET 202 No -
Impo rt mode-specific static parameters SEND 203 Yes -
Read hardware parameters RECEIVE 204 No 16
Set time SEND 218 No -
Read time RECEIVE 218 No 5
Read SYSID RECEIVE 223 No ≥ 64
* Data only for special jobs
Ta ble 10.2 Jobs for da ta transm issi on wi th the CP 544
10
D Data handling blocks
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 7
I
Installation
guidelines Only the most important EMC rules are l isted here as
installation guidelines. You can obtain further information on
installation in your programmable controller manual.
The most important
EMC rules
It is usually sufficient to observe a number of elementary
rules in order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
Please therefore observe the followi ng 5 rules when installing
your programmable controller.
Rule 1: E nsure when i nstalling t he programmable
control lers t hat the inactive metal components are
grounded with a good large-area contact.
•Connect al l inactive metal components with a large
contact and low impedance.
•For the screw connections on painted and anodized
metal parts, use either special contact washers or
remove the insulating protective layers.
•Do not use any aluminum parts if possible. Aluminum is
easily oxidized and is thus less suitable for grounding
purposes.
•Produce a central connection between the ground and
the grounding electrode/protecti ve ground system.
Rule 2: Ensure that the cables ar e r outed correctly.
•Divide the cabl es into groups (power cables, power
supply cables, signal cables, data cables).
•Always route the power cables and signal/data cables in
separate ducts or bundles.
•Route signal and data cables as close as possibl e to
grounded surfaces (e.g. supporti ng members, metal rails,
cabinet panel s).
Installation guidelines I
10 - 8 C79000-S8576-C191-01
R ule 3: En sure t hat t he cab le sh ields ar e se cured perf ectly.
•Data lines must be shielded. The shiel d must be
connected at both ends.
•Analog cables should be shielded. Connection of the
shield at one end may be advantageous when
transmitting signals with smal l ampli tudes.
•Connect the cable shields directly on entry into the
cabinet to a shiel d/protective ground rail with a large-area
contact and secure the shiel ds using cable cl amps.
Route the shield up to the module wi thout an interruption,
but do not connect it there again.
•Ensure that the shiel d/protective ground rail is connected
to the cabi net with a low impedance.
•Use metal or metal-pl ated plug housings for shielded
data cables.
R ule 4: U se speci al E MC mea sures for special appl icati ons.
•Provide all inductors with spark quenchers which are not
controlled by SIMATIC-S5 modules.
•Use filament lamps for the cabinet i lluminati on; avoid the
use of fl uorescent lamps.
Rule 5: Produce a uniform reference potential and
ground all electrical equipment if possible.
•Take care when implementing the grounding measures.
Grounding of the controller serves for protective and
functional purposes.
•Connect system components and cabinets wi th central
controllers and expansion units radial ly to the grounding
electrode/protective ground sys tem. Thi s prevents the
production of ground loops.
•If there are differences in potential between system
components and cabinets, provide sufficiently
dimensioned equipotential bonding conductors.
10
I Installation guidelines
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 9
Interface
submodules T he fol lo wing in terfa ce submod ule s can be used i n the C P 544:
Interface submodules V.24 (RS 232) TTY RS 422 RS 485
Transmission mode V 28 TTY X.27
RS 485
Interface lines V 24 RXD
TXD X.21
X.24
Floating No No * Yes
Minimum baud ra te 300 bps 300
bps 300 bps
Maximum baud ra te 19.2 K 9.6 K 76 .8 K
* On ly flo atin g on pa ssive side
L
LED displays
Module-specific
displays
LED
RUN LED
STOP Meaning
On
(green) Off - CP i s i n RUN s tate.
- The CP can process jobs arriving from the
CPU and the partner.
Slow
flashing Off - CP is in TEST sta te.
- The CP can process jobs arriving from the
CPU and the partner.
Off On (r ed) - C P i s i n STOP st ate.
- Modul e in operation, but no more data
transfer is taking place to the CPU via
the S5 interface.
Off Slow
flashing - CP in state "Error".
- An error has occurred which means that
furt her processing is not reliabl e. Thi s state
can only be left by switching off the power.
Tab le 10.4 LED displa ys (mo dule- sp ecific)
T able 1 0.3 In terface sub m odule s in the CP 544
Interface submodules L
10 - 10 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Interface-specific
displays
TXD 1, TXD 2
On (red),
permanent Interface submodule inserted but no interface
paramete rs present
On (red),
fast flashing Correct/incomplete parameters or incorrect
interf ace submodule inserted
On (red),
slow flashi ng Parameters OK, but synchronization not yet
carried out via backplane bus
On (green) Job has been triggered
Off Interface is i n operation, active and passive
jobs can be executed, o r no inte rface
submodule inserted
RXD 1, RXD 2
On (green) Job has been r eceived
M
Mode selector
switch A mode selector is present on the front panel of the CP 544
with the three positions RUN/TEST/STOP.
RUN
If the mode sel ector is set to RUN (and if a SYNCHRON job
has been executed without errors) , the CP 544 processes
jobs which arrive from the CPU and the partner.
TEST
The switch position TES T currently has no special meaning.
The CP 544 responds as in switch position RUN.
STOP
The transfer of useful data on the serial transmission line is
interrupted if the mode selector is set to STOP. Incoming
jobs are rejected with an error message (see also Chapter 8).
Tab le 10.5 L ED d isplays (inte rface-speci fic)
10
M Mode selector switch
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 11
Mode switchover
RUN/TEST
→
STOP
The transfer of useful data on the serial transmission line is
interrupted. If a job is currentl y being processed, it is
completed without an error message. Thus a longer period
may expire unti l the S TOP status is reached depending on
the amount of data to be transmitted. Il lumi nation of the LED
on the front panel indicates this status.
STOP
→
RUN/TEST
The CP 544 recommences job processing. The LED on the
front panel goes out.
Changi ng the switch posi tion does not result in a cold restart
of the CP 544!
P
Pin assignments F ront connector for PG interface:
1 Ground (Mext.)
2 Receiver TTY -
3
4 P24V
5 Identifier 1, TTL level
6 Transmi tter TTY +
7 Transmi tter TTY -
8 Ground (Mext.)
9 Receiver TTY +
10 M 24 (current sources 20 mA -)
11 Current source +20 mA
12 0 V
13 Current source +20 mA
14 Identifier 2
15
Mode switchover P
10 - 12 C79000-S8576-C191-01
R
RS422-A/485
submodule You can use the RS422-A/485 submodule in RS422-A mode
with:
•RK 512 computer link,
•data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures,
•data transmission with the open driver
but not if the CP 544 is used without a fan subassembly.
Pin assign ments
The f oll owin g tabl e li st s the pi n ass ignm ents of the 1 5-way
Sub -D plu g on t he fr ont pa nel of the RS422 -A/ 485 sub module :
Pin Name acc.
to CCITT
X.24
Input/
output Remarks
1Shield
2 T(A) Output
3C(A) Output
4 R(A) Input/,
output In full-duplex mode, data can only
be received on this 2-wire line.
5 I(A) Input
6 S(A) Input
7B(A) Output
8GND
9 T(B) Output
10 C(B) Output
11 R(B) Input/,
output In full-duplex mode, data can only
be received on this 2-wire line.
12 I(B) Input
13 S(B) Input
14 B(B) Output
15 X(B) Input
9
8
1
15
10
R RS422-A/485 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 13
Jumpe r set tings
When supplied, the jumpers on the RS422-A/485 submodule
are inserted as shown below. You can therefore use the
RS422-A/485 submodule immediately.
X4
X7X5
X6 1
2
3
X9
X8
1324
X10
X11
X3 1
2
3
Backplane connector
Front connector
15-pin sub-D plug
Fig. 10 -1 RS4 22-A/48 5 submo du le: jum pe r setting s wh en suppl ied
RS422-A/485 submodule R
10 - 14 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Using jumpers X10 and X11, you can cancel the detection of
the BREAK state via the twisted pair R.
12BREAK st ate on twisted pair R
X10 cancelled,
X11 the BREAK state cannot be detected
reliably
X10 Twisted pair R active,
X11 the BREAK state can be detected
reliably
You must not change the other jumper settings.
10
R RS422-A/485 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 15
Standard connecting
cables fo r the
RS422-A/485
submodule
There are standard connecti ng cables in various lengths for
linking the RS422-A/485 submodule in the CP 544 to the
partner. The foll owing lengths are permissible depending on
the baud rate:
•1200 m up to 19200 bps
•500 m at 38400 bps
•250 m at 76800 bps
Refer to the orderi ng i nformation in Chapter 11 for the order
nos.
Note
* Never connect the casing ground and GND together,
the submodules could otherwise be destroyed.
* GND must always be connected a t both ends,
otherwise
destruction of the submodule is al so possible.
T(A) R(A)
T(B) R(B)
2
9
4
11
R(A) T(A)
R(B) T(B)
GG
4
11
2
9
88
Shield
11
Casing, ground* Casing, ground*
Receiver
Receiver
Transmitter
CP 544 CP 524, CP 544
Transmitter
GND* GND*
Fig . 10 -2 RS4 22 -A/485 subm odu le: conne cting cab le CP 544 - CP 52 4, CP 544
RS422-A/485 submodule R
10 - 16 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Technical data
Important f or USA and Canada
The following approvals have been assigned:
UL Listing Mark
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) according to
Standard UL 508, Report E 85972
CSA Certification Mark Canadian Standard
Association (CSA) according to Standard C 22.2
No. 142, Report LR 63533
Degree of p rote ction
Noise immunity, EMC
Cli matic ambient conditions
Mechanical a mbient conditions
Power suppl y
All as f or CP 544
Transmission speed 300 to 76 800 bps
Front connecto r 15-pin Sub- D plug
Transmission cable Shielded 4-wire cable (5-wire cable for RS422-A)
with brai ded shield and met al connector casing,
grounding necessary at both ends
Cable length Max. 1 200 m
Current input At 5 V At 24 V
Max 0.6 A -
Power loss Max. 3 W
Dimensions (w x h x d) 16.3 mm x 6 0 mm x 102.7 mm
Weight Approx. 0.1 kg
10
R RS422-A/485 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 17
S
Switch settings You can use the following switch settings on the CP to define
the page frame numbers, the number of pages and the
coordination flag area:
Switch
assembly S2
Setting of page frame number
The CP occupi es up to 8 successive page num bers.
You need only set the lowest page number, the
following numbers result from the number o f pages.
To set the value, position the associated switch
upwards. When supplied, all switches are p ressed
down (page number 0 set).
Switch
assembly S4
Setting o f coordination flags
Using S4 you can enable up to 8 blocks with 32
bytes each as communication flags by pressing the
corresponding switches down. When supplied, all
switches are positi oned upwards (all coordination
flags are disabl ed).
Position
0 =
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
7 =
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
flag bytes
0 - 31
32 - 6 3
64 - 9 5
96 - 127
128 - 159
160 - 191
192 - 223
224 - 255
Switch
assembly S5
Setting of number of pages (1, 2 or 4 pages)
Position 1 Position 0
Down
Up
Up
Down or up
Down
Up
1 page per interface
(= delivery condition)
2 pages per interface
4 pages per interface
The ot her switches of S5 must be posit ioned upwards.
Tab le 10.6 Switch settings on the CP 544
Switch settings S
10 - 18 C79000-S8576-C191-01
T
Techn ical data of
CP 544 Important for USA and Canada
The foll owing approvals have been assigned:
UL Listing Mark
Underwriters Laboratori es (UL) according to
Standard UL 508, Report E 85972
CSA Certi fication Mark
Canadian Standard Association (CSA) according to
Standard C 22.2 No. 142, Report LR 63533
Device-specif ic data
Design Double Eurocard f ormat, two ES 902
backplane connectors, series 2, 48-way,
1 slot wide
Front connecto r 15-pin Sub-D plug
Inte rface submodule connector (SI1,SI2) 48-way female connector, three-row
Memory submodule connector 68-pin male connector, two-row
Current consump tion Max. 0.9 A at 5 V (without submodul es)
Max. 30 µA at 2 .7 V in backup mode
Max. 120 mA at 24 V
Power loss Max . 4 .5 W (without submodules)
Fan -free opera tion possible (exception: fan-
free opera tion with the RS422-A/RS485
submodule 6ES5 752-0AA42)
Transmission speed of PG interface Ma x. 9600 bps with 1000 m cable length
Supply voltages 5 V ± 5%
2.7 V + 30%/- 10%
24 V + 25% /- 15%
Weight Appro x. 0 .5 kg
Dimensions (h x w x d ) 20.32 x 233.4 x 160 mm
10
T Technical data of CP 544
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 19
Device safety
Device corresponds to DIN VDE 0805 / EN 60 950 / IEC 950
Protec tion class I
Degree of p rote ction IP 20 to DIN 40 050 / IEC 529
Noise resis tance, e lect romagnetic compat ibility (EMC)
Noise suppression
Limit class TO VDE 0871
A
EMC resistance To DIN VDE 0843
Conducted interf erence on signal lines To IEC 801-4 (burst) : 1 kV
Noise immunity to discharges of static
electricity To IEC 801-2 (ESD): 4 kV relay
Noise immunity to external fields To IEC 801-3: 3 V/m
Climatic amb ient conditions
Temperature :
Operation
Storage/transport
Tes ted to DIN IEC 68-2-1/2
0 °C to +55 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
Tempera ture gradient:
Operation
Transport and storage Max. 10 K/h
Max. 20 K/h
Relative humidity:
Operation
Transport and storage < 95% at 25 °C
< 95% at 25 °C
Operating altitude Max. 1500 m above sea l evel
Mechan ic al ambient conditi ons
Oscillati on
Operation
Transport
Tes ted to DIN IEC 68-2-6
10 - 58 Hz: ampli tude 0.075 mm
58 - 500 Hz: amplitude 10 m/s2, (1 g)
5 - 9 Hz: amplitude 3.5 mm
9 - 500 Hz: ampli tude 10 m/s2, (1 g)
Shock
Operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-27
Half-sine: 150 m/s2 (15 g), 11 ms
Technical data o f CP 544 T
10 - 20 C79000-S8576-C191-01
TTY submodule You can use the TTY submodule with:
•RK 512 computer link,
•data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures,
•data transmission with the open driver.
Pin assign ments
The followi ng table lists the pi n assignments of the 25-way
Sub-D plug on the front panel of the TTY submodule:
Pin Name Current
direction Remarks
1 Shield
9 24 V
external This connection is switched between
24 V internal and 24 V external using
jumper J 3.
10 + TxD ←
12 + 20 mA →Current source, transmitter
13 + RxD ←
14 - RxD →
16 + 20 mA →Current source, receiver
19 - TxD →
21 - 20 mA ←Retu rn circui t
24 - 20 mA ←Retu rn circui t
←: Input
→: Output
25
14
13
1
10
T TTY submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 21
Jumpe r set tings
When supplied, the jumpers on the TTY submodule are
inserted as shown below. You can therefore use the TTY
submodule immediately.
J 3
J 4 J 2 J 1
123
1
2
3
Backplane connector
Front connector
25-pin sub-D plug
F ig. 10-3 TTY m odule: jum per se ttings wh en supp lied
TTY submodule T
10 - 22 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Using jumpers J 1 and J 2 you can switch over the polarity
of the transmi tted and received data.
123
J 1 Transmi tted data negated
Transmi tted data with normal polarity
J 2 Received data with normal pol ari ty
Received data negated
Using jumper J 3 you can switch over the 24-V source
voltage for generating the current.
12324 V appli ed t o pin 9 of Cannon
J 3 socket on front panel
24 V supplied via backplane
connector (internal)
10
T TTY submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 23
Standard connecting
cables to the TTY
submodule
There are standard connecti ng cables in various lengths up
to 1000 m for the link from the TTY submodule in the
CP 544 to the partner.
Refer to the orderi ng i nformation in Chapter 11 for the order
nos. and lengths.
Note
The following applies to al l connecting cabl es:
Never connect the casing ground and GND together, the
submodules could otherwise be destroyed.
GND must always be connected at both ends, otherwise
destructi on of the submodule is also possible.
CP 524, CP 525, CPU 928B, CP 544
CP 544
Transmitter
+24 V
+24 V
Transmitter
Shield + RxD
- RxD
+ 20 mA
+ TxD
- TxD13
14
21
10
19
1
+ RxD
- RxD
- 20 mA
+ TxD
- TxD
- 20 mA
12 +20 mA
Receiver
Receiver
Casing, ground Casing, ground
1
19
10
12
14
13
21
Fig. 10-4 TT Y sub m odule: conn ecting cable CP 5 44 - CP 5 25, CP 5 24, CPU 9 28B, CP 5 44
TTY submodule T
10 - 24 C79000-S8576-C191-01
You can use thi s connecting cable for both the TTY and V.24
submodules. Ensure that you have the same interface type in
the CP 544 and in the printer.
13
14
Receiver
1
Transmitter
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
Receiver
Transmitter
10
19
7
Shield
32
7
1
9
10
18
21
Casing
23
525
Casing, ground
CP 544 DR 210/211
+ RxD
- RxD
+ TxD
- TxD
+ 20 mA
+ 20 mA
+ TxD
+ RxD
V.24 assignmentsV.24 assignments
DR 230/231
Fig. 10 -5 TT Y sub mod ule: co nn ecting cable CP 544 - DR 210 /21 1, DR 230/2 31
10
T TTY submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 25
No standard connecting cables are available for the l ink to
the CP 523 and CP 521 communications processors.
Note that you must onl y use metal connector housings. The
cable shield must be connected to the connector housing
and the shield rail at both ends using a large-area contact.
CP 544
+ 24 V
CP 523
+ 24 V
+ TxD
- TxD
+ RxD
- RxD- 20 mA
+ 20 mA
- 20 mA
+ RxD
- RxD
+ 20 mA
+ TxD
- TxD 8
6
24, 251
13
14
12
10
19
21
24
16 12
10
Shield
Receiver
Receiver
Transmitter
Casing, ground
15-pin sub-D plug (male connector) 25-pin sub-D plug (male connector)
Cable type LIYCY 5 x 0.14
Transmitter
Fig. 10 -6 TT Y sub mod ule : conn ecting ca ble CP 544 - CP 52 3
TTY submodule T
10 - 26 C79000-S8576-C191-01
CP 544
+ 24 V
CP 521 SI
Shield
Receiver
Receiver
+ 24 V
Transmitter
+ TxD
- TxD
+ RxD
- RxD- 20 mA
+ 20 mA
- 20 mA
+ RxD
- RxD
+ 20 mA
+ TxD
- TxD 9
10
1
13
14
12
10
19
21
24
16
Casing, ground
15-pin sub-D plug (male connector) 25-pin sub-D plug (male connector)
Cable type LIYCY 5 x 0.14
Transmitter
18
21
Fig. 10 -7 TT Y subm odule: connecting cable CP 544 - CP 5 21 SI
10
T TTY submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 27
Technical data
Important for USA and Canada
The foll owing approvals have been assigned:
UL Listing Mark
Underwriters Laboratori es (UL) according to
Standard UL 508, Report E 85972
CSA Certi fication Mark
Canadian Standard Association (CSA) according to
Standard C 22.2 No. 142, Report LR 63533
Degree of p rote ction
Noise immunity, EMC
Cli matic ambient conditions
Mechanical a mbient conditions
Power suppl y
All as f or CP 544
Transmission speed 300 to 9 600 bps
Front connecto r 25-pin Sub- D plug
Transmission cable Shielded 4-wire cable with braided shield and
metal connector casing, grounding necessary at
both ends
Cable length Max. 1 000 m
Current input At 5 V At 24 V
Max. 0.1 A 60 mA
Power loss Max. 2 W
Dimensions (w x h x d) 16.3 mm x 6 0 mm x 102.7 mm
Weight Approx. 0.1 kg
TTY submodule T
10 - 28 C79000-S8576-C191-01
V
V.24 submodule You can use the V.24 submodul e with:
•RK 512 computer link,
•data transmission with the 3964/3964R procedures,
•data transmission with the open driver.
Making your own
connecting cables
If you make your own connecting cabl es, remember that
unused inputs on the partner may have to be connected to
open-circuit potential.
For more information, refer to the appropriate device
manuals and the CCITT recommendations V.24 and V.28.
10
V V.24 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 29
Pin assign ments
The followi ng table lists the pi n assignments of the 25-pin
Sub-D plug on the front panel of the V.24 submodule.
The signal numbering complies with DIN 66020 ( V.24/
RS 232C), the signal names are in accordance with the
usual international abbreviations (RS 232C).
Pin DIN
66020 CCITT
V.24 Abbrevi-
ation Input/
output Remarks
1 Shield
2 D1 103 TxD Output
3 D2 104 RxD Input
4 S2 105 RTS Output
5 M2 106 CTS Input
6 M1 107 DSR Input
7E2 102GND
8 M5 109 DCD Input
15 T 2 11 4 Tx C In put O nly for synchr onous data
transmission (not available
since no synchr onous
protocols are currently
implemented)
17 T4 115 RxC Input
18 PS3 141 Ou tput Not supported
20 S1.2 108.2 DTR Output
22 M3 125 RI Input
23 S4 111 Output
24 T 1 11 3 O u tput Only for synchronous data
transmission (not available
since no synchr onous
protocols are currently
implemented)
25 PM1 142 Input Not supported
25
14
13
1
V.24 submodule V
10 - 30 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Jumpe r set tings
When supplied, the jumpers on the V .24 submodul e are
inserted as shown below. You can therefore use the V .24
submodule immediately.
Backplane connector
Front connector
25-pin sub-D plug
J 2
J 1
J 3
J 4 J 5
J 6
J 8
J 9
J 7
F ig. 10-8 V.24 s ubm odule : jump er settin gs when supp lie d
10
V V.24 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 31
Using jumpers J 3 and J 5 you can switch over the polarity
of the transmi tted and received data.
123
J 3 Transmi tted data with normal polarity
Transmi tted data negated
J 5 Received data with normal pol ari ty
Received data negated
Using jumper J 6 you can switch all V.24 receivers so that
they can receive signals even if these are only in the positive
voltage range.
123
J 6 All recei ved signals must have the
V.24 signal level
All recei ved signals can be in a
positive range
Using jumper J 9 you can connect CTS permanently to
open-circuit potential or connect it through from the front
connector.
123
J 9 CTS applied to open-circui t potential
CTS applied to pin 5
The transmitter is enabl ed i f +12V are appli ed t o input CTS.
Data are output by the transmitter if +12V are present at
output RTS.
V.24 submodule V
10 - 32 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Standard connecting
cables to the V.24
submodule
There are standard connecti ng cables in various lengths up
to 16 m for the link from the V.24 submodule in the CP 544
to the partner.
Refer to the orderi ng i nformation in Chapter 11 for the order
nos. and lengths.
Note
The following applies to al l connecting cabl es:
Never connect the casing ground and GND together, the
submodules could otherwise be destroyed.
GND must always be connected at both ends, otherwise
destructi on of the submodule is also possible.
CP 524, CP 525, CPU 928B, CP 544
CP 544
RxD
7
Shield
2
7
TxD
Receiver Transmitter
TxD
23
RxD
ReceiverTransmitter
Casing, ground Casing, ground
3
11
Fig . 10-9 V.2 4 subm odu le: con ne ctin g cab le CP 54 4 - C P 525, C P 524, CPU 928B, CP 54 4
10
V V.24 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 33
You can use the connecting cable CP 544 - DR 230/231 for
both the V.24 and TTY submodules. Ensure that you have
the same interface type in the CP 544 and in the pri nter.
13
14
1
10
19
7
Shield
32
7
1
Receiver Transmitter
9
10
18
21
Casing
23
Receiver
Transmitter
525
Casing, ground
CP 544 DR 210/211
RxD
TxD
CTS
TxD
RxD
Busy
TTY assignments TTY assignments
DR 230/231
Fig . 10-10 V.2 4 subm odu le: con nectin g cab le CP 54 4 - DR 210/2 11 , DR 230 /231
V.24 submodule V
10 - 34 C79000-S8576-C191-01
No standard connecting cables are available for the l ink to
the CP 523 and CP 521 communications processors.
Note that you must onl y use metal connector housings. The
cable shield must be connected to the connector housing
and the shield rail at both ends using a large-area contact.
CP 544
RxD
311
TxD
Receiver Transmitter
TxD
2RxD
ReceiverTransmitter
5
CP 523
72, 21, 23
Shield 24, 25
Casing, ground 1Casing, ground
Cable type LIYCY 4 x 0.14
25-pin sub-D plug (male connector) 25-pin sub-D plug (male connector)
Fig . 10-11 V.2 4 subm odu le: con nectin g cab le CP 54 4 - CP 523
10
V V.24 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 35
RxD
32
TxD
TxD
2RxD 3
CP 521 SI
77
1
CP 544
Receiver Transmitter
ReceiverTransmitter
Shield
Casing, ground
Cable type LIYCY 4 x 0.14
25-pin sub-D plug (male connector)
25-pin sub-D plug (male connector)
Fig . 10-12 V.2 4 subm odu le: con nectin g cab le CP 54 4 - CP 321 SI
V.24 submodule V
10 - 36 C79000-S8576-C191-01
CP 544
RxD
7
32
7
TxD
Receiver Transmitter
TxD
2RxD
ReceiverTransmitter
Shield 1
RTS
CTS
Casing, ground 1
3
RTS
CTS
Casing, ground
4
5
4
5
CP 544
Fig. 10-13 Exam ple of a connecti ng cab le CP 544 - CP 54 4 fo r RT S/CTS flow control
10
V V.24 submodule
C79000-S8576-C191-01 10 - 37
Technical data
Important for USA and Canada
The foll owing approvals have been assigned:
UL Listing Mark
Underwriters Laboratori es (UL) according to
Standard UL 508, Report E 85972
CSA Certi fication Mark
Canadian Standard Association (CSA) according to
Standard C 22.2 No. 142, Report LR 63533
Degree of p rote ction
Noise immunity, EMC
Cli matic ambient conditions
Mechanical a mbient conditions
Power suppl y
All as f or CP 544
Transmission speed 300 to 19 200 bps
Front connecto r 25-pin Sub- D plug
Transmission cable Shielded 4-wire cable with braided shield and
metal connector casing, grounding necessary at
both ends
Cable length Max. 16 m
Current input At 5 V At 24 V
Max. 0.3 A -
Power loss Max. 1.5 W
Dimensions (w x h x d) 16.3 mm x 6 0 mm x 102.7 mm
Weight Approx. 0.1 kg
V.24 submodule V
10 - 38 C79000-S8576-C191-01
Appendix
In the appendix you can find
•Or derin g inf ormat ion on pr oducts refer red to in the m anual
•A list of further reading
•A list of abbreviations
•A list of key words.
11
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 1
Order ing inf or mation
This secti on lists ordering information for the products
mentioned and/or described in this manual. You can obtai n
the actual Order Nos. from the respective catalog.
CP 544 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 544-3UA11
COM PP Parameterization software for CP 544
and CPU 928B,
in three languages (G, E, F) . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 895-4SP01
F-EPROM
submodule 16 bit, 256 byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 374-2FH21
RAM submodule 16 bit, 256 byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 374-2AH21
Interface
submodules RS 422-A /485 submodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 752-0AA42
TTY submodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 752-0AA12
V.24 submodule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 752-0AA22
Adapter CP 544 to PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 734-4AG00
St and a rd
connecting cables CP 544 - CP 524/544 (RS 422-A/485)*. . . . 6ES5 725-7xxx0
CP 544 - CP 525/524, CPU 928B,
CP 544 (T TY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 726-1xxx0
CP 544 - DR 210/DR 211
DR 230/DR231 (TTY/ V.24). . . . . 6ES5 726-5xxx0
CP 544 - CP 525/524, CPU 928B,
CP 544 (V.24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6ES5 726-8xxx0
(xxx = SIMATIC length code, see catalog)
* Perm issib le len gths de pend on th e bau d rate
(see un de r RS42 2-A/485 sub module in th e refe rence se ctio n)
11
CP 544 Ordering informati on
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 3
Further Reading
/1/ Catalog ST 59: Programmers
SIMAT IC S5
/2/ Catalog ST 52.3: S5-115U Programmable Controller
SIMAT IC S5
/3/ Catalog ST 54.1: Programmable Control lers
S5-135U, S5-155U/H
SIMAT IC S5
/4/ Catalog ST 57: Standard Function Blocks and
Driver Software for Programmable
Controllers of the U Range
SIMAT IC S5
/5/ S5-115U Programmable Controller
Order No. 6ES5 998-0UF23
/6/ Standard Functi on Blocks, Handling Blocks
CPU 922, CPU 928, CPU 928B
S5-135U, S5-155U Programmabl e Controllers
Order No. C79000-G8576-C366
/7/ Handli ng Blocks, Standard Function Blocks
CPU 946/947
S5-155U Programmable Controller
Order No. C79000-G8563-C572
11
CP 544 Further Reading
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 5
/8/ S5-155H Programmable Controller
Order No. 6ES5 998-3SR21
/9/ STEP 5
Order No. C79000-G8576-C140
Further Reading CP 544
11 - 6 C79000-A8576-C191-01
Abbreviations
A
A-NR
Job number
ANZW
Status word
AS 512
Interface module 512 (I M 512)
B
BCC
Block check character
BLGR
Frame si ze
C
CC
Central controller
CP
Communi cations processor
CPU
Central processing unit
D
DB
Data block
DBNR
Data block number
DHB
Data handling block
DR
Drive (floppy disk)
DW
Data word
DX
Extended data block
E
EPROM submodule
Plug-in memory submodule
11
CP 544 Abbreviations
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 7
F
FB
Function block
FW
Flag word
FY
Flag byte
I
IPC
Interprocessor communi cation fl ag
O
OB
Organi zation block
P
PAFE
Parameterization error byte
PG
Programmer
PLC
Programmable controller
Q
QANF
Initial address of source
QLAE
Source length = number of source files
QTYP
Source type = type o f data source
QVZ
Acknowledgement delay time
R
RAM submodule
Plug-in memory submodule
REATEL
Repl y message
RK
Computer link
RLO
Result of logic operation
Abbreviations CP 544
11 - 8 C79000-A8576-C191-01
S
SI
Interface
SSNR
Interface number
SYSID
Identification area SYSID
SYSTAT
Error message area of the SYS TA T
T
TTY
Current-loop signals (20 mA)
Z
ZANF
Initial address of desti nation
ZLAE
Destination length = number of destination files
ZTYP
Destination type = type o f data destination
ZVZ
Character delay time
11
CP 544 Abbreviations
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 9
Index
A
ANZW 6-12
Areas of application 1-5
Assign device interface parameters
without COM PP 6-39
B
Block check character 4-33
C
Check job status 6-38
Check li st
correct hardware install ation 2-20
COM PP 1-10, 10-7
exit 7-15
function 7-3
input keys 10-7
install 9-12
load and operate 7-7
scope of delivery 7-7
start 7-9
under MS-DOS 7-10
Command messages
RK 512 3-46
Connecting cables 1-15, 2-17
Continuation message 3-46
Coordination flag area
setting 2-9
Coor dina tion fla gs 3-15 , 4 -13,
5-17, 9-43
CP 544
installation 2-15
properties (summary) 1-3
removal 2-16
D
Data handli ng bl ock s
block numbers 6-4
jobs (summary) 6-18
Data li nk layer
3964/3964R procedures 4-4
RK 512 3-4
Delete error message area 6-57
Delete SYSTAT 6-57
Device interface
start 6-61
stop 6-61
DHBs for CP 544 6-4, 10-10
E
End identifier 5-32, 5-54
EPROM submodules 1-16
special features
when programming 7-17
Error message area of SYSTAT 8-6
Error numbers 8-3
11
CP 544 - Index A
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 11
F
Fetch data 6-25
FETCH job 3-12, 9-29
Fitting
step-by-step 2-3
Flow control 5-22, 5-31, 5-42
Front panel 1-9
Full-duplex mode
RS422-A/485 submodule 1-11
G
Generati on o f backup copies
(COM PP) 7-8
H
Help window 7-12
I
Identification area 6-68
Import mode-specific s tatus
parameters 6-62
Information character 4-32
Ini tial ization conflict
3964/3964R 4-37
Input keys 7-12
Installation guidelines 10-3
Interface submodules 1-8, 1-11, 10-20
installation 2-13
removal 2-14
Interfaces 1-8
J
Job processing
FETCH-DIRECT 6-25
SEND-DIRECT 6-21
Job tables
3964/3964R procedures 4-23
open driver 5-61
RK 512 3-27
Jumper se tti ngs 2-12
L
LED displays 2-23
interface-specific 2-24, 10-13
module-specific 2-23, 10-12
Link types 1-6
Link partners 1-5
3964/3964R procedures 4-5
connection 2-7
open driver 5-17
RK 512 3-5
M
Memory cards 1-15, 2-14
Message header
RK 512 3-47
Mode changeover 10-6
Mode selector 2-22, 10-6
Module 1-7
N
Network layer
RK 512 3-4
F CP 544 - Index
11 - 12 C79000-A8576-C191-01
O
Open driver 5-3
coupling partners 5-7
data transfer 5-11
STEP 5 program 5-13
transmissi on di rection 5-8
transmission mode 5-9
transmissi on safety 5-6
transmission speed 5-4
Operati on o f CP 544 2-22
P
PAFE byte
see parameterization error byte
Page numbers
assignment 2-4, 2-6
Parameter blocks 6-40, 6-62
Parameterization error byt e 6-15
Parameterization example
3964/3964R procedures 4-28
open driver, mode 3 5-66
RK 512 3-38
Physical layer
3964/3964R procedures 4-4
open driver 5-6
RK 512 3-4
Pin assignments
PG interface 10-20
Position of switches on modul e 2-5
Point-to-point link
of components 1-7
Power-up response 2-21
Printer output 5-10, 5-51
Printing parameter sets 7-13
Procedure errors
3964/3964R 4-38
Procedures 3964/3964R 4-3, 4-31
coupling partners 4-5
data exchange 4-7
receive mailbox 4-15
static parameter set 4-15
STEP 5 program 4-9
transmissi on di rection 4-6
transmission reliability 4-4
transmission speed 4-3
Programmer
connection 2-19
Protocol definition
3964/3964R procedures 4-31
data transmission levels 3-44
open driver, mode 1 5-26
open driver, mode 2 5-36
open driver, mode 3 5-47
open driver, mode 4 5-58
RK 512 3-44
PSEUDO- WRI TE job 6-34, 9-49
Q
Quasi ful l-duplex mode 3-57
R
RAM submodules 1-16
Read complete SYSTAT 6-58
Read date/time 6-67, 9-61
Read error message area 6-55, 9-56
Read hardware parameters 6-63
Read parameters of a device
interface 6-54
Read SYSID 6-68
Read SYSTAT 6-55, 9-56
Receive data 6-27
11
CP 544 - Index O
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 13
Receive mailbox
3964/3964R procedures 4-19
open driver, mode 1 5-24
open driver, mode 2 5-33
open driver, mode 3 5-44
Receiving
3964/3964R 4-34
open driver, mode 1 5-27
open driver, mode 2 5-38
open driver, mode 3 5-48
Reply message
RK 512 3-48
RK 512 computer link 3-3
coupling partners 3-5
data exchange 3-7
dynamic parameter set 3-18
static parameter set 3-18
STEP 5 program 3-9
transmitted data 3-6
transmissi on di rection 3-6
transmission reliability 3-4
transmission speed 3-3
RS422-A/485 submodule 1-11, 10-14
jumper settings 10-15
pin assignments 10-14
standard connecting cables 10-17
techni cal data 10-18
S
Scan status 6-60
Screen form design of COM PP 7-11
Screen form tree of COM PP 7-5
Scroll backwards (COM PP) 7-13
Scroll forwards (COM PP) 7-13
Selection window 7-12
SEND job 9-17, 9-37
3964/3964R procedures 4-10
open driver 5-14
RK 512 3-10
Set date /ti me 6-64, 9-62
Setting the coordination flag area 2-9
Setting the number of pages 2-7
Setting the page number 2-6
Slots 2-16
Standard connecting cabl es
RS422-A/485 submodule 10-17
TTY submodule 10-27
V.24 submodule 10-36
Static parameter set
3964/3964R
procedures 4-15 - 4-16
open driver, mode 1 5-21
open driver, mode 2 5-30
open driver, mode 3 5-41
open driver, mode 4 5-52
RK 512 computer link 3-19
Status transitions 2-26
module-specific 2-26
interface-specific 2-27
Status word 6-12
bits in the first word 6-12
STEP 5 program 6-3
synchronize CP and CPU 6-19
synchronize several hardware
clocks 9-64
Switch positi ons 2-5
Switch settings 10-19
Switching on of power suppl y 2-21
Synchronizati on o f CPU and CP 2-21
SYSTAT error numbers 8-8
S CP 544 - Index
11 - 14 C79000-A8576-C191-01
T
Technical data (CP 544) 10-21
Transmission modes 5-9
Transmission of parameters 9-15
3964/3964R procedures 4-21
open driver 5-19, 5-60
RK 512 3-25
Transmission reliabil ity
3964/3964R procedures 4-4
open driver 5-6
RK 512 3-4
Transmission speed
3964/3964R procedures 4-3
open driver 5-4
RK 512 3-3
Transmi t data 6-20
Transport layer
RK 512 3-4
TTY submodule 1-12, 10-23
jumper settings 10-24
pin assignments 10-23
standard connecting cables 10-27
techni cal data 10-31
U
User memory submodules 1-15
CP 544 wi thout 1-17
V
V.24 submodule 1-14, 10-32
jumper settings 10-34
pin assignments 10-33
standard connecting cables 10-36
techni cal data 10-41
W
Write data 6-34
11
CP 544 - Index T
C79000-A8576-C191-01 11 - 15
Documentation Supplement
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
CP 544 January 1995
6ES5 998-2DB21, Release 01
This supplement contai ns additional information and corrections to the CP 544 and
the CP 544 manual, release 01. The supplement should be considered more
up-to-date than the manual if uncertainties arise.
Notes on the CP 544 Module (6ES5 544-3UA11)
CP 544, computer link, accessing A S and RS from the link partner is not
perfor med c orrectly (fault c orrected from release 3).
If the CP 544 receives a job from the link partner in w hich absolute addresses (AS)
or sy s tem addres ses ( RS) greater than 255 are gi ven a s the source address
(partner FETCH) or destination address (partner SEND), incorrect addresses in the
range from 0 to 255 are read and written.
Remedy:
None (only AS and RS addresses which lie i n the range from 0 to 255 may be
accessed).
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
- 1 -
Notes on the CP 544B Module (6ES5 544-3UB11)
You can also run special drivers with the CP 544B. You will need version 3.0
of the COM PP software for this.
Loading special drivers
To be able to run the special drivers you must alway s use a user memory
su bmodule ( RAM or EP ROM ).
Deleting special drivers
If a special driver i s already present on the CP on interface 1 or 2, it cannot simply
be overwritten (error message: "Special dri ver cannot be overwritten because
referenced i n D X1/2").
Y ou must delete the interface which the special driver i s using in the selecti on
screen DELETE CP. The other interface may also have to be deleted if it uses the
same special driver.
Additions to the Manual
Handling block SEND, parameter QLAE
When sending n bytes of user data, state the number n of bytes of user data to be
transferred as the parameter QLAE when calling the handling block SEND. Note
that the parameter QLAE must either be speci fied in words (DB, DX, CA, TA, RS,
AS) or in bytes (FA, IA, QA, PY ) dependi ng on the data type to be transferred.
New RS422-A /485 submodule for operation without fan (Section 1.1.4)
Operation w ithout a fan is possible with the newly developed RS422-A/485
submodule w ith the order number 6ES5 752-0AA43.
Documentation S upplem ent
- 2 -
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
Description of the LEDs TXD1, TXD2 (Section 2.10 and Reference Section)
The TXD LEDs also flash qui ckly when the parameters are complete, a cold restart
has been performed and no submodule is plugged.
The correct description for "TXD LED off" is:
Interface is in operation, active and passi ve jobs can be ex ecuted and the interfa-
ce submodule is plugged
or
No parameters are available and no interface submodule is plugged.
CP 544, computer link, accessing A S from partner CPUs with more than 64K
address area (e.g. CPU 948, CPU 945) (Chapter 3)
Access (SEND or FETCH) to absolute addresses from partner CPUs with more
than 64K address area is not allowed because only an address area w ith up to 64K
words can be addressed wi th the computer link. This does not guarantee which 64K
address area the data are written to or read from.
Handling blocks for 3964 procedures (Section 4.3.1.2) and open drivers
(Section 5.3.1.2)
The handling block "PSEUDO-WRI TE" may not be used for the 3964 procedures
and the open dri ver.
Using the special jobs 189 and 203 (Section 6.3)
The special jobs 189 and 203 cannot be used if you have stored the parameters in
an EPROM user memory submodule.
Documentation S upplem ent
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
- 3 -
A ssigning device interface parameters with SEND 189; incorrect description
in manual (Section 6.3.8)
If the device interface is assigned parameters with the SEND 189, the 3964/3964R
procedures and the open driver must also have their data word 6 and 7 filled out as
follows as for the RK 512 computer link:
DW6:
5801 - DX No.1 (interface 1) or
5802 - DX No.2 (interface 2) or
0000 - If no receive mai lbox i s configured on the interface.
DW7:
02BC - From D W No. 2BC (700 decimal) onw ards or
0000 - If no receive mai lbox i s configured on the interface.
A ssigning parameters (Chapter 7)
Y ou can assi gn parameters to the CP 544 offline in a file or online on the module
itself (online parameter assignment is not possible on the CPU 928B and CPU 948).
You should observe the following:
Data in the file:
After the parameters for a screen form have been entered, they are saved to the file
with "ENTER". If you do not want to save the parameters, you can return to the
previous screen form with the "RETURN" key.
Data on the module:
If you assign parameters on the module itself the data are saved to a temporary file
with "ENTER" and only transferred to the CP when you hav e fini shed assigning
parameters. You are then asked whether y ou want to abandon the parameters or
transfer them to the CP.
Documentation S upplem ent
- 4 -
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
Installing COM PP (Section 7.3)
If you are working on a programmer with M S-DOS and you want to store COM PP
and the program file/special drivers on the same driv e, you must store them in the
same directory (path).
Status word (A NZW) (Section 8.1.1)
Contrary to the information in the manual, the status word (ANZW) can be used for
all driver types.
Documentation S upplem ent
C79000-Q8576-C191-02
- 5 -
Siemens AG
AUT 1282
D-76181 Karlsru he
Federal Republic of Germany
From:
Your Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Str eet: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
City, Zip Code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Country: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Please check any industry t hat applies to you:
❑Pharmaceutical❑Automotive ❑Plastic❑Chemical ❑Pulp and Paper❑Electrica l Mach inery ❑Textiles❑Food ❑Transportation❑Instrum ent and Contr ol ❑O ther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❑Nonelec trical Machinery
❑Petrochemical
Rem arks Form
C79000-V8576-C117-01 1
Remarks Form
Your comments and recommendations will help us to improve the quality and usefulness
of our publications. Please take the first available opportunity to fill out this questionnaire
and return it to Siemens,
Please do not f orget to state th e title, order n umber, and release of yo ur manu al .
Please give each of the following questions your own personal mark within the range
from 1 (very good) to 5 (poor).
1. Do the contents meet your requirements ?
2. Is the information you need easy to find?
3. Is the text easy to understand?
4. Does the level of technical detail meet your requirements ?
5. Please rate t he quality of the graphics/ tables:
Additional comments :
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Title of Your Manual: ............................................. ................................................ ....
Order No. of Y our Manual: .......................................... ............ Release: ......
Rem arks Form
Remarks Form
2C79000-V8576-C117-01
